American Jihad: Some People Want America’s Future to Remain Fiction

“The Muslims were divided between Sunni,  Shi’ah, Wahhabism, and dozens of other sects.  But when Muhammad al-Mahdi returned, ALL  sects united to Mahdi’s perception of injustice and oppression.”

 

The American Jihad:

Some People Want America’s Future to Remain Fiction

 

by Solomon Wright

 

 

Copywrite to Solomon Wright pending 2010

 



Table of Contents



Chapter 1
Michael and Java 7

Chapter 2
Pamela and the Sabbath 17

Chapter 3
The State Religion 25

Chapter 4
The Time of the Gentiles 31

Chapter 5
Michael and Pamela in Courtship 39

Chapter 6
Marriage and Graduation 46

Chapter 7
Campmeeting 49

Chapter 8
Campmeeting with Joseph 53

Chapter 9
Tuesday at Campmeeting 62

Chapter 10
Campmeeting with Jared Smith 69

Chapter 11
Campmeeting and the Men’s Fellowship 74

Chapter 12
Messianic Muslim Conversion 78

Chapter 13
Campmeeting Think-Tank and America Alone 83

Chapter 14
Work and a Home 89

Chapter 15
Revelation of John Study Sabbath 94

Chapter 16
America’s Recession/Depression gets Global 105

Chapter 17
The Last Elected President 110

Chapter 18
Occultation 116

Chapter 19
The United States of Islam 119

Chapter 20
The Declaration of Independence in Action 123

 

Chapter 21
The Two Witnesses 126

Chapter 22
The American Jihad 135

Chapter 23
Israel Attacked 139

Chapter 24
Jesus Returns and the Millennium Begins 143

APPENDIX 157



 

Dedication

 

To all believers who take Deuteronomy 6 to live and to keep the Word of God in their heart and their actions.

 

Proverbs 23:23 Buy the truth, and sell it not; also wisdom, and instruction, and understanding.

 

 

Preface

 

I do not claim to be a prophet, but a believer who reads the Word of God, conservative books, and left-wing books.  I have written my perception of the future in my life and the world.

 

This story started back in 1995, most major parts done in 2007 to 2008.  As of September 2010, I completed two of Joel C. Rosenberg’s books: Inside the Revolution and then Epicenter.  Any similarities are from our understanding of the Holy Bible, and the promptings of the Holy Spirit.

 

My President character was created before President Obama was elected.  Any similarities were not intended.

In life, people use intelligence, wisdom, intuition and hard work to form their lives.  Sometimes, those things agree with each other, and sometimes, depending on how one is raised, they do not come close to agreeing.  In this book, they came together for me.  

 

Please read this book; your personal future may depend on it.

 

Solomon Wright

solomon.wright@rockmail.com

 

 

  • Chapter 1
    Michael and Java

 

 

“Almighty God hath created the mind free.”

— Thomas Jefferson, Virginia Statute of Religious Freedom, Jan. 16, 1786

 

Michael needs to prepare for his last year of graduate school at Colorado State University. As a youngster, he always liked to play with computers, especially to do as many non-Microsoft things as he could. He was introduced to computers with an old x486 PC that used Windows 3.1 and DOS. He fooled with the PC enough to access the Web and from the Internet Service Provider (ISP), Early Morning Coffee Club, he found out about Linux. The ISP used Slackware Linux.
His introduction to Linux started with Slackware, then to RedHat/Fedora and then to Debian GNU/Linux which he liked the best of all. It is an operating system developed by software developers from around the world. Be it Brazil, Japan, Turkey, Finland, United States, or Germany, if the country was on the map, it has a Debian developer!
It had a framework from which to stay in development: it had to be ‘free,’ as in freedom. As military personnel can tell you, freedom is not FREE! It has a price. So Debian GNU/Linux may cost money, but it usually does not; it is usually downloadable from the Web. If high-speed broadband is available, it takes a CD to boot from and a web network installation will install the Debian Operating System (OS). The politically correct wording for the software is OpenSource, meaning it can be changed by the user at anytime.
One reason Michael liked Debian was because he could change the look of the graphic user interface (GUI) to be what he wanted. There is a GUI called Gnome that Mike liked best. It could be setup to look like a Macintosh, which Michael used on the side, which did not remind Mike of a PC when used. Other times when Mike wanted a change, he would use the KDE, which is setup more like a Microsoft PC; the screen started in the lower left corner and the programs being used appeared along the bottom of the screen.
Some other reasons that Mike liked Macintosh, is because they left their own OS to use BSD which is OpenSource. Mac tweaked it a little to their liking, but it started as OpenSource. There is a group out of Loveland, Colorado called Yellow Dog that offers an OS that is indeed OpenSource that the user can change at any time.
Michael found out that a lot of the OpenSource type of software dealt with the political/technical diligence and intelligence of the final computer user. If they had a mind to be socially politically incorrect (not use the markets’ favorite, Microsoft) and have memories of freedom to change the look and performance of their latest car, before the EPA required all kinds of air pollution additions that changed a high-horse power motor into minor league transportation automobile, they knew they could change a basic scrape-by computer into a major league power machine!
But that was all history now, Michael needed to prepare for school now. He needed to finish his paper on Java, and some more research needed to be done. His interests of non-Microsoft software and non-PC computers lead Mike to pick Java. It was initially developed by Sun Microsystems to work on ANY computer! You did not need to have software for a Microsoft PC and something specially compiled for a Mac and another for a Solaris workstation. Java works on all different computers.
Besides Java study, Mike will teach an undergraduate class in Java Beginnings. It’s a morning class starting at 8 am in room 120 in Computer Science Building on Monday, Wednesday and Friday. Mike thinks of the time schedule, he’ll be able to be available for student questions for the next two class times, then make his graduate class at eleven o’clock.
Michael was impressed by the CSU Web-cam at http://eagle.colostate.edu/~clarkcam/index2.html.  Sometimes Michael would work with a pad of paper and a pen to put together a flow-sheet for a program while watching the CSU Web cam to see some of his fellow grad students, professors and undergrad students.  Some of the the kids were entertaining as they sped by on their boards or blades.
Michael begins his new class. He practiced his opening words: “Students, please state your name, where you are from, and tell why you are taking this Computer Science course.” He points to the student in the front left desk.
“My name is Diane Renta, I am from Burns, Oregon, and I am taking this class to gain some knowledge of some computer related subject. I’m two years into a Secondary Teachers Science curriculum,” said the first student.
The students each state their personal information down two rows, and reach the beginning of the third row. The girl there said “My name is Pamela Ziegler, I am from Portland, Oregon, and I am taking this course because it is an elective CS course possible in my ChE course plans.” Mike says, “May I call you Pam?”
“NO! My parents named me Pamela, and in respect for my parents, I use Pamela as my name” said Pamela. A kid in the back of the forth row over smirks and his buddy next to him rolls his eyes to the back of his head.
Michael stayed quiet and looked to the girl behind Pamela expecting some information. “My name is Brenda Woods, I am from Seattle, Washington, and I am taking this course to fulfill my business major elective courses.”
The students continued to the last of the fifth row. There were 15 students in the class, and some looked eager to learn new things, and others looked anxious to get out of class.
Michael continued his presentation to class. “This classroom tells the personality of your teacher. I put up the small posters around the room and a few pictures. Some teachers and professors tell nothing about themselves in their classes, and others tell much. I want you to know me and to work with me this semester. I have a goal to present this material in a way to teach you and to let you show me that you know the material. The term will have pop quizzes scattered throughout, eight lab projects, a mid-term test and a final exam.”
A boy in the third seat down the forth row blurted out, “Please tell us about the ‘Real Hacker Commandments’ on the poster over there.”
“Okay, those words are from the originators of the Internet, people from back in the days when computer systems took an air conditioned room the size of a basketball court. They are people that work together as a team with others around the world. They are people that see no reason to write code again, to put their stamp of approval on it, to make a buck. They are the people behind the original UNIX systems around the world,” said Michael.
Michael continues, “Real hackers do not waste time breaking a password of a secured-system to prove to the journalists that it can be done. Real hackers call the kids that do that ‘crackers.’ They are not hackers. Hot-wiring a car to steal does not make the criminal an automotive engineer!”
Michael pauses for a moment, “When you are writing code for some problem that just came up, you can say you are writing a ‘hack’.”
Mike had gone over these ideas so many times before in his head and while talking to his Dad. He went on, “Being a hacker can be thought of as an attitude, not always computer related. Be it an electronics, chemical engineering, or a music problem, if one faces it not as an egotistical triumph, but as a shared team problem, thinking new and different, that is a hacker attitude. In general, thinking up a new and different ‘hack,’ which may be a new piece of code, or a different inert gas cross-flow in a steel rolling heated  element, or changing keys on the last stanza of an older church hymn, may be a hacker attitude. A lot of the hacker material in this classroom came from a book titled Linux Server Hacks by Rob Flickenger. About the hacker attitude is a Zen poem that is in a poster on the wall there.” Michael pointed to the wall and recited the words:

“To follow the path:
look to the master,
follow the master,
walk with the master,
see through the master,
become the master.”

Michael said, “Mr. Flickenger’s book summed up the hacker attitude with these five points:

1) The world is full of fascinating problems waiting to be solved. A hacker is thrilled to solve non-destructive problems. A hacker never does cracker kid stuff.

2) No problem should ever have to be solved twice. Time is limited and it is a moral duty to share information and to spend time on new problems

3) Boredom and drudgery are evil. That is, if a repetitive work duty can be automated, let the machine do the work, and spend more time creating a new hack to solve a problem.

4) Freedom is good. That is followed by a distrust of authoritarians. It’s kind of a libertarian sort of thinking. Chuck Green, a past Colorado journalist referred to how Benjamin Franklin said in a letter to a friend during the revolutionary war: “Only a virtuous people are capable of freedom.” That is, a people who depend on their own hard work, not dependent on government handouts, are a people who take it upon themselves to offer funds to those not so well off as they. The wealth/poor ratio now is higher than it was during the 1930s depression. That is, five percent of the population own 80% of the material. You will notice a poster in the back of the room highlighting the Bill of Rights from the Constitution. You will notice during the term, that I don’t keep my political being in hiding. I will admit that I used to be a Republican, but I dumped the party when they seemed to forgot what they were supposed to stand for. I am in the American Constitutional Party now. They are similar to the Libertarians, but not exactly the same.

Let me give an example of the proper interpretation of the Second Amendment. Using the years past Virginia Tech shooting, if a law-abiding student had a concealed weapon in the first classroom he was in, he may have only murdered one or two other students! The law-abiding student would have nailed him to the wall, instead of him murdering more students. The law-abiding student should have the freedom to carry a gun. But when the extremely left-leaning court system gets through their interpretation of the Second Amendment, hardly anything is left!
A good example of the way it should be is the shooting that happened in a Salt Lake City mall. The shooter started but there happened to be an off-duty policeman there that took care of the criminal as an immediate-response emergency. But an off-duty policeman is not always in the place where some ninny decides to shoot people.
Hopefully, law-abiding citizens out number crooks. It’s like the wild-west, a number game; if the good-guys always out-number the bad-guys, the good-guys will win.
No more politics for now, let me continue attitudes of hackers.
Sometimes a work situation turns into a power-struggle to see who has the last word. But this attitude is not fighting authority. Children need to be guided and criminals curbed. But you need freedom to solve the problems, and not get stuck on a repetitive duty.

5) Attitude is no substitute for competence. Intelligence, practice, dedication, and hard work is what it takes for a hacker.

These five points and a complete essay by Eric S. Raymond is available on the Web address printed on the poster.   (http://www.tuxedo.org/~esr/faqs/hacker-howto.html.)
A strong force supporting this hacker attitude is O’Reilly publishing. Some of our text books are from them.”
At ending the definition of hackers, Michael spent some time on plagiarism. “Now class, be sure you give credit to others that did some coding before you. In this class, you may use up to 20% of your coding from someone else It’s the same as writing papers; you cite the title and author of work you refer to in your paper. Be sure to take credit for your work, start all coding with your name, CS 130, the date and the name and how I can access your program to see how it works.”
Michael covered what he had planned to present in his first class, check to be sure all students had the required textbook and study guides, and to verify the students expectations of the class subject.
One student had a question: “What about that poster over by your desk, the one about FreeBSD?”
Mike replied, “It is a poster from an email I received when I was a member of the North Colorado Linux Users Group. Every once in a while, I want to refer to the hacker group.”

Sender: nclug-bounces@nclug.org
Errors-To: nclug-bounces@nclug.org
X-Evolution-Source: pop://swrite@pop.uschoice.net/
Status: RO
X-Status:
Mime-Version: 1.0
Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit

Alan Silverstein writes:
> Could anyone here please give me a brief education on how FreeBSD relates to Linux?

Back in the late 80’s the guys at UC Berkeley decided to start re-writing the AT&T UNIX portions of the V7/V32 kernel known then as 4.3BSD UNIX. They ran into the same clean room legal snags that are in the SCO/IBM litigation, and with some luck (due to trade secret/copyright botches) got away with most of it. In the settlement, they pulled a few files, which were later re-written from scratch and presto the first almost open source UNIX came to light as the team left school.

It splintered into several releases … but is still largely the re-written V7/V32 4.3BSD kernel ported to several architectures. It’s a small, lite, fast … and aging OS architecture. It has some advantages, such that some ISP’s have adopted it … one is that it is not a widely adopted as Linux, so the security flaws when discovered are frequently fixed before widely exploited. It’s also small enough, that one of the BSD teams was able to do a complete security code review from end to end.

Linux originally was equally small, lite, and fast … but has grown in leaps and bounds, often leaving the legacy UNIX interfaces behind so that back porting to FreeBSD can sometimes be painful.

John
_________________________________________
NCLUG mailing list NCLUG@nclug.org

To unsubscribe, subscribe, or modify your settings, go to: http://www.nclug.org/mailman/listinfo/nclug

<—————————————————————–>
History of Linux

In 1991, Linus Torvalds, was a student of the University of Helsinki in Finland. Through a class he became interested in UNIX, bought a PC, and worked in Minix, a small UNIX operating system. Unsatisfied with Minix, Linus began to develop the kernel (the heart of the operating system) that eventually became the center of the Linux operating system.

Linus published his work under the GNU General Public License (GPL) as maintained by the Free Software Foundation. The GPL defines the license rights for developers, software vendors, hardware OEMs, and end-users, guaranteeing that it remains Open Source.

The history of Linux is closely connected with the history of the Internet. From the beginning, Linus posted his ideas and the progress of his project to newsgroups on the Internet. Other students and software engineers quickly became interested in what he was doing. Excitement grew with the chance to work on the source code of an operating system that was fully Open Source.

Linux flourished with the contributions of programmers world-wide and by 1994 had grown into a full multi-user, multitasking operating system. Linus and over 15,000 developers world-wide continue to work on Linux development. Today, Linux is the most commercially successful of several free, open-source operating systems.
<————————————————————–>

The poster tells of the origination of BSD Unix and Linux. There are some books available in the library here or on the Web too,” said Mike.
Michael ended the class with these words, “Okay students, I will cover most of the subjects dealt with in Chapter one the rest of this week. So read the chapter, do the examples and I may have a pop quiz sometime this week.  Also, in class I try to keep subject concepts short and simple.  On some ideas, I can be long winded, but in general, I try to keep everything as short as possible.  I will usually be in room 239 during the ninth and tenth hours, but I will be unavailable for the eleven o’clock class time.”
Classes went on reasonably the rest of the week. Two of the students decided to drop the class because it was not exactly what they wanted. Friday was the day Michael decided to give a pop quiz of five questions based on Chapter one. Most students just spent about ten minutes to finish the quiz, but Diane was the last to turn her quiz in. Diane said she is still ironing out a study time schedule with an extra chemistry course she needed to squeeze in for her teacher certification she hoped to earn. Pamela mentioned to Diane that she could offer some help, because chemical engineering is her major.
Weeks slipped by in the computer science course for Michael. The students seemed to blend into the people that Michael formed based on his first, very prejudiced, ideas about the students. Prejudice was always a favorite subject for Michael. When the word is dissected, it is to pre-judge. A very plain idea that boils down to your first impression of someone. One time, while listening to Rush Limbaugh, and prejudice was the topic of Rush’s show that day. A very humorous caller, a black taxi driver from New York City, mentioned that from experience, in order to keep his income, he never went into the black parts of town! Any other ethnic separate part of town was okay. He picked up blacks in other parts of the city, but never in a black neighborhood.
On prejudice, there was an interesting study done by national State Police groups. Most States were barred from pulling over cars based on a prejudice. The make, style, paint job, anything based on a prejudice idea could not be used. One state that did not keep the anti-prejudice law was Utah. In as much as Utah has two interstate highways, I-80 and I-70, dissecting near Salt Lake City, State Police kept their eyes open to see a Mexican low-rider sort of car. They ‘always’ have a reason the pull the car over, be it a license plate light out, unsafe suspension, or to have the tinted windows checked, they always found a reason to pull the car over. However, they were rather high on their illegal drug transport arrests on the cars they pulled over; eighty percent higher than any other State!
But Michael knew that prejudice was not always 100% accurate. He had met some kids during a summer job years earlier, Jack and Peter. They were black, listened to rap music, had a cell phone stuck to their ears 80% of the time, and so they seemed to fall into the general black prejudiced group, of poor education, low IQ, always on welfare and the rest of the general black prejudices. However, during the work time after a few months on daily work, Michael began to view Peter and Jack as human beings each having their individual personalities. Peter’s father was a Physical Education teacher at the Air Force Academy in Colorado Springs. Peter had finished a few terms at a University, was very intelligent, and has Psalm 23 tattooed on his tummy! After the summer project, Peter took off for Air Force training, and he could pick where around the world he wanted to be stationed!
Jack was a Catholic, and he made it known that the way to salvation was through the Catholic Church! He also seemed to have a new phone that Macintosh came out with: the iPhone, it was a implant into Jack’s ear! He could surf the Web whenever he wanted. And Jack was an excellent eBay buyer. He counseled Michael on making purchases on eBay. The best time to purchase, which needs to be at broadband speeds, is within the last five minutes of the bid session. That way, the competitor does not have enough time to counter-bid. Jack was up into the top five percent of purchasers to always won his bid. Jack was pretty sharp, he was very ‘street-smart’ too. He didn’t fool around in bars or clubs. Jack spent much of his time in the ‘cyber-sphere’ of the world. He talked to many people on myspace.com.
Michael suspected that Pamela was home schooled because of her personal traits, and her language style. She did not curse, she gets angry from time to time, but she never curses or says anything with a sexual innuendo. And she respects her parents. She honors them as far as you can imagine; they named her Pamela, and she is always very emphatic on that! If you call her ‘Pam,’ you know within half-a-breath, from her body language and her facial expressions, that you NEVER call her Pam! Her version of violence is never physical, but it’s like cooking your food in a microwave oven. You don’t see the electromagnetic microwaves traveling to the food, but you sure feel the results after you pick up your food! Her communication is just like that, if you called her ‘Pam!’
In Michael’s mind, she was a master of communication! In one class, Michael questioned her, “Pamela, you appear to always have the right word in your mouth all the time! Why?” Pamela replied softly “I was in Toastmasters in Junior High and High School. I enjoyed the challenge of Toastmaster impromptu speaking. In every meeting at least three members were chosen to speak ‘on-the-spot.'” Pamela was getting excited, “In those drills, the meeting conductor said your name, stated a topic, you were to stand, and immediately walk to the front of the room. You had the time that it took you to reach the front of the room to think of how you would cover the subject named by the emcee!”
“The time ranged from three to seven seconds!,” Pamela said with a gasp. She continued, with her hands emphasizing major points, “I totally failed at some of those talks, but some of them were fun! The people in our Toastmaster group thought I was good too. I made enough points through a year to go to the State Championship. I won an award at the Oregon Championship!”

Michael went on with his thoughts about Pamela. Her ability to ‘read-the-audience’ was superb. She thought in paragraphs at a time. She didn’t ponder for words; her words were such an ‘immediate response’ like Micheal’s father was in when he faced ‘life-or-death’ calls from environmental clients dealing with oil spills and dangerous accidents. They didn’t have time to read the OSHA 40 hour hazwopper training manual. They only had minutes to save lives of other human beings!
So in class, Pamela was the most attentive student Michael had seen in his brief time as a teacher this term. Michael had wanted the classes’ students to work with him to achieve the goal of education about Java.
When Wednesday’s class was over, Michael gathered his class material, tucked it all into his backpack, and shuffled his way to his office. He dropped the pack besides his desk, and turned his radio on softly. An oldie, Toby Keith with “Beer for the Horses” was on. Michael was not raised as a cowboy, so he was more-or-less an urban cowboy, a cosmetic cowboy with some cowboy thinking. He liked country-western because most of the time, he could understand the words. An old friend, Matt from High School told him that the reason he liked Grateful Dead, was because the music, the notes were important, not the words!
He had a fairly wide taste of music. He placed country-western first, then bluegrass, then jazz and then he enjoys most other music except heavy-metal and operas. So as the tune ended, he sat in his chair to look at his latest work on his thesis. Ideas stumbled though his mind, and he took a deep breath. Then he heard a tap at his open door. “Excuse me, I have a few questions on the next lab project,” said Pamela.
“Okay, come on in Pamela,” said Michael as he finished his exhale.
“Mr. Stay, this next lab is on Java Scripts, that should work on any OS likely to be used on the Web, right?” said Pamela.
“You are correct Pamela,” said Michael.
“So I can use my Debian GNU/Linux OS at home to write the script?” said Pamela.
Michael raised his eyebrows a little, and questioned Pamela, “Uhmmm, so you do some Linux at home? How long have you worked with Linux?”
“Practically from the beginning with me. Dad started us that way, the expenses for educational software is less with Debian. The best, really basic educational programs are very good with Debian. The Microsoft software has more bells and whistles, but it’s like I found out about presents for young boys . Sometimes the cardboard boxes that the electronic gizmo comes in are better than the expensive electronic gizmo!” said Pamela. “The boys can create what they want, not what the toy designer thought the boys should play with.”
“Yep, I hear you there!” said Michael. “Notice I use a Mac here at school, but at home, I use the latest Sid I can download from Debian! And for developers, it is by far the best as far as amount per dollar. For a server, you spend hundreds and hundreds of dollars from Microsoft, and with Debian, if you only download the first CD, 650 Meg, and you can make a server, and compile programs in most popular languages!”
“Yes, I started with Debian back in the days of Woody, Sarge, Etch, Lenny and then decided to be on the edge of what was happening and stay with Sid, the ‘Still-In-Development!” said Pamela.
“Good! And you can write your Java Script at home on a Linux box, and then you can verify that it will work on the Web by using the Microsoft/Unix terminals here on campus,” said Michael.
“Thank you very much Mr. Stay. I will be sure to have this next lab done by the due date.” said Pamela as she stepped out.
Michael had a tough time in his graduate course today. So, he is ready to go home. An attitude that Michael started as he worked some summer jobs back in high school was flowing in his mind now. Micheal’s thoughts abruptly flash through his mind: “keep work problems at work, start more positive, relaxing thoughts while going home.”
Michael walked out of the computer science building, unlocked his mountain style bicycle and started a slow ride home on Mason street. He arrives 10 minutes later, goes into his home, and starts his CD player with an old album from The Pretenders. One of the tunes on this album was the theme song of Rush Limbaugh. One of Mike’s favorite tunes started.
He listens to Time, the Avenger, from The Pretenders, and thinks some Christian ideas about the relationship of time and fallen man. When Adam and Eve fell from sin, and all mankind had a new and different thing to deal with: DEATH. See, time may have existed, but it did not have a very negative affect on mankind. When Adam and Eve ate what they were told not to eat, the human metabolism changed. Human beings aged and died.
So, in some cases, time may be the avenger to man. But after Christ is in your heart, time does not seem as important. Nevertheless, Michael may have a limited amount of time to find out more about Pamela Ziegler, the best student he teaches in his undergraduate class.
Also, about time, Michael has had a bit dejavu of Pamela as she visited his office with questions. Dad and Michael had talked about God’s knowledge of the future, and how sometimes, we’re in a situation, which we calculate that it had NEVER happened before, but we seem to have memories of the situation! They had concluded that it was a gift from God, that our marvelous creator let a little of His Book of Life leak into our minds!

 

 

  • Chapter 2
    Pamela and the Sabbath

 

 

“A people without a heritage are easily persuaded.”

— Karl Marx

 

The term at CSU had ended for the ‘Holiday Season.’ The ‘politically correct’ words for what used to be the ‘Christmas Holiday’ irritated Mike to no end. But after Michael had found out some other information on the establishment of December 25th day of Christmas by the Catholics, it bugged him even more!
It turns out that December 25th was a special pagan holiday and the years-ago pope decided that setting December 25th as a ‘Christian’ holiday, it would be easier to convert pagans to Christianity!
So in a ‘Post-modern’ America, with ‘relative-truth,’ using a pagan holiday to commemorate the birth of Jesus Christ, was NO PROBLEM! But truth was very important to Michael. So after Micheal’s father had found out about the beginnings of Christmas, Michael dug a little more about the birth of his Savior.
When Mike was young, the word he always heard was ‘it was not recorded in Scripture, so we cannot know the date of the birth of Jesus Christ.’ But later on in years, after meeting a few Messianic Jews, he found that the words he heard as a youngster was in total error!
The words spoken to young Michael were words spoken by a Mainstream Christian person. A Catholic, a Methodist, a Baptist, a Mormon, some that do not see the Old Testament from the same God that wrote the New Testament spoke to Mike. But Michael found out that if you see how the Old and New Testaments should be called the First Testament and the Second Testament because they flow together, you can see how that date of birth is written in Scripture!
The birth of Christ was easily written out by one of Micheal’s Messianic Jewish friends.

Yeshua’s Birth and the Feast of Tabernacles (Sukkot)

  1. According to Luke 1:5, Zechariah the husband of Elizabeth, is a priest and he is listed in the order of Abiyah, (Zechariah’s wife Elizabeth is a cousin to Mary (Mariam ) the mother of Jesus (Yeshua)).

    2. I Chronicles 24:1-18 In this text King David divides the descendants of Aharon into 24 divisions.

    3. I Chronicles 28:11-13 This text tells us the assignment of the priests as given to by King David.

    4. I Chronicles 9:25 According to this verse the priests coming to Jerusalem to serve were to serve one week.

    5. II Chronicles 23:8 These verses tell us that the week of service for the priests would start on the sabbath and end on the Sabbath.

    6. Deuteronomy 16:16 There are three feasts (moedim) in which every male is required to appear before the Lord. These three feasts are Unleavened Bread, Pentecost (Shavout), and Feast of Tabernacles (Sukkot.)

    Summary of what we know

    1. Zechariah is a priest in the division of Abiyah.
    2. King David divided the priests into 24 divisions.
    3. The priests serve as prescribed by King David.
    4. The period of service was to be seven days.
    5. The start of the service would begin on the Sabbath.
    6. Three times a year every male must appear at the Temple.

    The Hebrew calendar is a lunar-based month having either 29 or 30 days for a total of 51 weeks in a normal year. A leap month (Adar II) is added every 2nd or 3rd year and it is taken by many that the casting of lots determined the time of ones service. So if we take 24 divisions, plus the three festivals, we have 27 weeks leaving us with another 24 weeks in which case each division would serve a second time. This fact is confirmed by the Mishnah.

    We know that the division of Abiyah is the eighth division according to I Chronicles 24. Two of the three pilgrim festivals occur before of during the first eight weeks of the religious year, thus Abiyah would not serve until the 10th week. This is the second Sabbath of the month of Sivan (which would start between the 12th and the 18th day).

    According to Luke 1:23-24 we know when Yochanan the Immerser (John the Baptist) was conceived. Verse 23/24 states, “When the time of service was complete, he returned home. After this his wife Elizabeth became pregnant and for five months remained in seclusion.” Thus Elizabeth conceives on the third week of Sivan (between the 19th and the 25th). If we assume a standard 40-week pregnancy then Yochanan would have been born on or about the 15th of Nisan i.e. the time of Passover. Now that we have the time of Yochanan’s birth we can calculate the time of Yeshua’s birth.

    According to Luke 1:26-33 Miriam (Mary) visits he cousin Elizabeth in the sixth month of her pregnancy. According to this text Miriam becomes pregnant with Yeshua six months after her cousin Elizabeth. If Yochanan is conceived on Sivan 25, then Yeshua is conceived on Chislev 25. The 25th of Chislev is the start of the festival of Hanukkah which commemorated the rededication of the Temple following the Maccabean revolt. If we count forth week from Chislev 25 we arrive at Tishri 15 which is the Feast of Tabernacles. Thus if our calculations are correct the forerunner of Messiah was born on Passover, Yeshua was conceived on Hanukkah and Messiah’s birth occurred on Sukkot.

    Michael feels calmness. Michael thinks to himself after being irritated my some of man’s ideas, how God is in control. The Bible is comforting to Mike.
    The term is done, and Pamela made an excellent grade from Mike’s class. Michael thinks more of Pamela. ‘How can I approach Pamela?’ Michael ponders in his mind. But as thoughts flow in Mike’s ideas, he scoots the mouse of a Debian powered box at home to check some email. A couple of emails from CSU staff pop up, a few from conservative political groups appear, and in the last of the emails is one from Pamela!
    It appears that Pamela wants to try some Debian development in making wvdial a windowed program instead of a script bash file, and she had some questions on the hows of it all. ‘Ummm’ Mike thinks a while as he clicks the ‘reply’ button on the Evolution email bar menu.
    He ponders on the best words to use. He thinks, ‘we still have a few weeks of the Christmas vacation before the next term, so we could meet somewhere off campus, maybe at a Perkins somewhere?’ It was still a little early today, maybe we could meet a little before lunch, eat, chat a little on software development, and see how we are directed, Mike ponders.
    He puts his thoughts all in words and sends off a message to Pamela. Michael gets up, and goes over the turn on a radio. He had it on a local country station, but he changes it to the AM band just for some politically minded talk radio host. He goes to KOA and gets some of the latest news.
    In the more recent news, in Mike’s thoughts, it did not make much difference if the person was Democrat or Republican because they ended up doing nearly the same thing! George W. had said a lot about cutting spending and decreasing the deficit, but his expenses beat the past times of having a Democrat as the President!
    There wasn’t a lot of different news, so Michael sat back down at this desk and looked for a reply from Pamela. “Ah-ha!” Mike thought. Pamela replied “Sound’s nice, where, and when” in her email. Michael gently keyboards in a reply, “How about 11 o’clock at the Perkins off campus on College?” Michael leaned back in his desk chair to spy his old iBook G4 under some books on the table next to his desk.
    Michael had purchased this iBook back in the days of Tiger, the Mac OS X. Tiger was okay, but Michael liked to write in OpenOffice and there was always trouble having to go through the X-terminal to write. Michael went to NeoOffice that worked okay after he made the RAM memory bigger, up to 512 Mb. But in any development, funds were needed to get anything to work on that Mac. So Michael went with the latest Debian PowerPC Sid. OpenOffice worked perfectly, and the development compilers came with the distribution. Perfect!
    Mike checked for Pamela’s reply, “yes, I can be there!” Michael grabbed the iBook and a coat and heads for the front door. He thinks as he strides to his old GM Cobalt, ‘even if I’m an hour early, I can figure out what kind of code we need, and how do I want to appear before Pamela?’
    Michael traveled to Perkins, chose a booth in the back corner, popped his iBook up and caught his breath in a few moments. The waitress appeared, Mike ordered a coffee and began to check if his Airport card worked with the local Wifi system. The signal was above 80% and Mike’s older version of Mozilla Firefox seemed to be on the Web just fine.
    Mike thought of Pamela’s idea of coding for wvdial. It’s a dial-up script, does Pamela still dial-up at home? Fort Collins went with a citywide WiFi a few years ago. Why would Pamela want to gui code wvdial? Some people in rural areas, limited on a budget, that could not afford a popular satellite broadband hookup, would only have a dial-up as an option.
    Michael linked to a Debian mirror page to download the source code for wvdial. Mike thought about two possibilities to get to a gui appearance for wvdial. We could try to ‘redo’ all the code in a java script or just use a java gui to talk to the code already written. The last idea sounded better, more along a hacker method. Why redo something already done?
    Michael looked up from his iBook screen. Pamela was there watching Michael at work with his laptop computer. “Oh, excuse me Pamela, I was beginning work on the wvdial project!” said Michael.
    “That’s okay, I just arrived. And thank you so much to meet with me on this wvdial development,” said Pamela. “I’ve been thinking of methods to use to get a wvdial gui program, and I will need some instruction to wrap the code up as a ‘deb’ file too” said Pamela.
    “Oh, tying the code up as a ‘deb’ file is pretty easy now with Debian” said Mike. “Here, have a seat, and the waitress will get you something to drink” Michael said quickly.
    Micheal’s thoughts raced as Pamela took her coat off, and sat down in the booth across from him. Pamela was attractive, but as a teacher in class, Michael had to keep any relationship to a teacher-student relationship. But now was different. He looked at her face, they made mutual eye contact. She had a sparkle in her eye. Michael gasped for a breath, he forgot to breathe.
    “Oh, thank you for coming. Pamela, why do you want to do gui code for wvdial? Fort Collins has citywide WiFi. Why to you want to do a dial-up?” questioned Michael.
    “Well, Mr. Stay,” said Pamela. “No, call me Michael, we are not in the classroom,” said Michael. “Okay, Michael, I have some friends that have no chance of broadband for their home computers, so I want to make the conversion to Debian easier for them” Pamela mentioned as she brought her Hewlett-Packard laptop out of her study bag.
    Michael watches Pamela unfold her laptop. As it was asleep, she touches the pad and a Gnome screen appears. “Pamela, besides wvdial, maybe a gui and more text response would be good for the Debian ‘pppconfig’, ‘pon’ and ‘poff'” Michael says as he peers at her screen to see what appears.
    “I haven’t used ‘pppconfig’ very much at all. I like the text responses from wvdial. But the text in a gui window would be much more pleasant” said Pamela as she glances from her laptop screen so meet Michael’s eyes looking into her eyes. She gazes a moment to see what seems curiosity in Michael’s eyes.
    Michael questions Pamela, “we did not dwell much on student faith in class, but from your conversations in class, I suspect that you are a home-schooled Christian?” “Of course” answers Pamela as she continues to gaze into Michael’s eyes.
    “I ended my last six years at home. At the end of fifth grade, I was wandering-the-web, and I ran across the Answers-in-Genesis web page. I looked through their material and I found out about the Humanist Manifesto and how American public schools are teaching a religion! I was under the impression that of course, it was all ‘scientific fact,’ was it not?” sternly said Michael.
    “My parents got word of the Humanism being taught, and so I never went to public school” said Pamela as she looks into Michael’s face.
    “It seemed that way in class Pamela, but I did not want to go public with my curiosity” said Michael. “And I also suspect that you are in a mainstream Christian church also” Michael calmly asked.
    “Yes, we are associated with the Baptists” said Pamela.
    “Okay” said Michael, as he quietly calculates where he should go in this discussion. “I also assume that you are told that Jesus was resurrected on an early Sunday morning?” said Michael.
    “Yes” said Pamela, and her eyes take on a new look of a question. “If I present scriptural evidence in a different way, could you believe in a new idea for you?” said Michael. “Yes, I think so” Pamela replied.
    “All right Pamela” said Michael as he prepares his scriptural points to make. “In Matthew Chapter 12 verse 40, Jesus said he would be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth, did he not?” “Yes” said Pamela.
    “Then, how does Good Friday to Easter Sunday fulfill that scripture?” “Hmmmm, I never tried to do that. All the other Gospels just say ‘three days,’ I never tried to squeeze another night into a Good Friday to Easter Sunday time” said Pamela.
    “Just hang on a moment, and I will add some other scriptures to the resurrection, okay?” said Michael. “Now, go to Daniel chapter 9 verse 27 where it says that ‘in the midst of the week’ there will be an end to the sacrifices in the temple. And wait as I get my King James Bible up to go word-by-word on that one” Michael mentions as he gets his Bible verse on his screen.
    “Here, I have been using a New King James Version, it’s all in Daniel’s 70 week vision and many interpretations take a day equals a year, but this one may have a dual interpretation. In verse 27, it says ‘But in the middle of the week He shall bring an end to sacrifice and offering.’ In a seven day week, what is the middle of the week?” said Michael.
    “Wednesday” said Pamela.
    In anticipation, Michael replies “Correct, the crucifixion before sunset, to Thursday afternoon is one day, one night.”
    “Okay” said Pamela.
    Following the series, Michael replies “Friday afternoon is two days, two nights, and Saturday is three days and three nights. But lets look at times when the ladies go to care for the body.”
    “But what about the weekly Sabbath? It was Good Friday, the crucifixion happened just before the Sabbath!” exclaims Pamela.
    “Go to John chapter 19 and verse 31. The Sabbath just before the crucifixion was a High Day, a High Sabbath. Check the First Testament, Leviticus 23:5 on the fourteenth day of the First Month at twilight, it is the Lord’s Passover. So during a year, some weeks have TWO Sabbaths!” said Michael. “And see, in the Good Friday, Easter Sunday story, when did the ladies prepare their ointments?”
    “Oh, I always thought they just worked fast Saturday night” Pamela pleads.
    “Another way to look at it, is after the Passover Sabbath, which was Thursday or the fifth day of the week, on the sixth day of the week, or Friday to us, the ladies prepare their ointments for Jesus’ body. And here is where we need to look closely at the times of the ladies visiting the sepulcher.” said Michael.
    Pamela gets her King James Version Bible up on her screen and says “Now in John chapter 20, verse one, Mary is going to the sepulcher early Sunday morning, right?”
    “Nope, when does a Jewish day start?” asks Michael.
    “Sunset” says Pamela. “Right, look at the wording in verse one” said Michael as he looks at his HP screen. “The older King James Version is good, in that they call it ‘the dawn,’ which means ‘the beginning of’ of the First day of the week. New King James says: ‘Now on the first day of the week Mary Magdalene went to the tomb early, while it was still dark.’ To early settlers in America, the dawn of the day was morning. But when you are a Jew, the dawn of the day, is just after sunset! Saturday night!” exclaims Michael.
    “So you think the resurrection happened on Saturday afternoon” replied Pamela.
    “Yes, Pamela. And so the first day of the week, mainstream Christian churches don’t have any claim to fame and an excuse to make Sunday a special day. And by-the-way, Catholics or rather, the Vatican, began their antisemitism by not worshiping on the same day as the Jews” presented Michael.
    “I see….. so for a Christian, the correct day of worship is the seventh day of the week, starting at sunset on Friday” proclaimed Pamela.
    To be sure he has eye contact, Michael pauses for a moment, looks calmly into Pamela’s eyes, and states “correct.”
    “I knew someone who was a Seventh-Day Adventist, and I heard a little about Ellen G. White, their prophetess, but are there any other Christians who keep the Sabbath?” inquires Pamela.
    “You bet there are. Maybe not as large as the Adventists, there are many groups that have no idea of other groups in America or around the world. So there is a group, that is a non-denominational, called the Bible Sabbath Association, that keeps track of Sabbath keeping groups in America. There are a lot of little groups that may meet in someone’s home or lease some space from a Sunday church. Also, in recent years, there are more and more Messianic Jews!” exclaims Michael.
    “More on that one too” said Michael. “Not everyone believes the idea is scriptural, but I have heard from many of my Sabbath keeping friends, of something called the ‘Great Exodus’ where America suffers a population decrease when a large percentage of American Jews, go to Israel!” continues Michael.  “The Jewish population in New York is almost equal to the Jewish number out of the State of Israel.  That is why Muslim radicals call America, Zionist!”
    “Hmmm, my father, Jeremy Ziegler, wrote a paper called ‘The State Religion, and a Way Out’ and in it, he has a part where he called ‘The Time of the Gentiles is Done’ based on Luke 21:24 where Jesus talks about the destruction of Jerusalem and how the Jews are scattered around the world, until….” Pamela looks to her laptop screen to reference the verse, “the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled” said Pamela.
    “And in a time when the American public gets confused on when life starts, and when it ends, and relationships in between birth and death, my father says the time of America being a world leader in great things, is done” Pamela states as she puts her hands together with her fingers extended, and her hands then quickly part in a downward motion and then flow apart to her body width with her palms facing downward.
    Michael looks at her motion and comments, “Very good, a point for all to understand. Do you use sign-language often?”
    “In some situations, it comes naturally. Our family had a friend who was deaf. He was around at lunch time often, and so the ‘all done’ sign is very familiar for me.” said Pamela.
    “Very good. Every once in a while, I see a deaf couple in a department store, and their conversation is so quick. I know some sign-language, but they talk in paragraphs at a time. It seems nearly supersonic! And I have found out that the deaf population in America is like a ‘sub-culture’ of America. It’s like they were living in a different world to most of America’s population” said Michael.

    “Yes, to the general population, if it’s not on the 6 o’clock news, it’s not important” said Pamela. “Uh-huh, if the person is not a superstar musician or a pro-athlete, they are not important. My Savior, Jesus Christ, used to be on most people’s hero list, but no longer” said Michael.
    Michael and Pamela sipped some coffee as they continued to talk about subjects ranging from religion, families, kids, parents, schools, the environment, politics, farms, cities, mountains, friends from Jamaica, Jews and Messianic Jews around the world. These two people spent more time talking than some people spend while dating for two months!
    As the waiter started the vacuum cleaner around the corner from Pamela and Michael, the two looked at each other with a grin. “I think we are a little late, we are being vacuumed out of Perkins!” exclaimed Michael. “Right, it’s a quarter after midnight now” said Pamela.
    “But Pamela, we do need to spend some time on a gui with wvdial, correct?” asked Michael. “Oh course Michael, name a time and place, and I’ll be there” said Pamela.
    The two gathered their coats, and laptops and chatted as they made their way outside to their cars.

 

  • Chapter 3
    The State Religion

 

 

“A vote is like a rifle; its usefulness depends upon the character of the user.”

– President Theodore Roosevelt

Michael did not set his alarm clock during the CSU Winter break. But his metabolism had become set, based on his bedtime and his exercise level, to wake-up about 5 am or as Michael likes his times: 0500 o’clock. Michael rolls out of bed, clicks on his radio to the local country station, and perks up after he starts to listen to one of Brad Paisley’s old tunes about alcohol.
Alcohol was a major subject in the Stay family. One of Michael’s Uncles spent most of his life so far, as an alcoholic. He occasionally has a job, but most of the time, he is unemployed, scrounging people for money. He tried Alcohol Anonymous, but was kicked out for not keeping their training rules. He just sipped whiskey a little, he didn’t even get drunk!
Michael’s Uncle, Philip, tried another group to triumph over being a slave to a substance, alcohol. But the new plan did not work for more than three months. Philip had a new job of using a litter picker to pick up cigarette butts from an apartment parking lot.
Philip bussed in to work one day, walked into the maintenance shop office, and said ‘Good Morning’ to his supervisor. The supervisor’s eyes brows rose, he sniffed Philip’s breath, looked at his eyes and said “Philip, this is the third time I have smelled alcohol on your breath, with your eyes glazed over.” “Here’s your pink slip” he said as he handed a slip to Philip that had written on it, ‘You are fired!’
“But I just had a little drink of whiskey, my work is still good isn’t it?” said Philip.
“No, your work is not the best that a person can do” said the supervisor.
“I pick-up all the trash, don’t I?” said Philip. “No, you don’t. There is still trash on the curbs and parking lot” said the supervisor.
“Oh, hmmm” said Philip as he shuffled his feet over to the door. His face looked dreary as he opened the door, but then his eyes seemed to ask a question. “What if I kick-the-habit, can I come back?” asked Philip.
“Oh course, we always have work, and our turn-over rate if fairly high” said the supervisor. The supervisor added, “If you put your habit under control, or just quit the habit altogether, you can work here again.”
That was the story that Michael’s father, Brad, had gone over time and time again with Michael, to be sure that Michael was thinking in a binary mode about ethanol. With Michael, the situation had turned into a yes/no answer. No in between. No ‘just a few beers.’ None at all.
Michael later found out that an alcoholic has a different MRI scan than a ‘normal’ person. That different MRI scan goes for a few generations whether the person has touched alcohol or not.
In a society of alcoholics, drug-abuse, casual sex, ‘relative morality’ all the way from the bottom of the society to the top, Michael had reached a mental attitude to not trust anybody. People to trust come very few. Family has to be trustworthy for a person to stay sane. So if you cannot trust your family, that could be a reason insanity is increasing.
The next thought in Michael’s mind is about how Pamela’s father had written a paper called: The State Religion and a Way Out. Michael had found the basics of Humanism taught in public school. Its main ideas are that people are basically good, that matter and the universe always existed, therefore, was never created. There is no God; Taught in public school as a scientific fact.
Michael thought as he rummaged for food in the kitchen, ‘What extra information can Pamela tell me about the State Religion?’ He decided to perk up a pot of coffee and use the hot coffee to make a bag of instant raisin oatmeal into a breakfast.
He then went into the study to email Pamela a question: ‘Can you tell me about your father’s paper about the State Religion? Can you meet me again at Perkins by 0930?’
The citywide WiFi was a great blessing to most computer users. So that means that users are always connected to the Web and whenever an email comes, the software can tell you, by sounding an alarm or some funny sound, when emails come. Therefore, Pamela read the email that Michael sent in about 10 minutes later , and sent a reply in 11 minutes after it was sent.
‘Yes, I’ll be there by 9:30 am!’ was Pamela’s reply.
At 9:20 am, Pamela walked in from her car to Perkins, picked a booth in the corner, got her laptop HP out of her shoulder bag, and loaded the latest OpenOffice with her father’s paper on the State Religion. At 0928, Michael locked his bike up in the bike rack, went into the Perkins’ lobby, saw Pamela, and walked over to Pamela’s booth. “Greetings, Pamela, since last week’s snow melted, I figured I’d bike over.”
“Best to exercise when you can. I’ve got the latest of my father’s paper on America’s State Religion on my screen.”
“I know the basic problems with the State Religion as it’s taught in pubic school. After I started fifth grade, I was wandering-the-Web and I came across some information on the AnswersInGenesis.org Web page, especially a seminar they did called Demolishing Strongholds. They covered the old earth/young earth situation, and the evolution from species to species that has never been repeated, so as far as being a ‘scientific fact,’ it’s not.”
“Let me scan your father’s paper and work up some questions” said Michael.
“What is the story of the Chapter about ‘The State Religion and Compromising Christians?”
“It is about compromising the Word of God to agree with the State Religion’s teachings. It’s not believing the earth is young, that species-to-species evolution really happened, that we humans came from apes, and that a global flood never happened.”
“It is compromising the history of the Bible, therefore, making it a ‘pick-and-choose’ book of fables. It is then compromised enough to create cheap-grace. A Christian can do whatever they please, and because they accept Jesus, they are still saved. Dad uses Matthew 6:21-23 to get to the point. At judgment, believers say, ‘Lord, Lord, did we not cast of demons in your name? And Jesus says ‘No, no, I don’t even know you!””The believers are cosmetic Christians, they don’t have Jesus in their hearts.
Michael contemplates on Pamela’s words. “It is just like Deuteronomy 6:5 ‘you shall love the LORD your God with all your heart, all your soul and all your strength.’ It’s when your tires hit the road. It’s when you ‘talk the talk and walk the walk.’”
Michael looks to Pamela’s eyes, as Pamela looks to Michael’s eyes. They are mesmerized, each seem to see eons and eons of history in each other’s life. The ideas cross Michael mind, love is just a four letter word, but can motivate people’s actions as a superpower. “Pamela, do you know Jesus?”

“Yes, He’s the first love of my life. Jesus in my heart gives me power and action. Yes Michael, I know Jesus very well, and I think you know Jesus too.”
“Correct. Jesus is my hero in my life. He has mastered communication to God his Father. And his use of language to talk to people can cause the Salvation of all people. When people see past cheap-grace, they turn their lives over to Jesus. Jesus is the mediator, the defense attorney, of all mankind to God our LORD.”
“Pamela, have you read a paper about the First Amendment? It’s a paper written by Wes Plank. I pack one around with me almost all the time. Here, you can look at one.”

How Well is the First Amendment Being Used?
by Wes Plank


The Founding Fathers did not want to recreate the Church of England. So they compiled the First Amendment to forbid a national church, to guarantee freedom of the Press, and to guarantee the assembling of groups in meetings for political as well as other purposes. These freedoms were intended for all citizens of the United States of America.

Part of the First Amendment forbade the establishment of a national church, as stated above, and the heart of this came to be known as the “establishment clause.” The “free exercise clause” was its companion. Under the establishment clause, the government is not to exercise its power so as to favor one religious group or belief over another. Under the free exercise clause, every person is free to worship and exercise his belief as he sees fit without governmental interference. It’s the establishment clause we focus on here.

In the name of “knowledge,” a series of false ideas are being taught as “science.” Besides being false, the ideas do not fulfill requirements to be called “real science.” Indeed, the ideas as they are taught in public schools can be truly called a religion. Pleasantly, Webster’s New World College Dictionary calls religion: any object of conscientious regard and pursuit. Is the government unknowingly violating the establishment clause through its support in the public schools of the theories of science that deny the creation of the universe in any way other than that currently supported by “science?”

The idea referred to is a belief that millions of years ago a Big Bang occurred. No one was there, and the only observed fact is a frequency shift in the wavelength of light emitted by starts indicating outward travel. That’s it. The stars don’t talk to say how they began. But, they do communicate what is happening now. A few stars have been observed as they fizzled into non-existence. In fact, the whole universe is obedient to the Second Law of Thermodynamics. That is, the universe is winding down to total chaos and disorganization.

Now, one must understand the atheist’s viewpoint. For the atheist, the first premise for any theory or hypothesis is that God does not exist. Therefore, the outward travel of the universe means it started at a central location. Fine, except that other actual observations do not support the idea of a central location as a starting point.

One postulate of the big-bang theory is formed by an actual observation about the universe. It is in a swirl, some of our solar system planets swirl about the sun clockwise, but some do not! Some turn in different planes and move counterclockwise. To a rational, objective person, that presents a problem for those espousing the big-bang theory. For according to the theory, all planetary systems in the universe should rotate in the same direction, as pieces of a spinning disc would then be broken apart by centrifugal forces and then held in orbit by gravity. What should be a major problem with the big-bang theory is to the atheist not a problem. Undoubtedly, a Godless explanation will come to mind. For the rest of us there is a big hole in the big bang theory because of those planets that counter-revolve.

Previously, it was mentioned how the universe is obedient to the Second Law of Thermodynamics. However, our atheist academia that writes our public school textbooks, want to violate the Second Law of Thermodynamics and write books that say the universe is “cycling.” It will reach total chaos and then compress until another big bang. Will we be here when it happens? Can the process be reproduced and proven as a scientific fact?

“Scientists” sometimes adhere to the old definition of “scientific fact.” When a University of Utah professor wrote a paper of “discovery” of fusion at room temperature, and his process could not be repeated, it was deemed false. However, even though the Big Bang has not been and cannot be repeated by a human through laboratory experiment or other means, it is not questioned, but, being the best Godless idea to teach, taught in some public schools as a scientific fact, and not just a theory.

But until the Big Bang process is repeated, it is a theory, a bad theory at that, in that it breeds the teaching of macro-evolution. Macro evolution is another unproven idea also taught as “fact” in public schools. Because both the big bang and macro evolution are theories supporting the atheistic of Godless viewpoint, they each meet the definition of religion according to Webster’s Dictionary. Therefore, unwittingly perhaps, teachers using government funds are “establishing a religion” in violation of the First Amendment to the United States Constitution. Religion IS being taught in our public schools!

What are your options to address this unconstitutional expenditure of public funds?

  1. Don’t do anything.

  2. Do what you can to remove our nation’s “Church of America.” The teachings of that church intensifies a feeling of worthlessness in our youth, which promotes murder, rape, drug use and limitless bad ideas.

  3. Realize that there IS a God that LOVES you no matter how bad you are or how bad you feel. You did not evolve from a chemical soup, and you are not just an unreasoning animal!!

  4. See that God’s desire is for you to recognize Him as your creator and to accept Jesus Christ as the Son of God and your Saviour.

  5. Read a version of the Bible that you can understand; then communicate with God in thought and prayer.

  6. Change yourself, including ingrained habits, for the better and see your eternal future in God’s Kingdom. For in the normal course of events, you will die, be it in a car accident, another terrorist attack, or in old age. But there is hope for your future.


As King David wrote: “Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil; for thou art with me; thy rod and thy staff they comfort me.”  Psalms 23

contact: wplank@yahoo.com

Pamela thought about the pamphlet awhile. Her eyes looked to the wall past Michael. She was looking into an area thousands of miles away. In a land years away into the future.
“That pamphlet needs to be revised to include some more information about Darwin. Michael, did you know he was an extreme racist?” “No! That information about him is not mentioned in any public school textbooks!”
Pamela was on a roll, and she exclaimed “I assume also that Charles Darwin’s racism is never mentioned in any books of academia. Groups like the NEA in schools and NAS with government ‘science’ would let it be known that the theories they teach, promote racism! See, if human beings ‘evolve,’ one race is superior to the other! Evolution is the ROOT of racism!
As a contrast, Christianity has ONE RACE, the human race! We were all created equal!”
Pamela looks deeply into Michael’s eyes, and in a soft mellow tone continues with other information about the State Religion, as she probes into her files of documents in her laptop. “Michael, did you know that besides being very racist, the State Religion tends to not value life at all. It sees people as commodities, like an investment. If a person does not offer a financial yield, the person is terminated.
“I was able to scan a Fox News story back in the days of Terri Schiavo in a vegetative state. Fox was able to interview a person that was in a vegetative state also. Here Michael, give the story a look from my laptop” calmly mentions Pamela.  

“Wow, so this other lady was in a total vegetative state and the doctors wanted to more-or-less ‘pull the plug’ on her.  She spent a few days with no food, but her husband was able to challenge the murder of his wife and she was fed again.  Then in a few more weeks, she recovered and she did the interview with Fox News with her husband!” said Michael after he scanned the story saved on Pamela’s laptop computer

 

  • Chapter 4
    The Time of the Gentiles

 

 

“(W)hen a strict interpretation of the Constitution … is abandoned, and the theoretical opinions of individuals are allowed to control its meaning, we have no longer a Constitution; we are under the government of individual men, who for the time being have power to declare what the Constitution is, according to their own views of what it ought to mean.”

Supreme Court Justice Benjamin Curtiss, March 6, 1857, dissenting from the Dred Scott ruling that slaves were property

 

Pamela shifted her laptop around for Michael to see. Michael scanned the Table of Contents. “I see he’s got a part about ‘The Time of the Gentiles is Done’ what is that?”

“It is a section that focuses on terrorism in America, that may lead to the demise of our country. Go ahead and you can read it.”

Michael went though pages of the paper, and that part of the paper came to the screen:

  1. The Time of the Gentiles is Done.

In the United States of America in a time of homosexual activist judges, abortion, animal rights extremists and a public school system that teaches we evolved from rocks, I go with a Colorado writer’s words, Chuck Green, DON’T MESS WITH ISRAEL! They have five submarines to launch nukes now.

Luke 21:24 (World English Bible) tells me that when the United States of America uses bad logic to teach our children, that they are here by chance, that homosexuality is just a “choice,” and when the media does not see American voter’s solid concept that a marriage is between a man and a woman (19 States passed State Amendments to define marriage) terrorists are close to cause their version of a big-bang for America!

“They will fall by the edge of the sword, and will be led captive into all the nations. Jerusalem will be trampled down by the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.”

In my scriptural search, I believe that the time of the Gentiles is being completed right now. Our President George W. Bush has lead us astray. We DO need to focus on terrorists, and eliminate them from the face of the earth, but we started the wrong direction. The following words are from a Denver resident who knows our best method to eliminate terrorism.

From: “Ibrahim Kazerooni”

In His Name the Most High

A. WAHHABISM: THREAT TO WORLD PEACE

Since the 9/11 massacre, we have witnessed a growing interest in Islam, not only in the U.S but across the globe. One of the more frequently asked questions I get about Islam is the difference between Sunnis and Shi’ah.

While Sunnis are spread all over the Muslim world, the majority of the Shi’ah population is located in the heartland of Islam, that is, in the area between Egypt and India. Countries such as Iran, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, and Lebanon have majority Shi’ah populations.

Theologically, these two branches of Islam are virtually the same, where they differ is on the issue of succession to the Prophet Mohammad. While Sunnis believe the Prophet’s successor should be chosen by individuals, Shi’ah believe in the prophetic appointment of successors.

Within Sunni Islam, there are many different schools of thought, not unlike Christianity’s many different denominations.

Of all the schools of Sunni thought, Wahhabism — which is the state religion of Saudi Arabia — is the most austere and regressive and is the philosophical guide for terrorist organizations like Al-Qaida.

The Wahhabist doctrine emerged about two-hundred years ago in the Najd province of Arabia, by Mohammad Ibn Abdolwahhab (an unknown and eccentric son of a village judge), and opposes any refinement of Islamic culture, philosophy, theology, and the arts over time.

Wahhabism constructs a pseudo-philosophy, which dictates dogmatic, outward acts of worship and rigid intolerance.

The Taliban exemplify the ideal form of Wahhabist government, with Saudi Arabia coming in a close second. With intolerance being the key feature of Wahhabism, this inflexible doctrine is responsible for sowing discord, sedition, violence, and hatred in the Muslim world and outside.

For example, the Wahhabist Saudi Institute teaches that Shi’ah Muslims are “Jewish agents” and not real Muslims. This can be seen from the letter that was circulated in Cairo just recently by Al-Qaida, and reported by the Associated Press: “The American troops have carried out a massacre to kill Shi’as in Karbala, their (Shi’as’) infidel city, and in Baghdad.”

By causing their followers lose touch with reality through austere, cult-like practices, Wahhabists make it easier for their followers to participate in atrocities. The perpetrators of the recent attacks on Shi’ia in Iraq and Pakistan — not unlike the perpetrators of the 9/11 massacre — are agents of Wahhabism inspired from Saudi Arabia.

Masquerading as a religion, Wahhabism has a global network of Mosques and schools — including in the U.S — which are being used to poison young Muslim minds and sow hatred through childish religious literature published in Saudi Arabia.

If we are to win the war on terrorism, we must tackle Wahhabism head on, even if that means mortally wounding the cozy relationship between our government and the Saudi ruling family, which has been harboring and nurturing the Wahhabist sect for decades.

Unfortunately, by invading Iraq, we missed the real target of our war on terrorism: Wahhabism.

What we have done, instead, is strengthen and embolden the Al-Qaida terrorist organization by bringing it more recruits and money from ideological strains diametrically opposed to Wahhabism, such as Arab Nationalism (Ba’athists) and tolerant strains of Islam.

Al-Qaida has succeeded in using the U.S. conquest of Iraq as proof that the United States is only interested in occupying Muslim lands, peoples and resources, something these Wahhabists have been preaching for years. For many in the Muslim world — after seeing our unprovoked invasion of Iraq based on the false pretense of weapons of mass destruction — they find it hard to argue with Al-Qaida now.

I believe we must go to the root of the problem: the Saudi royal family which continues to protect and advance Wahhabism. Given the choice, Muslims in Saudi Arabia would reject Wahhabism. But they don’t have a choice because of the decades-old pact between the Saudi royal family and the Wahhabists, which allows the royal family to keep its grip on absolute political power and the nation’s oil wealth while the Wahhabists hold free reign over social and religious matters, including education.

However, challenging our government’s relationship with the Saudi royals could be difficult considering the business ties between President Bush’s father, members of his former administration and the Carlyle group, an investment firm managing millions of dollars from the Saudi royal family.

The tragedy of 9/11 alerted the world to the dangers of intolerance and religious bigotry. Both are central to the ideological foundations of Wahhabism and it must be defeated.

In addition to Wahhabism, there is a group called 12th Imam Shi’ah.  A story was done by Focus on the Family.

Iranian President Issues ‘Troubling’ Greeting to Christians Speech filled with references to prophecy — not politics — expert says.

In a surprise move, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad Tuesday wished “all Christians happiness and prosperity on the occasion of the birth of the Christ,” according to the Iranian Students News Agency.

But a Christian expert on Islam says we should not take the Muslim leader’s statement as just a strange type of Christmas greeting — but as a very serious theological pronouncement.

During the first part of his speech, the Muslim radical turned president referred to Jesus Christ in a way which seemed almost reverential.

“To guide mankind, Jesus offered all his love and sacrificed all his being,” Ahmadinejad said. “He tolerated all the misunderstandings, the insults, pressures, agonies and imposition of all those around him. He was drawn into isolation and bore all this pain just to carry out his divine mission.”  But the self-professed enemy of the U.S. took a very strange turn.

“I wish all the Christians a very happy new year,” he said, “and I wish to ask them a question as well. My one question from the Christians is: What would Jesus do if he were present in the world today? What would he do before some of the oppressive powers of the world who are in fact residing in Christian countries? Which powers would he revive and which of them would he destroy? If Jesus were present today, who would be facing him and who would be following him?”

Ahmadinejad also called for the return of Jesus along with, as he put it, “the emergence of the descendant of the Islam’s Holy Prophet, Imam Mahdi.” Together, he said, the two would “wipe away every tinge of oppression, pain and agony from the face of the world.”

Dr. Ergun Mehmet Caner, president of Liberty Theological Seminary at Liberty University said be careful — Ahmadinejad is sending a wake-up call to the West. The Jesus he’s talking about is different from the Christian’s conception of the Savior.

“It’s important for Christians to understand that Muslims are not monolithic,” Caner told CitizenLink. “That is, all Muslims don’t believe the exact same thing. And among the subsets — the Shi’ia and Sunni — there is a group called the 12th Imam Shi’ia. Iran is filled with Shi’ia. And many of the ayatollahs (religious leaders) there are 12th Imam Shi’ia.

“A Shi’ia Muslim believes that Jesus never died — he wasn’t crucified, but was assumed into Paradise — and that there will come a day when Allah sends Jesus back to Earth and He will meet up with the other one who the Shi’ia believe has not died, Imam Mahdi, and they, together, will fight the Anti-Christ.

“So, all of this preparation that Ahmadinejad talks about, is in preparation for Imam Mahdi to return.  Mahdi was a caliph in the 9th Century who they believe never died — he’s hiding in caves, waiting to return.”
Caner, who was raised as a Muslim, said he heard this kind of talk “just about every week of my life” before he converted to Christianity at age 18.

Applying it to the War in Iraq and to Iran’s creation of an atomic bomb, the theologian expressed concern.

From the Focus on the Family  website.  Copyright © 2008, Focus on the Family.  All rights reserved.  International copyright secured.  Used by permission.

Ibrahim Kazerooni and Focus on the Family are not the only source of information about Saudi Arabia and Wahhabism. From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, on the Web (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism) I found the following words.

  1. Origin of the term “Wahhabi”

    The term “Wahhabi” refers to the movement’s founder Muhammad ibn Abd al Wahhab. It is rarely used by members of this group today, although the Saudis did use it in the past.

    Wahhabism can trace its originating roots to a Freemason from the British government who was working as a spy and teaching Muhammad ibn Abd-al-Wahhab a new radical version of Islam as a way to destroy the Ottoman Empire as Mr. Hempher (a British spy) notes in his memoirs [1] Wahabism is commonly rejected through the rest of the Muslim world outside Saudi Arabia where Muslims follow one of 4 traditional mahdhab schools of thought.

    The Wahhabis claim to hold to the way of the “Salaf as-Salih”, the “pious predecessors” as earlier propagated mainly by Ibn Taymiyya, his students Ibn Al Qayyim, and later by Muhammad ibn Abdul Wahab and his followers.

    C. Beliefs

    Wahhabism accepts the Qur’an and hadith as fundamental texts, interpreted upon the understanding of the first three generations of Islam. It also accepts various commentaries including Ibn Abd al-Wahhab’s book called Kitab al-Tawhid (“Book of Monotheism”), and the works of the earlier scholar Ibn Taymiyya.

    Wahhabis do not follow any specific madhhab (method or school of jurisprudence), but claim to interpret the words of the prophet Muhammad directly, using the four maddhab for reference. However, they are often associated with the Hanbali maddhab. Wahhabi theology advocates a puritanical and legalistic stance in matters of faith and religious practice.

    Wahhabists see their role as a movement to restore Islam from what they perceive to be innovations, superstitions, deviances, heresies and idolatries. There are many practices that they believe are contrary to Islam, such as:

    * Pictures of Human Beings

    * Praying at Tombs (Praying at Mohammed’s tomb , the prophet of Islam, is also considered “Shirk (polytheism)”)

    * Not wearing Burqa and skipping prayers (all businesses close five times a day for prayers)

    * Invoking of any prophet, Sufi saint, or angel in prayer, other than God alone Wahhabists believe these practices are polytheistic in nature.

    * Celebrating annual feasts for Sufi saints

    * Wearing of charms, and believing in their healing power

    * Practicing magic, or going to sorcerers or witches to seek healing

    * Innovation in matters of religion (e.g. new methods of worship)

    Though Wahhabis have innumerable wrong tenets, they are based on three principles:

    1 – They say that a’mal or ‘ibadat are included in iman and that he who does not perform a fard though he believes that it is fard, for example, salat because of laziness or zakat because of stinginess, becomes a disbeliever and he must be killed and his possessions must be distributed among Wahhabis.

    2 – They say that one who asks for shafa’a from the souls of prophets (‘alaihimu ‘s-salam) or awliya’ (rahimahum-Allahu ta’ala) or who visits their tombs and prays while considering them mediators becomes a disbeliever. They also believe that the dead do not have any sense.

    3 – Wahhabis say, “It causes kufr (disbelief) and shirk (polytheism) to build a dome over a grave, to light oil-lamps for those who worship and serve in shrines, and to vow alms for the souls of the dead! The inhabitants of al-Haramain (Mecca and Medina) have worshiped domes and walls up to now.”

    D. Restrictions on religious freedom

    Islamic practice generally is limited to that of a school of the Sunni branch of Islam as interpreted by Muhammad ibn Abd al Wahhab, an 18th century Arab religious reformer. (Outside Saudi Arabia, this branch of Islam is often referred to as “Wahhabi,” a term the Saudis do not use. The teachings of the reformer Abd Al-Wahhab are more often referred to by adherents as “Salafi” or “Muwahiddun,” that is, following the forefathers of Islam, or unifiers of Islamic practice.)

    Practices contrary to this interpretation, such as celebration of Muhammad’s birthday and visits to the tombs of renowned Muslims, are discouraged. The spreading of Muslim teachings not in conformance with the officially accepted interpretation of Islam is prohibited. Writers and other individuals who publicly criticize this interpretation, including both those who advocate a stricter interpretation and those who favor a more moderate interpretation than the Government’s, reportedly have been imprisoned and faced other reprisals.

    The Ministry of Islamic Affairs supervises and finances the construction and maintenance of almost all mosques in the country, although over 30 percent of all mosques in Saudi Arabia are built and endowed by private persons. The Ministry pays the salaries of imams (prayer leaders) and others who work in the mosques. A governmental committee defines the qualifications of imams. The Committee to Promote Virtue and Prevent Vice (commonly called “religious police” or Mutawwa’in) is a government entity, and its chairman has ministerial status. The Committee sends out armed and unarmed people into the public to ensure that Saudi citizens and expatriates living in the kingdom follow the Islamic mores, at least in public.

“This looks like America needs to do whatever it needs to get Saudi Arabia to let their citizens practice the version of the Muslim religion that they want. I know that a majority of the 9/11/01 terrorists that attacked were Saudi Arabians. And the 12th Imam Shi’ia are a dangerous people. It seems that they may be very confused regarding any sort of Anti-Christ and the real thing when Jesus returns!” said Michael.

“Yes, that is true. It seems the financial people around the world have very close ties with the Saudi Royalty, and don’t see any hazard in Saudi Arabia having there own State Religion. The Wahhabi and the 12th Imam Shi’ia version of the Muslim religion can be very hazardous to us, and until the leaders of America do what they can to change Saudi Arabia to allow religion freedom in their country, we may have more terrorists attacks” said Pamela.

Michael paused a moment, took a breath, and then said, “It always seems that our media and the left slanted politicians have selective sight, they only see what they want! When witches in the Army make a stink, the Army must allow them to ‘practice their religion.’ And the feminists take immediate action if a woman is abused at all. The government takes action to protect women of abuse. It’s best to never abuse anybody. But in the Arab countries, abuse is a ‘normal’ activity. There are parts in the Qur’an saying that it’s okay to beat your wife! It happens a lot. And if a Muslim converts to Christianity, they are either put in prison or killed.”
“Where are the left leaning people if someone else in the world is abused? What about Aasiya Hassan in Buffalo, New York?  It’s Saudi style family discipline, isn’t it?  Muzzammil didn’t want to see his wife in court when she filed for divorce, so he cut off her head!  The left leaners don’t have the guts it takes to change other countries, let alone their own!  And it seems this Wahhabi sect is just like the Taliban and the al-Qaida, isn’t it?” asked Michael.
“Yes, it appears so, but I don’t know all the details of it or not. They seem to come together in the destruction of Israel and America because we are very supportive of Israel” said Pamela.

 

  • Chapter 5
    Michael and Pamela in Courtship

 

 

“It is no use walking anywhere to preach unless our walking is our preaching.” 



— St. Francis of Assisi

 

Michael thinks of the many facets of love. There is intimate love, friendship love, and then the agape love. From the talks with Mom and Dad about love, the family had concluded that if agape love is present, all the other kinds of love are included. It was the way Jesus told the follower that asked what did he need to do to gain salvation. It was to love God with all your heart, all your mind and all your strength. The second was to love others as you loved yourself.
It seems that the love of God is all inclusive. Michael liked the use of graphics to present some ideas. On a wipe board, the agape would be a big circle and all of the other loves are little circles inside the big agape circle. Intimate love was created by God for a husband and a wife.
Friendship love was created by God to help a husband, wife and family to work together. It’s like the three musketeers, all for one and one for all.
Then Michael’s ideas flow to the false ideas that try to take the place of God’s ideas. What about dating versus courtship? Brad had talked to Michael very much about that debate. Michael read a book about it: I Kissed Dating Goodbye.
“Pamela, have you dated much?” asked Michael.

“No. Because we home-schooled, we were never exposed to other people in such a situation. We had some friends through our 4-H group, but the 4-H group was almost all home-school families, so we never dated. We would go out with friends together, but it was never in a one-on-one, boy/girl situation. I had some friends that did public school, and they dated and it was a situation I never want to be in. It’ like: build up a romantic situation and then break it to break your heart.”
“Nice. I never did any dating either. We started home-schooling when I was in sixth grade. I liked some girls at school, but we were not old enough to do any dating. No kissey/kissey/hug stuff. Nowadays dating goes even further than the kiss/hug situation. The media and television seems to force it upon kids to go kiss, hug, sex, abortion. Not a nice situation at all” said Michael.
“Exactly. Governments are no longer ‘user friendly.’ Public schools, run by the left leaning, NEA, National Education Association, works against most parents, in handing out condoms to elementary kids, almost teaching them to have ‘casual sex’ without telling parents anything.”
“Yes,” as Michael looks into Pamela’s eyes, “what is your feelings about courtship?” As Pamela looks into Michael’s eyes, “courtship with who?”

“Me” Michael says as he seems to get an ‘AFFIRMATIVE’ look in Pamela’s eyes. There is a definite sparkle in Pamela’s eyes and a facial body language saying ‘TAKE ME, I’M YOURS.’
“I read that as a ‘yes?’”
“Correct” said Pamela.
Michael checked his watch to see that it is close to a quarter to five. “Pamela, my stomach and my watch tell me that it is getting close to supper time. Lets order another meal and wrap up our talk.”
Pamela looks to Michael’s eyes and says “Sounds good, and I need to start and finish some homework.”
Michael and Pamela order a meal, and talk until close to 6:30 pm, say goodbye, and depart to their homes.
Michael was completing his last term very well. His thesis came together pretty well, and writing his paper was practically done. As he sat at his desk, and listening to the Cheyenne country station, a message from Pamela came on the screen:
‘I have been meeting with Diane Renta that I met in the Java class, to help her on her chemistry. She had some exposure to Jesus in her past with summer Bible school, we’ve talked at little about it, but now it seems Jesus is far away in her mind. I mentioned that we are in courtship now, and she wants to talk to you. Can we come over to your office about 2:30?’
Michael thought of his schedule today, and busily typed in an answer to Pamela: ‘Yes, 1430 is okay. Any hint of a subject?’
‘It’s probably about courtship I think, Michael.’
‘Okay, I’ll be here’ Michael replies.
Pamela was working with Diane on Diane’s organic chemistry homework in the student union. Pamela had just gone over the basics of the problems that were story problems on organic alcohols, starting at methanol, ethanol, propanol, on up to long polymer alcohols.
“Okay Pamela, that does it for my problems, and it is about 2:15 right now, we can go over to Michael’s office, okay?”
“Yes, lets pack up an leave right now”said Pamela.
Pamela packed up her laptop and started to walk over to Michael’s office with Diane.
They arrived at Michael’s office, Michael greeted them, pulled up another chair for Diane and said “Greetings Diane, has Pamela been able to help with your chemistry?”
“Oh yes, very much. She’s able to take the material explained by my professor and translate it into something that I can understand”said Diane.
“Very good. And is there something that I can help you with?”
“Yes. Pamela mentioned that you and Pamela are in courtship. My understanding on courtship, is that it is an archaic procedure done centuries ago. How can you do it now?”exclaimed Diane.
“Oh, hmmm, where do you hear it’s an archaic thing?”
“In television and school.”
“I see. So you have never had a chance to talk to anyone that was in a courtship?”
“No. I read some stories from the Revolutionary War where some of the people were in courtship. But I never had a friend in courtship before.”
Michael looked up at his book shelf. There is was, the book that he likes to scan through occasionally, and thought it may be nice to have in school office ‘just in case’ someone needed to have it loaned. Michael grabbed the I Kissed Dating Goodbye book and handed it to Diane. “It’s a nice book I’ve read through a few times. You can take it as a ‘loaner’ until you finish it.”

“Wow! Huh, Multnomah Books put it out. I guess it’s not archaic at all. So, Mr. Stay, can you tell me the main point in a paragraph or less?”
“Sure. The main point of the book, is to use and define a Biblical version of love. Not to use America’s social version of love, or rather how America defines ‘lust’ as ‘love.’ Love is a multi-faceted, word. When I first met Pamela, from her introduction, I knew that there was a deep person to get to know. I could spend many more pages of description of Pamela, and you want a paragraph or less, so I’ll go to the number one facet of true love. In order to be able to really love another person, you need to have your being ‘right with God.’ And to get right with God, you need to be right with His Son, Jesus Christ. There is no way around it. In John 14:6, ‘Jesus said unto him, I am the way, the truth, and the life: no man cometh unto the Father, but by me.’”
“I heard that back in my days in Vacation-Bible-School. But my parents broke up and I never went back after age eight. Mom never took up to church at all; we have Grandma’s old Bible, but Mom never read it. I looked at it a few times, but the pages were all worn and Grandma wrote on all the pages, and I didn’t want to tear it apart, so I put it back in the bookshelf.”
Michael pulled out his Bible from across his desk, “Diane, can I go over a verse with you right now and give you a Bible?”
“Yes, please do.”
“It’s in John 3:16 ‘For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son. And whoever believes in him, shall not perish but have everlasting life. For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved.’ So Diane, if you admit that you are a sinner and accept Jesus as you Savior, and take this Bible to read and study, you are a Saved Christian.” Michael digs into his middle desk drawer to get a paperback New King James Version and hands it to Diane.
“Mr. Stay, is it that easy?”
“Yes it is that easy to start. You need to be sure and read your Bible until it becomes ‘the Word of God’ to you. Public school, the media, television and Hollywood would lead you to believe that the Bible is a fairy-tale book of fables. But they are teaching their own religion. Scientists don’t always keep rules of science, they seem to bend the rules a little. They wouldn’t admit that. For some more information about science, look at the AnswersInGenesis.org Web pages.  Or look at the videos by Kent Hovind. Kent was a past public school science teacher that after many years of teaching, felt a call from God to do an Evolution/Creation/Dinosaur ministry. Diane; it is a lifestyle like a friend I had while on a summer job. Mike had a hat with the words: ‘Born to Worship!’  It’s not something you do just once a week. You read and live the Word of God everyday.”
“A reading I like a lot, is to read though the proverbs. There is one chapter per day on a thirty one day month. You live every day with Jesus in your heart.  And Pastor Rodgers on his radio show made a very interesting comment about understanding the Bible.  He said the best way to gain an understanding of parts of the Bible you don’t understand, is to live by the words you DO UNDERSTAND!” said Michael.

“But Mr. Stay, do I have to be good,” Diane emphasizes the word ‘good’ with her voice, “in order to be a Christian?”

Michael looks into Diane’s eyes, “You cannot be ‘saved’ by being good.  That’s why the word ‘grace’ is so important; salvation is God’s gift to mankind.  All a person needs to do, is accept the gift from Jesus.  A Christian is not good to BE saved, a Christian is good BECAUSE they are saved!”

Diane looks back at Mr. Stay and sees sincerity in his eyes.  “But Mr. Stay, it seems so simple.  And how much of the Bible can I believe?  The first few chapters have been proven wrong by science.  So I can’t believe the whole book can I?”

Michael looks intently into Diane’s eyes again, “Diane, it’s like I mentioned before, scientists sometime bend the rules.  For example they say we ‘evolved’ from the apes.  But the idea has not been recreated to prove it as a ‘scientific fact.’  That is: a process is observed, tested and reproduced.  Ha!  Evolution flunks the from the start.  No human being has observed an ape transform into a human being.  Secular scientists have observed apes and human beings.  They don’t want to believe the Christian concept of creation by God, so they try to connect  the dots between an ape and a human being and say human beings came from apes.”

“But Mr. Stay, what about the fossils?” asks Diane.

“Do you mean ‘Lucy’ the monkey that secular scientists say is a missing link to human being evolution?” states Michael.

“I guess so.”

“Lucy is not all they say she is.  The answersingenesis.org pages can explain the situation.  For example, some of the bones used in the claim were a quarter mile apart!”

“Oh.” sighs Diane.

“You can trust the Bible from the start to the end.” emphasizes Michael.

“Diane, let me use the studies we do in this department at CSU, java code.  I will spend a few years to write at least 15,000 lines of code to reach my doctorate.   The java I write takes some thought, it doesn’t happen by itself.  Diane, does that seem to be a reasonable idea?”

“Well yes, of course.” said Diane.

 

“But Diane, the evolutionists, the NEA and most public schools in America propose an idea using erroneous logic, that we, human beings and all the universe, happened by chance!”  Michael pauses to look into Diane’s eyes.  “I always wanted a Cadillac; why don’t I go to a junk yard with some dynamite to make my Cadillac?  Huh?”

“Mr. Stay, I see your point.  I attended public school for all of my education to high school graduation.  And that is what was taught.  Mr. Stay, you have opened my eyes to listen to words told me in my ‘education.’”  Diane ‘set-apart’ the word education in her words.

“Thank you very much for listening to me Diane.  And I want you to be sure that I did not ‘force’ these ideas upon you.  I want to emphasize that you need to go to some other sources of information,  don’t go to the opposition immediately, but check out some other ‘creation’ sites, and take in the ideas, digest them and reach some conclusions for yourself.”

“Thank you Mr. Stay,”said Diane, “I need to get to my next class now.” Diane put the New King James Version Bible in her shoulder class bag and walked out of Michael’s office.
Pamela stood as Diane walked out, and Michael and Pamela’s hands met and their hands clasped tightly. The hands seemed to have a high current go from both hands up their arms to their backs. They felt good. Michael turned to Pamela, looked to her eyes, and she to his. Michael didn’t believe in any extra-sensory-perception (ESP), but it seemed from Pamela’s eyes he saw endless knowledge, Jesus was there, and he felt fulfilled. ‘Fulfilled’ was a misnomer, it was more like ‘complete,’ ‘done,’ ‘it’s just right’ and a little ‘forever is ahead for you two.’
“How would you like to go out to ‘Cracker-Barrel’ tonight” asked Michael. “Sure. After my lab class ends about 4:50.  Can I meet you at your locker at 5?”
“Yes. That would be fine. I’ll see you then. Bye-bye” said Pamela as she grabbed her shoulder pack and stepped out of Michael’s office. “Bye” said Michael.
At ‘Cracker-Barrel’ both are sitting enjoying some hot coffee, and Michael asks Pamela if she was ready to go through the Left Behind story or not. Pamela mentions, “I always had doubts about the whole idea of Christians stepping out of the picture in that manner.  And Michael, I liked your ‘short and simple’ mode of operation in your class.  I once had a Pastor that kept his sermons like that.  He could cover the whole subject, give examples and be done in twenty five minutes!  And he emphasized ‘quality’ over ‘quantity.  I’ve been to other places where the Pastor would spend 45 minutes to say nothing of importance!”

Michael replied with a Pastor story too.  “A Pastor spoke at a Campmeeting who used high quality words.  Some Pastors speak and two days later, I can’t even remember the subject!  But the Campmeeting sermon was great: Life is not fair, but God is just!”
“Okay Pamela, Jesus said it was to be like during Noah’s flood. Right? In Matthew 24:39 and on it says: ‘until the flood came, and took them all away; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.’
See, the people that are ‘left’ is Noah and his family. Those ‘taken’ were the people out of the ark. They were taken by the flood! So in the time when Jesus returns, I definitely want to be LEFT BEHIND! Christ appears in ALL HIS GLORY! If Jesus is not in your heart, in that you rejected the Gospel message before hand, you are toasted real quick! As it says in 1st Peter: ‘elements shall melt with fervent heat?’
What did God say to Moses on Mount Sinai? Turn your back, you can’t withstand My glory! So unless there is special protection, either outside protection or some sort of inside protection, for people on the earth when Jesus returns, they melt as people in Japan did when the nuclear bombs were dropped!
It is my subjective ideas that youngsters, or people who never heard the Gospel message, will be protected from Jesus’ glory, and have a chance to accept or reject the Gospel message.”
“Wow, I never looked at it that way before! I read it, read it and read the Gospels hundreds of times but I never read it the way it’s written! I have been seeing the Bible through filtered glasses. It seems it is Mainstream Sunday Christian glasses, that slant all the words ‘their’ way! Amazing!
And the Sabbath is the same way. The wording is seen through Roman calendar eyes. The ‘dawn of the first day of the week’ is Sunday morning, right? WRONG! Understanding Jewish viewpoints, I see a Saturday night easily. And then the ‘three days and three nights’ from Matthew 12:40 doesn’t measure correctly. And then even if the resurrection WAS on Sunday morning, God did not change the worship day commandments!”
“Good. So Pamela, you see with different eyes now?” Michael asks as Pamela nods.
“Very good. So we agree on the Left Behind situation, and the Sabbath, and dating, and cheap grace. Oh, on cheap grace, like I said to Diane, one of my pastor’s wife stated the ‘keeping commandment’ thing with these words: ‘I don’t keep the commandment TO be saved, but I keep the commandments BECAUSE I’m saved!’”

“That’s a very nice contrast. A kind of a diametrically opposing ideas” said Pamela.
Michael pondered more of the results of believing the Left Behind story. “Pamela, what do you see as the results of believing the Left Behind books to the mainstream Christians?”
Pamela thinks of some quick answers to the question. “When combined with the cheap-grace idea, the Christian lifestyle is no different than the atheists and other pagans!”
“Correct! And some of the polls and surveys find that in America now, it makes no difference if the survey parties are non-Christian or Christian when it comes to some of the major problems here. That is adultery, lying, and stealing.
It’s all what’s in Deuteronomy 6:4,” as Michael gets out his pocket Bible, and quickly turns in the First Testament to Deuteronomy, “Hear, O Israel: The LORD our God is one LORD: And thou shalt love the LORD thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might. And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be in thine heart: And thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. “
“And Pamela, notice, I want to emphasize that what mainstream churches call the Old Testament, I call the First Testament! The God in Genesis is the same God of Revelation!
Compare Deuteronomy 6:5 and 6 with the words of Jesus in John 14:15 ‘If ye love me, keep my commandments.’  And on the subject of cheap grace, I always like to hear the Apostle Paul in Romans 6 starting in verse one, Paul asks, after he explained about the gift of grace, ‘What shall we say then? Shall we continue in sin, that grace may abound? 2 God forbid. How shall we, that are dead to sin, live any longer therein?’”
Pamela shows in her facial body language, with raised eyebrows and a nod that she agrees with Michael. “I have read that many times, but never contrasted it so much with our American society as much. Our Sunday Pastor went the route that Jesus did away with the Law, and never used much scripture from the Old, I mean the First Testament. But I see in Deuteronomy 6:6 how God wants us to keep His commandments in your heart. And in Matthew 5: 17 Jesus said that he came not to destroy the Law, but to fulfill it! The Ten Commandments say to not commit adultery, but in Matthew 5: 28, Jesus gets even tougher. If you even look to lust after someone, you’ve committed adultery!”
Pamela then mentioned the primary goal of some of the popular models that have their picture in magazines, is to CAUSE lust and drooling mouths in boys and men readers. “And what about most of the risky movies’ target is to show fornication and adultery with some minimal plot that  isn’t  worth in the ink the manuscript is printed on. The moral standards of America are not much higher than the rest of the world; American Christianity can have intense influence on some people, but collectively, American society shows no Christianity.  Years ago, the standards were a lot higher.  About television, grandpa tells me that, when television just came out, the FCC enforced a rule that, while on a bed, a man and woman cannot take their feet off the floor, let alone take off their clothes!”

 

  • Chapter 6
    Marriage and Graduation

 

 

“God relishes surprise. We want lives of simple, predictable ease — smooth, even trails as far as the eye can see — but God likes to go off-road. He provokes us with twists and turns. By his love and grace, we persevere.”

— Former Bush press secretary Tony Snow, 1955-2008

Since it was getting closer to the end of the term, Michael was making plans about the near future. And because life did not end at graduation time, he was thinking some about the coming summer, after graduation, who should Michael focus on to be hired?

And even greater in his mind was what to do regarding a person that may spend the rest of her life with him? Pamela. Was she the one? The one to spend eternity with? Michael was not going to pursue a situation that would not last his life.
Marriage was not a part-time job. He knew it was a lifelong pursuit. Did Pamela share the same ideas as Michael? From the conversations with some co-grad students, Pamela and Michael had spent more time talking in this year so far, as many of the married grad students Michael knows talk to their spouses for a whole year!
Michael had finished his paper, and it was being proofread by a co-grad student. Pamela was close to the finish on her reports and had completed the last ChE labs in her final term before graduation. So Michael had something that usually never happens. He has spare time!
Michael called Pamela, there were still many hours left in the day. “Pamela, can I pick you up in ten minutes, I think there are some good older movies that we can check out at the library. I’ve talked a little about them in the past weeks. My goal would be a Humphrey Bogart or John Wayne flick. Does that sound reasonable?”
“Yes, very much. I’m just about finished with the last part of my final ChE lab report, and I’ll be done in another 15 or 20 minutes. So come on over now” said Pamela.
Michael arrived about fifteen minutes later, Pamela grabbed her jacket, and the two left for the library. The ‘African Queen’ was available and they both returned to Pamela’s house.
Pamela started the video and Michael commented, “This video may be like my experiences at baseball games. There should be enough time between critical points of the plot to allow us to converse a little bit.” “I hope so too” said Pamela.
“So Pamela, we have spent a lot of time talking, but I want to be sure of some more subjects. We have not covered families. What is your viewpoint regarding kids? The politically correct version of families includes homosexual couples with children. So, what is your perception?”
“Michael, I see it Biblically. God gave the command to be fruitful and multiply to Adam and Eve. I believe that a couple needs to be able to supply the required items for their children. That means that they should have an income to provide for their children. And on income, Dad always used First Timothy 5 verse 8: ‘But if any provide not for his own, he hath denied the faith, and is worse than an infidel.’”
“Okay, a family’s income will provide for all the children. So is income the limiting factor to determine how large the family is?” said Michael.
“Yes, but I also believe that God’s blessings come into play. That is, the size of the family needs to be a prayer and fasting subject.”
“All right,” said Michael, knowing also that money is one of the foremost causes of deterioration of married couples, “what is your perception of money, do you need to spend it fast before it’s gone, do you have a budget, are you a tightwad?”
“Fair question. I have a budget, a savings account and I am indeed, a tightwad” said Pamela as she continued to gaze into Michael’s eyes. “Money is a tool, never to become one’s master. I’ve heard of a lot of people that have plenty of money, as in millions and millions of dollars, but they don’t know joy or happiness. They do not know God or His Son, Jesus.”
“Perfect, perfect and perfect” said Michael as he began to paid attention to the video. “And Pamela, how do you feel about movies, and entertainment?”
“I’m glad you suggested ‘African Queen’ with Humphrey Bogart. In comparison, some, or rather, most, older movies are of better quality. However, well, maybe I’ll take that back. In years past, Hollywood made some pretty poor movies, it’s just that the older bad movies are lost quickly. And they make some pretty poor movies now too. I think, in general, society’s perception of a good movie is suffering. They are more apt to think that nudity, obscene language, and a poor plot makes up a good movie. Some movies made today are of high quality. It’s just that society today doesn’t perceive a really good movie as a really good movie. It’s like when pitcher throws good, what should be a strike, but the umpire calls it a ‘ball’. Society is calling what should count as a ‘strike’ as a ‘ball’”
“Exactly Pamela! A couple years past a movie called something about ‘Second Hand Lions’ where the kid star in the movie gets to hear some stories from the two Great Uncles of there incredible fights in World War 2. It had a humanist sort of story, but it still was a pretty funny movie. But also some pretty crummy ones get marvelous credit for stories that should never be told.

Like ‘The Golden Compass.’ It snuck under the carpet from most Christian Hollywood Watchers groups. The books were written by a proclaimed atheist, Philip Pullman of the U.K. The goal of the story was to cripple and destroy Christianity. But the general society thought it was great. ‘Like, if you can’t bash a Christian, who can you bash? These American Christians must be lower on the evolving post of human beings, they must be sub-human, don’t you think so?’” said Michael with a straight face .
“Yes of course. I knew a few humanist sort of kids in school, this year and past years. But after I knew them for awhile, I could definitely see how they, in their egotism, were so deceived by the Devil! The Devil’s number ONE goal is to convince people that HE DOES NOT EXIST! That he was just a figment of imagination. Only weak people need such an idea to help them along in the stay on the earth. When they die, they will be gone forever.”
“The humanist ideologue is taught in practically every public school. The religion that the American Communist Lawyers Union, the ACLU, is very aware of, but they don’t want the general public to realize!” said Pamela as she widened her eyes to emphasize the point.
“Yes Pamela, I see that deception every day, as I see television, see magazine ads, and see billboards. What used to be called pornography when I was a kid, now comes out in full-page ads in magazines!”
As Michael gazes into Pamela’s eyes, he calmly mentions “There is a tune by Rascal Flatts called ‘Take me There,’ where a man talks to his girlfriend.  I feel that way.  I want to part of your life.  Tell me, take me there.”  Michael pauses and looks at Pamela.  “We seem to live in a land of deception, but I need to find out if you feel deceived about me. Am I a human being you want to spend your life with?”
Pamela gazes right back to Michael’s eyes with her hands quietly folded together under her chin. The two don’t talk, but seem to tell each other paragraphs and paragraphs of words in their body language. “Yes Michael, I think I know your mind and heart, with Jesus in your heart. We have some common ground, and an understanding of each other to inquire, probe, learn and teach each other towards the truth.”
“Thank you Pamela, for your trust in me. I don’t ever want to ever lead you astray. I open my heart to you.” Michael pauses. “So you can understand me more. I trust you. So, in an intimate relationship, there can be more trust or pain if that trust is misused” said Michael.
“I love you Pamela, will you marry me and be my wife?” Michael and Pamela both reach across the table and grasp each other’s hand.
Pamela looked deeply into Michael’s eyes, “Where are you?”
“With you forever” said Michael.
“Yes Michael, I want to be your wife!” said Pamela. “I love you Michael. I want to live with you forever!  Like a mailman, through rain, snow or hail, I will stay with you!”
“Thank you Pamela. You’ll stay with me as I look for work after graduation?” said Michael.
“Yes. You have you resume on the Monster board, so if there are any jobs to be had, you should find it!” Pamela reassures Michael.
“Thanks” said Michael.

 

  • Chapter 7
    Campmeeting

 

 

“Hold fast to the Bible. To the influence of this Book we are indebted 
for all the progress made in true civilization, and to this we must look 
as our guide in the future.”

— President Ulysses S. Grant

 

Michael and Pamela took a short time to pack for Campmeeting. The two took the Memorial Day Weekend for a short honeymoon. But in Michael’s mind the Campmeeting that goes back as for as his memory as a youngster goes, is the best time of the whole year. He gets a chance to meet some old friends, some young friends and some new people to be friends with forever.

Campmeeting would be new for Pamela. She has a few friends from her neighborhood and homeschool meetings, but they all live in the same area of her home State. Pamela also made some friends as she advanced in ham radio.
Michael did not know a whole lot of Pamela’s experiences in amateur radio. She did a bit of continuous wave (cw) Morse code QSOs (contacts) when she was young. She began as a novice when she was 8 years old. She next earned a technician ticket when she was 12. She enjoyed doing many QSOs on 2 meters and 450 MHz.
However, she talked to and cw’d with some folks that on good sunspot years, fooled around with 6 meters with skip to far places. But this trip to Campmeeting will have to make it with a 2 meter FM handie-talkie and her TNC to hook to her laptop.
On her Debian GNU/Linux Sid software there were many programs for AX.25 and other packet sort of software. So Pamela expected to make contact with a many digipeaters around Boise and Meridian, Idaho.
Michael threw his 10′ by 10′ tent in his Chevy Cobalt automobile. He was ready for Campmeeting this year. Michael knew how Campmeeting got its name. Years ago, out of town, people went camping and met with Sabbath Christians from around the world. Since Israel has been a country in the last century, Christians from Israel made it to Campmeetings. Some folks have made it from South Africa, South America, Mexico, Panama, Canada and the U.K. That’s why Michael liked Campmeeting every year. It was a time to meet friends from around the world.
Michael and Pamela had discussed their trip over to Campmeeting. The automobile trip is over 950 miles and can be done in about 15 hours.  They decided to go out US-34 to Brush, Colorado, to I-76 and then up to I-80.  They plan to connect to a US highway, down to US-34 again and then over to the Lake of the Ozarks.  

But Michael figures that the two of them can complete a trip into an Iowa campsite.
They can camp Thursday night and be at the Lake of Ozarks, setup camp and attend the first meeting Friday evening.
The two arrived Friday afternoon, setup their camp, picked up a Campmeeting schedule, and made it in the Campmeeting cafeteria for supper. The newly married couple looked at the Campmeeting schedule to see who was speaking this year.
A Messianic Jewish group was scheduled to speak and they also had some choreography on the list too. The Campmeeting schedule also has Victor Mordecai as a speaker. Michael leans back in the chair, ponders a few seconds, and asks Pamela a question, “Do you think that Monday’s speaker is using a pen-name?”
“Yes, I believe it probably is a pen-name, but some names are rather strange. I had a friend who’s sister took a teaching job in the prison town of Iowa, and one young girl there who’s first name was Lasagna, like the Italian dish! So Mordecai as a first name may be true, but as a last name means it is probably a pen-name.”
As Michael finishes the apple pie in his supper, he mentions to Pamela, “You appear to be finished with your supper, I think we can go over to the chapel tent and get ready for the meeting?” Pamela finishes her cup of coffee, nods to Michael and stands up to go to the tent.
On the way, Michael explains how calling the chapel a tent is wrong. He explains how the Campmeetings were before the new area was developed behind the local churches brick chapel. He tells Pamela that the old area was behind the  K-Mart grocery store on a area that looked like a park with only one building, the cafeteria, and a huge round tent frame that seemed to go up at least 60 feet with a diameter of about 100 feet.

The new Campmeeting chapel had a sheetmetal frame, a huge air fan in the peak of the roof, and cloth doors around the west, north and south sides.
The distance from the cafeteria to the chapel is only about 50 feet, but there were many old friends to talk with on the way after Michael explained the initial ‘tent’ words that he used in the explanation to Pamela. “Pamela, let’s stay over here by the open side of the chapel. I have some history to explain about the ‘why.’ They both sit and lay their Bibles next to them, and Michael turns toward Pamela. “Years ago, Mom and Dad had some friends that never went into the chapel. They said they were not ‘good’ enough to go inside and sit next to the ‘good people’ there. They sat outside the chapel in a folding chair back at the old Campmeeting site.”
“Sometimes, after the meeting, Mom and Dad would talk to the ‘outsiders’ in the cafeteria ’til midnight. Talking about the talks from the previous meeting or about Church leadership, and the direction the Church or America was headed. Sometimes, the fellowship AFTER the meetings are the best part of the whole day! The Holy Spirit is there sometimes, to witness of things that have some consequences that last forever!” said Michael as he used his hands to sign ‘all done.’
He looks right into Pamela’s eyes as he tells her that some of the ‘outsiders’ changed their attitudes and actions in their lives, and are now leaders in the Church! Pamela had an anxious look on her face as waiting for words to help God’s work.
“Pamela, something you will also find out about this group of Sabbath keepers, is that the leadership is more-or-less from the bottom up. Next Tuesday, is the business meeting. Any changes proposed in this group will be voted on by the members present and members who have a member to proxy vote for them.”
“Also Pamela, later in the meeting, there will probably be a sort of corporate prayer, where we knell. For us, knell with your back to the front of the chapel. Some people just feel that it is just more comfortable. To keep your elbows on the pew. But the political side to it is that the clergy is not your final leader. God is our leader, with Jesus His Son, our mediator to God.”
“Mmmm. Okay. The Temple inner vail was torn. The High Priest doesn’t have to be there. Jesus,” Pamela pauses, “is my Saviour, period” said Pamela.
As Michael and Pamela came in from their tent on Monday morning, Michael saw an old friend, Eric Jones, with a travel cup of a steaming liquid, cross over from the cafeteria to the chapel.
“Eric, how’s life for you now?” said Michael.

“Great Michael. Who’s your close friend with you Michael?” said Eric.
“This is Pamela, my wife!” said Michael.
“So you had to get hitched, huh?” shouts Eric.
“No Eric, not a ‘had to,’ but an official courtship. We met at school, at CSU, and after a ‘teacher/student’ relationship, we both decided to make it a bit closer relationship” Michael said as he put his arm around Eric.
“Okay Michael, I know you had your eyes on some women last year, but their lives had some ‘missing-spots.’ Their most important relationship with our Lord and Saviour was lacking a little. That group from Missouri came last year, and they made sure that they were on the ‘very attractive’ league of young women, but after some conversations with them, I could tell that some things were missing. So it seems that with a relatively short courtship, kind of implies that Pamela’s heart and the Word of God have a very close relationship?”
“You are right on the nose Eric! The Word of God and the Holy Spirit played, or rather, plays a role in our relationship all the time. I think we are together in the Book of Life! I mean we were meant to be together!” Michael exclaims.
“Okay Michael, I will pray for you two always. I assume it’s like we talked about relationships last Campmeeting, that you two indeed are ONE.” Eric says as he binds his hands together with intertwined fingers. “The same ONE for God and His Son, Jesus. They are two entities, but they are on ONE MIND!” Eric emphasizes.
“Correct” said Michael, “Let’s go in the cafeteria for some coffee before breakfast!”
Eric speaks first, “Michael, have you made it through Joseph Story’s book on the Constitution? Since the last national elections, America seems to be going off the left side of the table!
“You are exact in your perception of the United States now Eric. And yes, I did finish Joseph Story’s book. It’s my understanding that it was a common freshman textbook in America’s law schools, but now, they first study International Law!” shouts Michael.
“Yes. So new lawyers don’t see how the Federal Reserve, our own private bank, violated the US Constitution Article 1 Section 10 “No State shall…make any thing but gold and silver coin a tender in payment of debts;”. Joseph Story spends a couple pages explaining the ‘why’ of using paper as the financial base of a country’s money. It’s all what is happening in our second depression!” said Eric.
“Yeah, I see it now. It was all written on the wall before it happened. Our country had trillions of dollars debt, and many of our bonds from the Feds were owned by foreigners. So when they all redeemed them at the same time, it made trouble. Then, also, many of our corporations are owned by foreigners too. Like the City of Greeley depends on Swift, the meat packing giant, that is really a Brazilian corporation that bought Swift from the American group! And when the foreign groups want to sell the American sites all at ounce, it makes trouble too. And then the housing market fell out. The politicians started to call it a ‘recession’ but when the markets fell out all together, it quickly became a DEPRESSION!” concludes Michael.
Pamela excites her words with raised brows, “And Eric, you were very correct in stating that we appear to be falling off the left side of the table! The past Supreme Court Justice, Rehnquist, wrote in one of his books about the foundations of the First Amendment. In some places in the colonies, the elections were based on being a Methodist from Pastor Bob’s congregation! So if you were not in that particular congregation, you didn’t have a CHANCE of being elected. And in the early colonies, almost ALL of the first people in the colonies were Christian, so the religion in the First Amendment were different versions,” and Pamela emphasizes her words with her hands “of Christianity! Not Buddhist, Muslim, Zen or atheist!”
“Yes Pamela” states Eric, “and most ignorant souls in America don’t see the lop-sided anti-Christianity atheist religion we ‘teach’ in public school. I did some research about a teacher up in Tacoma, Washington and how he taught both sides of the evolution/creation/intelligent design situation in his class. The ACLU picked him apart and the school changed his position from a science teacher to a gym instructor!”

 

  • Chapter 8
    Campmeeting with Joseph

 

 

“Guard against the impostures of pretended patriotism.”

— George Washington


Michael and Pamela had just finished the Council business meeting in the afternoon, and went in the cafeteria to see if they can find a few friends and chat for awhile. Michael scanned the tables as he stood in a short line at the coffee table.
“Ahah! Pamela, there is a guy that Eric and I always chided a bit about his accent. He has born in Tennessee and then when he was about sixteen, the family moved to Kansas City, Missouri. That’s Joseph Carter, and he was debating last year whether he had a calling to go into a ministry or not” said Michael.
Michael filled his environmentally safe cup with coffee and took off to the north side of the cafeteria where he saw his friend Joseph. “Joseph! What’s up now?” shouted Michael. “Hi Michael, nice to see you!” said Joseph as Pamela followed closely behind Michael. “Michael, who is this attractive women behind you?” asked Joseph.
“Joseph, I introduce you to Pamela, my wife!” said Michael.
“Pamela, nice to meet you. How long have you had to tough it out with Michael? I’ve known him awhile, and I know he can be kind of hard-headed at times! ” said Joseph with a grin on his face.
“Oh Joseph, he has been custom-made just for me! His parents did a good job raising him, and he knows when to be difficult, and when to not!” said Pamela with a sparkle in her eyes.
“So Joseph, are you working, studying or what?” questioned Michael.
“Well Michael, I did decide to start a ministry, and since the Council has an online curriculum, I can work a little and study to be a Pastor! I’m pretty excited!” exclaimed Joseph. “And in addition, I’ve been studying a bit of the US Constitution and some of the writings of other ministers across the political spectrum, like one by Davidson Loehr, a leftist leaning minister for the Unitarian Universalist Church. He wrote a book called America Fascism + God, Sermons from a Heretical Preacher.”
“I used to think a political graph was a straight line from the left to the right. I was wrong. It’s a circle! Like I used to be a Republican, but when they looked like moderate Democrats, I left very quickly. I’m an American Constitutionalist now. But in my readings I’m finding out that sometimes I am a Libertarian in the closet, and agreeing on some issues with an EXTREME LEFT WINGER!” gasps Joseph.
“And I looked more into NAFTA. It’s a loser all the way over! The only winners on the NAFTA playing board are the money changers! It’s like when Jesus overturned the tables in the Temple! They were polluting God’s Temple with a cheating business. The only winners in the situation were the cheating businessmen! NAFTA is just like that. The Mexican economy crashed, America is in, what I think is like the Second Depression, that was engineered by the money changers. In America now, the population to money ratio is more extreme than it was in the First Depression: over 90% of American material is owned by just 10% of the population!” exclaimed Joseph.
“In addition, the ‘free-love hippie generation,’ like President Slick Willie, is not the foundation of all the troubles we have now. I’ve been looking into the US Constitution like Article 1 Section 10, ‘No State shall…make any thing but gold and silver coin a tender in payment of debts.'” The Founding Fathers wrote about the problems by using paper as the basis of the money. Look at the Federalist Papers to see. That’s why they wrote it into the Constitution! But the Federal Government made their private bank, the Federal Reserve in 1913, and in the early ’70s they got rid of the gold basis of our currency.” said Joseph.
“Wow! Joseph, it feels like I have been asleep for my lifetime. Dad has the Federalist Papers in his library, but I never read it! Do many other people know this? Or are all of us just here for the ride? Are they connected with the State Religion educators? Pamela’s father has researched a lot of that. I was homeschooled and we did not drop the Word of God from our studies. I was aware of a little of the public school material, but I never looked at it very hard. It looks to be a situation put together by the Devil. Not very sweet, but very simple for spiritually lost people. It amplifies the importance of sharing the Gospel. But when a child is born now, taught the rules of man, by the ‘me, me, me’ generation, when they look to people like egotistical academic scholars who tell them that the concept of God was created by weak men who were not strong enough to live like an intelligent man” said Michael.
“Michael, do you see how Satan has people right where he wants them? If they deny God, they of course, need to deny any of God’s opposition, Satan!” exclaimed Joseph.
Supper went well for Michael, Pamela and Joseph. “Joseph and Pamela let’s go find a seat for the talk tonight. Joseph Clark will be the speaker and his talk’s subject is ‘When Will Christ Return?'” said Michael. All three grabbed their scriptures, found seats for all three, and waited for Joseph Clark.
Pamela brought her laptop and found out that the Council had just put in a Campmeeting WiFi! “Wow! The Council’s WiFi is pretty good!” said Pamela. “Brother Clark’s talk is available here with a download! Michael, give it a look.” said Pamela.

 

When Will Christ Return?

by Joseph Clark


Down through the centuries Christians have puzzled over the question: “When will Christ return?” Could it be that we have been making hard work of it? Could it be that it is written plainly and we have missed it? Much of prophecy is written in an ambiguous manner, but most of what we will examine today is written plainly.

Come with me and lets see if we can determine when Jesus will return. Not the calendar date, but the events taking place just prior to His return.

During the past several generations the world has been privy to a panorama of the most amazing events as they unfolded before our very eyes, such as the Jew’s return to Israel. Some five times we have seen neighboring nations try to drive her into the sea. Each time in a matter of days she “…cut them to pieces…” (Zechariah 12:3). Arafat and the whole world has seen the fulfillment of such scriptures as Ezekiel 11:17: “I will give you the Land of Israel.” Will they believe future prophecies?

Let’s now turn to Ezekiel chapters 36-39 and Zechariah 10-14. Both of these passages seem to be describing the same time – the end time. They not only describe the end time, but go beyond the end of our age that there is not a one-world order nor an individual which could be called an anti-Christ ruling the world. The nations are as today.

May we submit further that this war is not Armageddon which comes later.

As the Lord begins foretelling the “who, what, and why” of this war, we see Him using great detail. He names Russia’s allies: Persia, Ethiopia and Libya; Gomer and Togarmah (a part of Armenia). He says they will come against the mountains of Israel (Ezekiel 38:8).

Another group of nations is mentioned in verse 13 which is in opposition to Russia and her allies: “Sheba and Dedan and the Merchants of Tarshish with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, art thou come to take a spoil…” Tarshish used to be Spain (a land of ships), but not it is suggested to be England and her offspring. Be that as it may.

Verse 16 of Ezekiel is interesting: “I will bring thee against my Land that the heathen may know me…” In other words, God is setting up a demonstrations to show the entire world that He is God, that He is on the throne and is in charge! The Lord demonstrated on several occasions that He was omnipotent. The falling of the ten plagues upon Egypt and the parting of the Red Sea are two examples. The whole world heard about it, so that forty years later Rahad said to the two spies: “For we have heard…and as soon as we heard these things our hearts did melt, for the Lord your God, He is God in Heaven above, and in the earth beneath.”

Then there was the time when the three Hebrew men were cast into the fiery furnace. Who was there to observe the dedication of Nebuchadnezzer’s Image? All the important people in the Babylonian Empire (about 120 provinces).

Not to be forgotten was the time when Elijah called fire down from Heaven: “Then the fire fell, and consumed the burnt sacrifice, and the wood, and the stones, and the dust, and licked up the water that was in the trench” (I Kings 18:38).

This was followed by Elijah having 450 prophets of Baal taken down to the river and slain. All Israel had been gathered to observe this. When the fire fell on their faces and said: “The Lord, He is the God; the Lord He is the God.”

By the same token, when the Lord gets finished with Russia and her allies, not only will five out of six of them be dead, but all the atheists in the world will know that the Heavenly Father is alive and well (Ezekiel 38:22-23 and 39:2)!

During the past fifty years Israel has easily defeated her foes, but Ezekiel 38 and Zechariah 13 and 14 reveal that Israel’s turn to suffer is coming. In Zechariah 13:8 we read that two thirds of Israel will die and a third part will be brought through the fire. Zechariah 14:2 says that the houses will be rifled and the women ravished; and half of the City shall go forth into captivity.

Zechariah 14:1 says: “Behold the day of the Lord cometh,…” The expression, Day of the Lord means the Day of Judgment. It is the day when Jesus comes!

Notice the first word in Zechariah 14:3: “Then (King James). When does “then” mean? “Then shall the Lord go forth and fight against those nations…” That is Jesus! He has come! “Then” is when we see Israel virtually destroyed! Then Jesus will come and His feet shall stand on the Mount of Olives and the Mount splits in two (Zechariah 14:4). Ezekiel words it this way: “And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the Land of Israel, saith the Lord, That my fury shall come up in my face” (Ezekiel 38:18). In conjunction is the great earthquake mentioned in Zechariah 14:4.

Revelation 6:12-17 describes in more vivid detail the absolute terror connected with the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ. First is the great earthquake; the sun becomes black; the moon as blood; every mountain and island are moved. “The kings of the earth, the great men, the rich men, the commanders, the mighty men, every slave and every free man, hid themselves in the rocks of the mountains, and said to the mountains and rocks, ‘Fall on us and hide us from the face of Him who sits on the throne and from the wrath of the Lamb! For the great day of His wrath is come, and who is able to stand?'” (Revelation 6:15-17). Christ isn’t coming. He has come!

Revelation 7 describes a time during which the saints are sealed. This is followed in chapter 8-11 and 15-16 by judgments called plagues or vials of wrath. The saints are ‘sealed’ which protects them from the plagues which are about to fall.

The popular teaching today is that there is a secret rapture in which the saints are caught up into Heaven for seven years while the remainder of the world’s population suffers what they call a “tribulation.” This teaching came from the infamous group called the Jesuits. When Martin Luther and the other Protestants left the Catholic Church, they saw the Church of Rome as the Anti-Christ system. This was a monkey on Rome’s back. The Jesuits concocted the idea that the Anti-Christ was far in the future and the Protestants adopted it, and everything that went along with it.

This is a false teaching, calling the judgments of Revelation “tribulation.” These plagues are not tribulation – they are plagues. Tribulation is man-to-man. Plagues are God-to-man. When Israel was making bricks in Egypt that was tribulation, but when the plagues began to fall that was God! They got the idea of tribulation from Matthew 24:21 when Jerusalem was under the attack from Rome (70 AD).

Now that Jesus has come, He is King over all the earth and, according to Revelation 19:15, He will rule with a rod of iron. May we suggest that the plagues of Revelation are no more or no less that than the “Rod of Iron.” May we further say that the vials of wrath in Revelation 16 are simply a repetition of chapter 8-9. The word plagues is found in both passages.

In Revelation 7:1-3 the plagues are withheld until the saints have been sealed. Also in Revelation 9:4. A plague of locusts is about to be released upon the earth. The two angels involved are warned that they should only hurt those men which have not the seal of God on their forehead. Contrary to popular belief this shows us that the righteous will be on earth while the plagues are being poured out! They are not in Heaven!

It appears that the Battle of Armageddon comes after Jesus has come and is the sixth plague. In Revelation 9:13 the sixth angel sounds. A voice says to the angel in verse 14-18: “Loose the four angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates…And the number of the army of the horsemen were 200,000…by these were the third part of men killed.” Chapter 16 gives additional information: “And the sixth angel poured out his vial on the river Euphrates…And he gathered them together into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon” (Revelation 16:12).

Now that we have examined the coming of Jesus with some of the major events occurring at this time, let us check the scriptures for other information connected with His coming. In Matthew 24:27 we see that His coming shall be as lightening flashing across the sky: “And then shall appear the sign of the Son of Man: and then shall all the tribes of the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of Man coming in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory.” I Thessalonians 4:16-17 says: “…and the dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we which are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air.” You will notice that when Jesus comes from Heaven it is the angels who are with Him, not the saints! Matthew 25:31 tells us: “When the Son of Man shall come in His glory, and all the holy angels with him…” What happens next? “And He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather His elect from the four winds from one end of the ‘heavens’ to the other.” This does not mean Heaven, but the heavens of the earth. What happens next? The saints go with Jesus to Jerusalem (Zechariah 14:5). The saints come from around the world with Jesus (Jude 14).

In summary: What events did we find were taking place when Jesus comes? When Russia and her allies attack Israel like a cloud to cover the Land; when two thirds of Israel are killed and half of those living in Jerusalem go into captivity, in other words Israel is virtually destroyed, then Jesus comes.

FOOT NOTES
In the book of Revelation; chapters 8-12 and 15-16 are recorded judgments of the Lord. They are called plagues; vials of wrath or woes (Revelation 9:20 and 15:1). It is obvious as we place the plagues in two columns, side by side that they are the same plagues simply repeated.

“Wow! So it looks like America is not in any of the prophecies. For if America is present, could Jerusalem be destroyed? We used to have more Jews in New York State then in the whole country of Israel!”excited Michael proclaimed.
“Yes Michael, I see that. It seems to say that America will either be made powerless by terrorists, or stop supporting Israel.
“Okay, …..hmmm…..in view that Slick Willy was giving funds to Arafat before he died, the present administration could arrange funds to PLO and cut funds to Israel. Our support of the UN could promote a situation unfair to Israel. The Arabs have Israel outnumbered in the UN, and they advance the ideas that always make a lot of noise if Israel uses military force to take out a terrorist site in the Mideast, but stay silent when the terrorists in the Gaza strip launch missiles to help destroy Israel!” said Michael.
“Well Michael, since the last election, we are in a situation where the new President up with a Democrat controlled Legislature, doesn’t make a difference if they are a Democrat or a Republican, it’s kind of like six of one, a half-dozen the other. Ken Paul had the best politician’s perception of the US Constitution. He proposed to send the IRS into a job search like the rest on us. He favored a National sales tax to supply funds for the USA. But enough of the voters were brainwashed to believe that the IRS was the best way to go. Then our troops in Iraq and Afghanistan were supposed to come home, but the President sent some 7,000 more to Afghanistan.” said Joseph.

“Well Joseph, lets look at some more of Ezekiel.  What about the dry bones of chapter 37.  Is that Israel being restored in 1948, or the first resurrection?”  asked Michael.

“Michael, it is my experience that Hebrew prophets don’t express their prophecies in straight lines like the English and American people think.  They think in circles.  It’s similar to the way one of my English writing professors told us to write essays.  He said: ‘in your intro to your paper, tell your audience what you’re going to tell them, then tell your audience what your want them to read, and in your closing paragraphs, tell them what you told them!  Biblical prophets use the same method.” said Joseph.

“So Ezekiel 36 tells of the restoration of Israel.  Like in Ezekiel 36: 24- ‘For I will take you from among countries, and bring you into your own land.’  and in 38: ‘Like a flock at Jerusalem on its feast days, so shall the ruined cities be filled with flocks of men.  Then they shall know that I am the LORD.’” questioned Michael.

“Right” answered Joseph.  “Then in chapter 37, but it’s like circle scribbles on a piece of paper, like a line of letter ‘L’s.  All connected, but ‘L’s.  So the dry bones of chapter 37 can be the restoration of Israel AND the resurrection at Christ’s second coming!  Look at verse 12: ‘Therefore prophesy and say to them, ‘Thus says the Lord GOD: “Behold, O My People, I will open your graves and cause you to come up from your graves, and bring you into the land of Israel.’”  See, coming from the graves pretty much indicates a resurrection when Christ comes.” said Joseph.

“So then, you think that the two sticks for Judah and Ephraim joined together is Israel after Jesus comes?” asks Michael.

“Yes.  Judah has Israel now.  But the house of Joseph includes Ephraim and Manasseh, which are in the Lost 10 tribes of Israel.  Herbert Armstrong of the Worldwide Church of God has Ephraim being England of the U.K., where ‘the sun never sets for England.’” states Joseph Clark.

“So after Jesus comes, Jews in Israel, after the resurrection, where people from AROUND THE WORLD.”  Michael emphasizes the last three words with his hands and voice, as his hands go up over his head and stay stretched and come down to his left and right sides.   “meet together and meet Jesus in the air?”  questions Michael.

“Yes.  And that is when Fundamentalist Jews learn that they are not the only ones in the world that are looking for a Messiah!  Those ‘changed in the twinkling of an eye’ are those with Jesus in their hearts, who keep the commands of God.  Living in Jesus’ Kingdom during the Millennium, is a ‘reward’ to the Saints that kept the Commandments of God!  Does that include mainstream Christians that kept the Nine Commandments of God?”  asks Joseph.

“Ummm, maybe not.  So that could be the difference between the rewards and gifts from God?” asks Michael.

“Yes.  A reward is to be able to be with Christ in His Kingdom during the Millennium and the gift is eternal life with God being resurrected at the last resurrection at the end of the Millennium.”  said Joseph.

“So……..    the difference between gifts and rewards can have a lot to do with the Scarlet Women of Revelation 17.  Revelation 17:9 spells out ‘seven mountains’ that the Scarlet Women sits on.  The seven mountains at related to the Seven Mountains of Rome.  In religious circles, Rome is the base for the Vatican, Jesuits and Catholics.  The Pope, without Biblical authority, ‘changed times’” Michael made quotes with his  left hand and right hand, “as  he convinced Christian Catholics that the day of worship was ‘changed’ to the First-Day-of-the-Week, Sunday?” asks Michael.

“Correct.  Many believers are deceived by the Scarlet Women riding on the Scarlet Beast.  They have their version of Jesus in there hearts, they have faith in Jesus, have made commitments to Jesus, so they receive the gift of salvation.  But the rewards of keeping the commandments is not there; keeping only nine of the commandments is not what it takes for rewards.” said Joseph.

“Okay, so that is chapter 37.  Then chapter 38 is more in the circle?” asks Michael.

“Yes.  Like  I said in my talk, Gog, Magog, Russia and her allies, attack Israel.  And like Zechariah 14: 2 says, half of Jerusalem will go into captivity.  Israel is trashed.  But as in Ezekiel 38 verse 18, ‘that My fury will show in My face.’”  exclaims Joseph.  “And Ezekiel 39 verse 9 says Israel will take SEVEN YEARS to burn all the weapons used against Israel!” said Joseph.

“But the prophecy goes in circles!  Ezekiel 39:25 repeats the ideas of chapter 36, the restoration of Israel to the Lands of the Fathers!  There it says: ‘Now I will bring back the captives of Jacob.’  But notice that ideas from 37 are recycled.  Look at the rest of that verse 25 in chapter 39.  ‘and have mercy on the whole house of Israel;‘ not just Judah, but the WHOLE HOUSE of Israel!  That includes all of the lost tribes and all of the tribes of Joseph!  That’s after the Second Coming of Jesus!  When all of the tribes of Israel meet Jesus in the air!” said Joseph.

“Okay.  Let me put it all on a time line” says Michael as he stretches his hands out from his front to his sides as tracing an invisible line.  “First, Israel reclaims it’s original territory, the Holy Land and Jerusalem.  It turns once desolate lands into a land of bounty.  Second, Gog and Magog and it’s allies, which includes Persia, as the Bible calls the UN territory of Iran, Ethiopia, and Libya.  Then, Israel is attacked, and half of Jerusalem is taken in captivity.  Then, the fury of God is shown, as Jesus returns, the armies attacking Israel are destroyed.  And it takes Israel seven years straight to burn all of the army attack hardware.  And no rapture happens, and a temple does not have to be rebuilt” Michael tries to proclaim in a single breath of air.

As Michael gasps for more air, Joseph nods his head to affirm Michael’s words.

“But there is a slight problem in the next chapter in Ezekiel, chapter 40 that describes the dimensions of a new temple.  And the end of the Book of Daniel, is when a man clothed in linen makes a difference between when daily sacrifices are taken away, and 1,290 days and then 1,335 days.  Whether that is 1,290 days from 70 AD or as Mainstream Christians want to take it as three and a half years from a future date.  The Israel Today website says that there are Jewish government folks going to build a new temple.  If that is even the case, maybe the appearance of a Muslim al-Mahdi is not needed.  Building a temple at the Dome site in Jerusalem will unite Muslims around the world to take-out Israel!” said Joseph.

 

  • Chapter 9
    Tuesday at Campmeeting

 

 

“The world is a dangerous place to live — not because of the people who are evil, but because of the people who don’t do anything about it.”

— Albert Einstein


Michael’s parents, Brad and Ruth were at Campmeeting this year, and Ruth wanted to be sure that Pamela went to Daughters of the King Campmeeting meeting. All four of the Stay family eat lunch together. Ruth emphasized to Pamela that both of the Stay women would go the the 1 pm Daughters of the King tea meeting.
Sister Esther was the President of the Daughters of the King and she opened the meeting with a prayer and then she invited Sister Cheryl Rock to give a talk about her life in Jamaica. Cheryl is a black women from a strong congregation in the non-tourist part of Jamaica. She started her talk describing the economy of the island and how not everyone is employed by a tourist business for rich Americans, Europeans and Asians.
Cheryl covered her conversion as a teenager and then included a story about an elderly sister who lost her husband from a heart attack. But about a week after her husband’s funeral, while she was asleep in bed, her husband visited her in bed! They held each other and for her it was consoling to be with her husband.
She arose in the morning, and he was gone. The day went by and she was depressed without her husband. The evening come and she retired to bed. As she began to fall asleep, her husband appeared again. She enjoyed being with her husband again. This continued to go on for three to four weeks. She mentioned the appearances to her friends and her pastor.
After the pastor heard the story, he told the widow that she was being visited by a demon, and not her deceased husband. He told her how to deal with the situation. Her told her to say: ‘In the name of Jesus Christ, depart demon!’
She understood his words and she kept it in her mind as she prepared to go to sleep. As usual, when she drifted off to sleep, her husband appeared. She said the words the pastor instructed: ‘In the name of Jesus Christ, depart demon!’ The demon that appeared to be her deceased husband disappeared!
On this Wednesday, the evening speaker was Victor Mordecai who has duel citizenship in Israel and the United States of America. He wrote a book about the extreme sects of Islam. Michael and Pamela had watched a few videos by past Muslims who converted to Christianity. The new converts see how they need to leave their home if they want to stay alive! If they do not move to a Christian based country, they are on the Muslim hit list to be murdered soon!
Brother Mordecai’s words were very similar to a video done in the early ’90s about terrorist training in the United States. The video documentary was done shortly after the World Trade Center foundation bomb. The stories the politicians were saying about the war in Iraq and Afghanistan, ‘the terrorist will follow us home if we leave’ was a simple lie! The terrorists are already here!
The documentary video showed terrorist training classes in Kansas City, Missouri and in the New York City metro area. The ‘home-grown’ terrorists have not started any ‘media aware’ terrorist strikes yet. Time will tell.
Brother Mordecai continued about his visit to Kansas City. He was to visit a ministry there. He parked his car on a busy street close to the ministry’ office, got out and started a short walk to the office. He immediately noticed a very big middle east appearance man walking, or stalking him, towards the ministry office. Brother Mordecai’s imagination went wild; the video about terrorist training in Kansas City hung in his mind. Should he run? Or lightly jog to the ministry’ office? He walked very briskly to the office, and the Mideast hulk followed him into the office!
The receptionist blurted out “Brother Nasri, Good morning! How may we help you?”
“I understand Victor Mordecai is to visit here and later in the afternoon, talk about Israel and the Mideast situation.” said Brother Nasri.
“Correct. I have seen pictures of Brother Mordecai, and the gentleman that entered the office before you looks just like the pictures. Am I correct?” the receptionist commented as she looked at Victor Mordecai standing in the office. Victor’s heart raced, but he regained his composure and nodded ‘yes.’
Brother Mika Nasri quickly took steps toward Victor and said “Brother Mordecai, I have some witness stories to tell you that strengthen your faith in God!”
Brother Mordecai wipes his forehead as he stands at the Campmeeting podium. Takes a big breath of air, and exhales in relief. “Boy, my short trip to that Kansas City ministry office, being followed by who I thought was a terrorist, who turned out to be a lamb in a wolf’s coat!” The Campmeeting crowd let out a huge laugh!
“But Brother Nasri was right when he said his witness stories would build faith! Let me tell the best witness of all. In his childhood, he was raised to have Taliban thought processes. He went to many terrorist training classes, and he made friends with another boy. They went to the same Sharia ruled school.
One day, his friend was out in his car on some Missouri county roads. Somehow, Brother Nasri’s friend rolled his car and was hurt and could not get away from the car. He started to pray to Allah. Nothing happened. He continued to pray to Allah. He was bleeding, and he wanted to stop the bleeding, but he could not move!
He was desperate. He was in trouble, and he needed help right now! Thoughts crossed his mind, ‘What if I pray to the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob? What could it hurt?’ So he prayed to the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and he was healed! He quickly ran away from the car, and was able to flag someone on the county road and get help.”
“He told Brother Nasri and they both surrendered their lives to God and His Son Jesus!”
After Brother Mordecai’s talk, Michael, Pamela, Joseph and Eric met in the cafeteria over some soda pop, or coffee. Eric mentioned the part of the talk about ‘home-grown’ terrorists who converted to Christianity.
“By-the-way, I have done some research about Islam and Muslims” said Eric. “The Muslim perception of ‘love’ is not always the same as Christian unconditional love. And I found out that there is something to beware of. It is called ‘taqiyya.’ Let me write it down, because I’m not sure how to say it right” Eric grabbed a napkin from the cafeteria table and wrote the Arabic word in English letters. “It is a time honored Islamic tradition were it is okay to almost outright lie, or make a misleading statement!” exclaimed Eric.
“Islamic clergy are using that outrageous letter from the Yale Divinity School to say that because we worship the same God, we should ‘love’ each other and Christians then should also keep rules of Sharia!” added Eric.
“Well, I sure think that Yale Divinity School would put out the farthest left-leaning uninspired letter possible! Don’t you think?” said Joseph.
“Yes, I concur” said Michael as Pamela nodded.
Pamela mentioned “The ‘we-worship-the-same-God’ concept has been forwarded by the Associated Press for many years. Years ago, they used the terms ‘Allah’ when dealing with Arabs, but ‘God’ when dealing with Christians, then they changed it; the mainstream media uses ‘Allah’ all the time. They changed their terminology to forward a wrong concept.”
“And in the Mideast situation, besides our spiritual trouble with Islam, has anyone been keeping up on Iran’s nuclear research and their success with satellites?” asked Michael.
“I’ve been trying to keep up on the situation in general, but I’m not sure of the latest done by Iran” said Eric. Joseph shook his head.
“Well, it appears that Iran has launched two dozen satellites at least. The United States and allies have no idea of the capabilities of the satellites. There are so many birds up there that we may have no way to track the Iranian satellite. Of course NORAD may have some secrets too. But I suppose that they are spy satellites capable of who knows what.”
“And Iran has been saying that their nuclear research is peaceful. But can we really believe that?  And the fact that Iran can launch a satellite in the first place, means they can do Inter-Continental Ballistic Missiles!  Just like back in American/Russian cold-war days, those are ICBMs!  Like the missile launch sites all across Wyoming were we live!” exclaimed Michael.
“Probably as much as we can trust Saudi jetliner training students?” asked Joseph.
“It’s 9/11 all over again, isn’t it?” commented Pamela.
“Hmmm, exactly. The Saudi’s state religion, is the same as Taliban, al Qaeda, and Iran. Back in the days of George W., America tried to collectively assign terrorists to countries of the world. But these Wahhabism type terrorists know no country. They are around the world all at once” Eric stated as his hands traced a large ‘around-the-world’ circle.
Michael, Pamela, and Joseph all looked at Eric as his hands were over his head. Eric shared eye contact with each of the other three people at the table. Without exchanging words, each of those four citizens knew the future of America was very uncertain.

Pamela commented “We have such wonderful world leaders, don’t we?  I remember how Iran’s past President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad called Israel a “rotten, dried tree” that will be annihilated by ‘one storm.’

But in the next instant, Michael jumped up, stretched his hands over his head and shouted, “Aaron!  Praise the Lord, you’re down from Canada!”

Aaron’s eyes track right to Michael.  “Michael!  I understand you graduated, have a job and got married!  Is that all true?” asked Aaron.

“You are correct Aaron!”  The two men meet half-way across the multi-use cafeteria, shake hands like two wrestlers and embrace each other like two close friends who have not seen each other for forty years!  

“Aaron, come have a seat.  This is my wife, Pamela.  And two close friends, Joseph and Eric.  We have had three days to practically talk about everything in an encyclopedia it seems.  However, the most recent item has been the situation in the Mideast, terrorists and Muslims.  Is there anything you think you would like to add Aaron?”

“Well Michael, I sure do!  I’m assuming that the 9/11 event is the foundation of all the talk?”  Everyone nods.  “Okay, now there is an election coming up soon, correct?”  Everyone concurs with a nod.  “And the past President has served his two terms so the next President has been narrowed to the Republican candidate or the Democratic candidate.  Correct?” asked Aaron.

“Yes that is true Aaron.” said Eric.

“However, is something terrible happens, before the election, could not America be somewhat ‘forced’ into a police state, low liberties, lower freedom situation?” asked Aaron.

Eric’s mind races as his eyes show a bland stare into the wall.  Joseph goes through some questions for Aaron.  Michael raises his eyebrows and Pamela leans to her left as she places her chin in her raised left palm.  “Uhmmmn…” Pamela sounds softly to herself.

Joseph is the first to respond.  “Is it from home-grown terrorists, that can limit our freedoms, as opposed to external terrorism that means we watch our borders better?”

“Exactly.  Notice the ‘Police State’ situation keeps the same leadership.  No election.  And two past Presidents of America made some interesting statements.  First was from George Washington who said: “Guard against the impostures of pretended patriotism.”

“Uhmmm…… Aaron, you are talking some scary stuff.  It sounds like a ‘Murphy’s Law thing; ‘if anything can go wrong, it will go wrong.’” Michael said very softly.

Eric’s eyes changed to look like two high-energy hydrogen atoms ready to fuse into a helium atom!  A multitude of his thoughts fused into a key solution that made sense to Eric.  He blurted out, “After the attack of 9/11/01, did you-all read Daniel Hopsicker’s book, ‘Welcome to Terrrorland, Mohamed Atta & the 9-11 Cover-up in Florida ?’” Eric asked.

There was a mix of positive and negative body language from this Campmeeting ‘think-tank.’

Eric continues, “The book was a non-fiction book, but it had a plot.  The plot was to give as much objective facts to show that the Federal Government’s goal was to paint a picture of America’s enemies as fundamental Islamic terrorists.  Mister Hopsicker presented his findings, after a two-year investigation, that the leader of this band of terrorists was far from a fundamentalist Muslim!  He showed that he was more of a crazy, promiscuous, psychopath with German and Dutch coordinators!”

“Wow!  Eric, you have a point there!  I read the book, but kind of ‘shelved-it’ in my thoughts.   I shelved-it as a attempt to make trouble for George W.”  Michael paused for a moment.  “But if it really was a ‘conservative vs. liberal’ show, the mainstream media would have flowed into Venice, Florida by the busload!  Wouldn’t they?”

“You are correct Michael.  If it was a ‘plot’ by the conservative Republicans to ‘justify’ the invasion of Afghanistan and Iraq, why did the Democrats NOT investigate ‘full-speed-ahead’ to find the flaws in the FBI reports?  Huh?” exclaimed Eric.

“Sounds like a fair question Eric.”  stated Joseph.  “Uh-huh” said Pamela.

“But Eric, the cover-up still points fingers at George W.  The Democrats were just lazy.  Even with Hopsicker’s book out so many years now, they are still being lazy.” said Joseph.

“No Joseph, it does not necessarily point to George W.  In Hopsicker’s book, he explains how the FBI has a past history of covering-up for CIA blunders!” said Eric.  

Michael looked toward Aaron and began to speak “Aaron, I recollect from a few years ago how Muslims had a rumor going that Israel and the USA were the motivators behind the 9/11 attacks!  With that rumor and the ideas from the Welcome to Terrorland book, Aaron’s police state with no election idea sounds almost reasonable.  Doesn’t it?”

Joseph paused quite awhile and then mentioned some new ideas based on a non-fiction book he had read a few years back.  “Has anyone read a non-fiction book by Mark Steyn called America Alone?  He compares old, well established European countries to the Muslim immigrant people in Europe.  Western women have 1.4 children but Muslim women have 3.5!  It’s a plain numbers game.  Western people are digging their own grave!  Muslims will simply populate the world and bury the western ‘infidels’ in their graves!”

Pamela burst out “Was Mark Steyn the author that some Canadian Muslim group took him to court?”

Joseph nodded.

Michael sounded out, “The situation sounds similar to Al Gore’s story of ‘Inconvenient Truths’ dealing with global warming, but this is when accurate records of history are inconvenient for Muslims.  It’s an interesting trick by the Adversary I believe, to get the liberal side in America, the Democrats, to be so ‘Politically Correct’ and overlook Islam and Muslims, who may be as Mark Steyn‘s book subtitle is: ‘The End of the World as We Know It.’  I have an inner gut feeling that this last election may be the last as we know it.  Our next leader may be forced upon us, either internally, or externally.”

 

“And I also found out in a recent email update from the ‘American Congress for Truth,’ that a lot of pregnant Mideast women are flown to mainland America to have their child!  Mideast Muslims take advantage of  our Constitution to populate our Country!” said Michael.

Daniel chimes in, “Abraham Lincoln had a saying, let me dig through my Bible case, I have it on a sheet of my favorite e-mail signatures.”

Daniel starts to search in his Bible case a few seconds to find a small 3”x5” card of quotes.  “Ah-ha, here it is: ‘America will never be destroyed from the outside.  If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because we destroyed ourselves.’  Ha!  And along the lines of Steyn’s outlook of Europe, here is one by IKE, President Eisenhower.  ‘A people that values it’s privileges above it’s principles, soon loses both.’”

Pamela ponders the soon-to-be situation in America.  The group continued to offer comments and additions to Daniel’s comment, but Pamela climbs in her thoughts to a plateau and the words written in Revelation 14:13 flourish in her mind:

 

Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord,

 

As the Revelation scripture floats in her mind, Psalm 23 interjects, ‘Fear no evil, for Thou art with me.’  The ideas are consoling to Pamela.  She thinks ‘Father in heaven, if I am true to you, all the time, You have made promises to me……’

In Pamela’s heart, she is prompted to make a comment to the group.  “With a very liberal government trying to be like Europe and not independent from Europe, the idea of Sharia law in America, does not seem impossible.  America may become like Saudi  Arabia.  In order to be a Saudi citizen, you need to be a Muslim of their version of Islam: Wahhabism.”

“And to a Christian that does not ‘revert’ back to Islam, they will put in prison or put to death.”  Pamela finds Revelation 14:13 in her Bible and reads it to the group:

 

‘And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.’

 

“When you are baptized as a Christian, you make promises to God, but He makes promises back to you, promises that you have no way to achieve yourself.  I mean, when you are dead, tough luck, you are gone.  But God promises you life forever when you follow Jesus, His Son.  It’s that simple.  If a Muslim terrorist wants to waste a bullet or a bomb on you, tough luck to the Muslim.  You STILL have that promise from God!”

Eric blurts out, “That makes Joseph Clark’s talk come back like a slam into a wall.”  Eric opens his hands wide to his sides with a pantomime motion of open palms in front of him hitting a wall.  “To survive to the end, go to Israel to live!  All Christians from around the world may be gone, but we know that when Israel is destroyed, Jesus is coming back very shortly!”

Michael’s eyes open wide.  “Wow!  There are some interesting software firms in Israel too!  Maybe I can line up a job first, to obtain a sponsor to emigrate to Israel!  What do you think Pamela?”

Pamela’s face is motionless, with a straight face, Pamela says “Michael, wait and see.”

 

 

  • Chapter 10
    Campmeeting with Jared Smith

 

 

“If you look for truth, you may find comfort in the end;
if you look for comfort you will not get either.”

— C.S. Lewis

The emcee this evening was Jason Pool, and after about twenty minutes of praise songs, he introduced Jared Smith. Jason said “Jared Smith went on a Mormon mission after his freshman year at BYU. His temple recommend expired and he did not renew it as he started his sophomore year at BYU.”
Jason explained how Jared was in an automobile roll-over accident while coming down from a night ski time at Sundance. He wore his seat belt, but had a head injury. He was in a coma for five weeks, and he endured three months of intense rehab to recover. After the accident, he ran across the story of Lorenzo Snow in 1917 and the temple appearance of Jesus. He connected the temple appearance to the words of Jesus in Matthew 24:26.
“Jared is now a Sabbath keeping Christian based in Montana. I will let Jared present his story in his own words.” said Jason as he sat down and Jared stood and approached the podium.
“Good evening Brothers and Sisters. I will try to stay as close to the talk I have listed on the Campmeeting WiFi talk folder. If you know any Mormons, and would like to reference to my talk, please do. Download the talk to use.” said Jared.
“Over a decade ago, I left The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (LDS), the Mormons. I have shared the pros-cons and whys with my wife and a few friends, but the information was never published. However, after hearing the general misunderstanding about the LDS group, I am prompted to present my experience with the Mormons.”
Sometimes, I am very serious about my past as a Mormon, but one of my friends, who is still a Mormon, told me a humorous joke:
When my friend died, he ended up at the gate for heaven and Peter the Gatekeeper welcomed him. “Come with me and I will give you a tour of our facility.” Peter motioned my friend to come down a nearby hallway. At one room, my friend saw the room of a Cathedral lined with quiet solemn people kneeling. My friend questioned Peter, “who are those people in there?” Peter replied, “they are saved Catholics worshiping God.”
They continued walking down the hallway. At the next room, my friend noticed a chapel of dozens of families, some singing with hands raised, men with children in their arms. It sounded beautiful! “Peter, who are they?” my friend asked. “It is a group of saved Pentecostal fundamentalists praising the LORD.”
At the next room, was a group of people in a fairly plain chapel, no cross in the room, with three men sitting to the side of the podium and one gentleman speaking. Peter quietly whispered to my friend, “Shhhh, these are Mormons and they think they are the only ones up here.”

WHAT I LEARNED
My experience began when I was 14 years of age. Our family took a vacation into Salt Lake City and we visited the Mormon Temple Square visitor center. When we returned home, missionaries came, I took the lessons, and I met a Mormon family with children in my grade in school. I made good friends with them, which may have been a divine situation, because I was associating with the wrong kids at school before I met my new Mormon friends.
I was baptized, and months afterward, I knew my baptism as a Mormon was divinely guided. Without that conversion, I would probably be a lost soul that got wired on drugs every weekend. That conversion dealt with four main points: Faith in Jesus Christ, the Son of God, Repentance for sin, Baptism by complete immersion, and Gift of the Holy Ghost by anointing with oil.
One of the first things I learned in the Mormon church as a Mormon was that there is nothing that I can do, besides accepting Jesus as my Savior, to “earn” salvation. I can believe in Joseph Smith, Brigham Young and Lorenzo Snow, but if I do not believe that Jesus atoned for my sins, I am a lost soul.
While on my mission to South Korea, during Easter springtime and one of my daily Bible study times, I was reading Matthew 12:40. Jesus says he will be three days AND three nights in the heart of the earth. I tried to get three days and three nights out of a 36 hour time span from Good Friday afternoon to Easter Sunday morning. How could I stretch 36 hours into a 72 hour time frame? What about the mainstream Christian explanation that just part of a day counted as a full day? Then where is the third night? Was Jesus a liar? How did Joseph Smith resolve that problem? What about Martin Luther who rejected the Pope, why didn’t he fix that problem? I kept that problem in the back of my mind as I finished my mission and returned to Brigham Young University.
As a Mormon, I also learned that some of the best leaders in any business, non-profit organization or church is very good at delegating duties. The Mormon church is excellent at delegation; a majority of the staff is unpaid. The only leaders in their group are some in Salt Lake in high positions of authority. All state positions are unpaid lay-members.

WHY I LEFT
As with any human organization, whether it be Catholic, Methodist, Calvinist, or 7th Day Adventists, the LDS group has a lot of extra baggage. ‘Extra baggage’ is my terminology to indicate any non-salvation related ideas. It was some of that baggage, when compared to the words of Jesus in the Bible, that prompted me to request excommunication from the Mormon church.
I can briefly describe it as dealing with scripture in Matthew 24:26 KJV where Jesus says:  “Some say “He is in the desert,” or “he is in the secret chambers.” Believe it not, for I told you so.”
At the time, I was performing a duty as a Deacon (12 to 14 years old boys) class teacher. One lesson was on Lorenzo Snow and the appearance of Jesus to him in the Salt Lake Temple. It was a time after my mission to South Korea, and my Temple recommend had expired. Therefore, the Celestial Room (the holiest part of the Temple to a Mormon) was very secret to me. I took the words of Jesus to heart.
After a slight experience with fundamentalist Christians, I also noticed a problem with LDS members. They do not seem to have “grace” in their vocabulary! They do believe that there is nothing that people can do to gain salvation and eternal life, but they sometimes skim over the fact that salvation and eternal life for people is a pure gift from God to us; such a gift is by God’s grace. The Apostles is Salt Lake seem to know this intellectually, but some of the members loose the basic idea of grace from God. It was in the Church of God, 7th Day where I learned the saying: I’m not good to GAIN salvation, but I am good BECAUSE I am saved!
Another Mormon teaching that made me suspicious of truth always being taught by Mormonism were words of Brigham Young: As man is, God once was. As God is, man may become. In the present time, that is much like New Age (Gnosticism) teaching. It is also similar to the words of the Devil given to Eve in the Garden of Eden: “your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil.”

MORMONISM AND OUIJA BOARDS

Besides some ‘theological technical problems,’ I had some other interesting experiences.  For a long time my Mom conversed with spirits through an Ouija Board.  In the pictures with the board there are two people with both hands on the board ‘reader,’ the small piece that moves to the letters on the board to spell words from the spirit talking through the Ouija Board.

But my Mom used one hand and the ‘reader’ cruised as fast as it could!  My Mom told me all kinds of stuff: who I would marry, where I would work, all kinds of information.  The Board was right some times.  And wrong others.  Mom let me know that the Board was a liar sometimes!  It sometimes joked with Mom.  The spirit or spirits were friends with my Mother.

But sometimes, as Mom conversed with the spirit, I would sit next to Mom on the sofa as I studied the Bible.  Mom would inform me that I was too close to her, her Ouija Board couldn’t work if a Bible was too close to it!

“But then other times I would be close to Mom with the Ouija Board studying the Book of Mormon.  Can you guess what happened?”

Most of the audience body language, the shaking of heads, indicated that they thought that nothing happened.

“You’re right!  The Book of Mormon did nothing to the spirit talking through the Ouija Board!  But the Bible did!  That meant something to me, but I had excuses to stay a Mormon.”

 

A STRANGE STORY WITH A GOOD END: MY FINAL CONCLUSIONS
Let me use a comparative Salvation story to better illustrate my final conclusions about a past as a Mormon. In the United States of America, elementary and secondary education is free. That is, every child can get on the school bus and go to school for free. Similarly, God offers eternal life to anyone who accepts His gift through His Son, Jesus; anyone can accept the gift and ride Jesus’ “bus to eternal life.”
However, in school, the final grade you receive depends on your choice, skills, intelligence and your determination. Likewise, I firmly believe in rewards of interests and abilities. Similarly, in Matthew 16:27, Jesus says: ‘ the Son of man shall come in the glory of his Father with his angels; and then he shall reward every man according to his works.’  “In God’s Kingdom, our rewards, beyond eternal life, are according to our works.”
“The gift is free, there is nothing you can do, besides accepting the gift, to gain it yourself, but the rewards are determined by how well you become the person God wants you to be: how well you can simulate the life of God’s Field Representative, Jesus Christ.”

THE GODHEAD, THE SON OF GOD
As a non-Mormon now, there is still a bit of Mormon ‘extra-baggage’ I believe. In many other denominations, be it Catholic, 7th Day Adventist, Church of God 7th Day Conference, you name it, they have erroneous ideas of the Son of God, Jesus.
While Jesus fasted for forty days, the one big triumph by Jesus was succeeding through the temptations made by the Devil. Jesus always replied with an answer from the Word of God, from scripture that had become part of his heart.
From people in positions of ’emergency response’ be it in the police force, hospital ER, or the fire fighting service, you don’t have time to sit down and read the EMERGENCY RESPONSE MANUAL!  You have no seconds to spare until you start performing your duty to fellow human beings.  In the same manner, Jesus knew and lived the Word of God!  He lived it in such an ‘immediate-response’ way that he could never be tricked by the Devil.
But about the Godhead, if Jesus was, as main-stream Christians call it: God incarnate, he COULD NOT HAVE FAILED THE TEMPTATIONS!  And living a sinless life was like a slam-dunk, he COULD NOT HAVE SINNED, because God is PERFECT and cannot sin.
But, Jesus is as the New Testament titles him, the Son of God.  In Matthew chapter one, verse twenty, “But while he thought on these things, behold, the angel of the Lord appeared unto him in a dream, saying, Joseph, thou son of David, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy wife: for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Ghost.”
“The key word there is ‘conceived.’ From biology, that is when the sperm and egg are joined, when a new DNA is created. And as the Gospel of Matthew said, from the power of the Holy Ghost, Mary conceived and bore Jesus, the Son of God. He was human from Mary and Divine from God.”
“And when Jesus endured the temptations of the Devil, ” Jared gasped for breath and showed extreme emotion, “Jesus COULD HAVE FAILED!  Preachers are always saying ‘Jesus was just like you!’  But if he COULD NOT HAVE FAILED, the preachers are lying to us!  But because Jesus lived the Word of God, he did not fail!  Jesus is my hero.  From Adam, we too are children of God.  So we can think of Jesus as our brother, our mentor, our hero.  He paid for our sins and we need to try to be as much like Jesus as we can.  Grace is not cheap.” Jared wiped sweat from his forehead with his handkerchief.  He took another deep breath.

“Does Jesus have two identities?  In Mark 13:32 Jesus says: ‘But of that day and that hour knoweth no man, no, not the angels which are in heaven, neither the Son, but the Father’.  If he is ‘God incarnate,’ why does he say he doesn’t know?  I believe that Jesus and his Father are of ONE MIND.  They are ‘equal’ but not the SAME!”
“One thing I want to do as a Sabbath keeping Christian now, is to dissect a Bible verse. John 3:16: ‘For God so loved the world, that he gave his only begotten Son, that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.’ I went over the ‘only begotten Son’ phrase earlier, so the one phrase I want to analyze and break down in a logical fashion is ‘whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.’ The logical opposite is ‘whosoever does not believe in him WILL perish!’ And when the verse says ‘PERISH,’ IT MEANS THE END, that is: stop, kaput, die an eternal death, it’s ‘pull-the-plug.’ Mainstream Christians call it ‘ANNIHILATION.’
“I think I was a Mormon for a purpose. But I also think I am a Sabbath keeping Christian for a purpose too. And thank you very much for listening to me today. May God be with you all. Amen” said Jared as he stepped back to a chair behind the podium.

 

  • Chapter 11
    Campmeeting and the Men’s Fellowship

 

 

“If you love me, keep my commandments.” John 14: 15

 

Michael had set his alarm at 6:00 today to get ready for the Men’s Fellowship that is scheduled to be held before the general 8 am time for Campmeeting breakfast.  He didn’t need a shower today, but he always goes into the Multi-purpose building restroom to shave, grab a cup of  newly brewed coffee and chat with some folks that mingle in the cafeteria before breakfast.  Because of the Men’s Fellowship, it may be  a little different.

And Michael’s assumptions were correct.  As he scanned the crowd, he noticed a face that was five years out of place.  It was Brent Spentlike!  He graduated the same year as Michael at CSU in computer science, but had decided to go to Berkeley for graduate work.

“Brent!  It’s nice to see you here!” shouts Michael as he practically sprints over to Brent’s round table.  “But you are a Jew!  What brings you to our Campmeeting?”  Brent stands at his chair and reaches to shake Michael’s right hand as Michael carefully puts his travel cup of fresh coffee on the table with his left hand.

“Well, Michael, have a seat, and I will try, in less than 12 pages, tell you some of my history that will explain the ‘whys’” said Brent.  

“Okay, I’m ready” said Michael as he looked into Brent’s eyes.  Brent’s facial expression and his eyes looked as sincere as Michael had ever seen before.

“It all started with a book by Joel Rosenberg.  The name has ‘Jew’ stamped on it and one of the undergraduates offered me one of his books called Epicenter about Israel, and the Mid-east.  It looked interesting, so a took it as a loan for awhile to read through it.  I did as I usually do on books that I need to read fast; I went to the back of the book to read the ‘end of the plot,’ or theory conclusions, or whatever the author figured should be at  the end of the book.”

“Ha!  I ‘say’ I don’t do that, but that was a trick my mother did most of the time”  blurted Michael.

“But God knew that in my situation.  Towards the end of the book, is a part of frequently asked questions, and in it someone  asked Joel about his ‘spiritual journey.  And in his journey he spends time reading Isaiah 53.  A few verses are quoted.  I was always ‘saying’ that I was familiar with Isaiah 53 when questioned by a Christian, but I couldn’t keep on lying to myself, so I read Isaiah 53.  And I read it again.  And I pondered the words.  Hmmmm.  “

“I had heard stories about ‘Messianic Jews’ and then, it all clicked in!  I delved into a web search about the Pros and the Cons of the Pope; the Catholic leader that Catholics look to for direction, rather that reading the Bible.  It turns out that many Christians see him as an enemy of Christianity, he, a past Pope claims to have the authority to ‘change the Sabbath’ from the Seventh day to the First day!  With a little more of a web search, I found a group called ‘Chosen  People Ministry’ of Messianic Jews!  The change from a Jew to a Messianic Jew is ALL MENTAL!  Your lifestyle practically stays the same!”

“Wow, so is Jesus, or rather Yeshua, in your heart now?” asks Michael.

“Hah!  It’s a ‘fo shizzle!  How can He NOT BE?  The Holy Days make so much sense now.  They were all in PREPARATION for Jesus!” shouts Brent.  “I did more study, and I read all of Joel’s book, and by the way, Joel, along with most Mainstream Christians, is deceived by the Devil!”

“Yep, we read the same Bible, but reach conclusions that are miles apart!” chimed in Michael.

“I think Eric is ready to go for the Men’s Fellowship!  Let’s get over to the corner that is setup for us!” mentioned Brent.

Brent and Michael grab their coffee cups and walk over to the corner of the Multi-purpose cafeteria that is setup for the Men’s Fellowship.

Eric is the emcee and the speaker for the Men’s Fellowship.   “Glad that you all decided to come to our Men’s Fellowship today!  With all the troubles we have here in America, the Mideast and Hollywood, I will talk a little about the Anti-Christ.  Is the Anti-Christ to be understood as symbolic as ideas and actions or as a person.  Or can it be both?  A person presenting ideas and actions that are against Christ?”

“Does  Post-Modern television offer favorable ideas towards Christianity?  Does Public School science offer favorable ideas towards the Bible?  Do popular social ideas offer favorable ideas towards a Christian lifestyle?” asks Eric.  Eric watches the small group of men in Men’s Fellowship today.  As he looks at the group of about a dozen men, he sees many frown, shaking heads and the general vocal response was “Nope!”

“When a young Christian man goes to school, with short hair, doesn’t curse in his words, the school kids find out he doesn’t watch TV, doesn’t believe in an ‘old earth’ and won’t have sex until he is married to a girl, he may not be the most popular kid at school!  The anti-Christ ideas like these  occur more and more around the world!  A single person is not responsible for such ideas.  Many people around the world share these anti-Christ ideas.

How about a religion?  Are any religions against Christ?” asks Eric.

“What does God say about that?” asks Eric.

“If you’re not FOR me, you are AGAINST ME!” said George over at the second round table.

“You are correct George.  If a religion is not FOR Christ, it is against Christ!  Now, the first separation of religions is Christian religions and non-Christian religions.  That includes Buddhism, Islam, most New-Age religions and one that is so close, it is almost a word game to see a difference: Judaism.    

Jews believe and worship the God of Abraham. Isaac and Jacob.  But they do not believe that Yeshua, Jesus, is indeed, the Son of God, our Messiah!  Therefore, my definition, they are anti-Christ!

What about Islam?  What is Jesus to a Muslim?  From  the  Qur’an, we can see that Muhammad regarded Jesus as a Prophet, but not the Son of God, our Messiah.  They don’t even believe Jesus was crucified and resurrected!

So, by Jesus’ definition, Islam is an anti-Christ.  Does Islam have a main, central leader?”  asks Eric as he looks to see any body language, nods or not and sees mostly eyebrows raised and signs of inquiry.

“Well, I see a silent answer of ‘I don’t know!’  You are correct.  Islam is similar to Christianity, in that it has a known past leader, but no one person now to lead the group.  Christians have Christ to look to for leadership, but no person now, other than Catholics and their Pope, to look to for leadership.  So that is why Christians have many, many, many small, large, and medium congregations reading and understanding the Bible in their own way.

But almost all Christian people and congregations are looking forward to the time when Jesus returns to be our leader.  A time when living Christians will be ‘changed in the twinkling of an eye’ to a life for eternity.  Past Believers will be resurrected to eternal life.  I believe those alive that are not to an age of accountability, will be saved and taught about Jesus, the being that can save them into a life for eternity.

But many Muslims are looking for the ’12th Imam’ or al-Mahdi to bring justice and equity to them.  The sects of Saudi Arabia and of Iran or Shia and sects of the same thought, are looking for al-Mahdi to ‘set the record straight.’  The big Islamic group of Sunni are not looking for al-Mahdi.  The Sunni group is present around the world.  They are everywhere, and the Shia group focuses in the Mideast.

However, if someone, with the Devils help is able to rise and be known as the ‘real al-Mahdi,’ we may be in much trouble.  Iran’s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad is said to have talked to the ’12th Imam’ to receive directions.  Their President has all the right background to be ‘talking to’ the 12th Imam.

He was born and raised in Persia, and that is one of my pet-peeves; by what authority does the UN think they have over history and the Bible?  Iran IS Persia!  So as I talk about that land, I will call it as it was in history, Persia.  So, anyway,  Ahmadinejad is from Persia and a Shia Muslim.  He has a strong belief in al-Mahdi as more-or-less a Muslim Messiah!  And this Muslim Messiah will probably have the general ideas of Islam, in that Jesus was a prophet, not a Saviour and a Christian Messiah.  So if al-Mahdi shows up, we can accurately call him a personalized Anti-Christ.  

So, to sum up the ideas of anti-Christ, be it known that ANYTHING, idea, action, or thought that is not FOR Jesus Christ, by God’s definition, is AGAINST Christ!  – An Anti-Christ!  So most of the stuff out of Hollywood is anti-Christ, and some new Federal Regulations can be called anti-Christ.  For  example, Canada brewed-up some ‘hate-crimes’ like Stateside now.  In years past, a Canadian Pastor was thrown in jail for teaching out of the Bible regarding homosexuality.

Also, if you try to teach science from the Bible, that means a ‘young earth,’ you can get in trouble.  Teach adultery for what it is, regardless of ‘consenting adults’ or not; if they are married to someone else, it’s adultery!  So a home-school teacher will be in trouble with government officials for teaching Biblical truths.

That’s my general outlook of the anti-Christ.  Go ahead and finish up your breakfasts and I’ll go for another cup of coffee.” said Eric as he grabbed his ‘Made from OPEC petroleum’ travel cup and took off to the cafeteria coffee pot.

Michael leans over to Brent, “This al-Mahdi guy that Eric mentioned makes a lot of sense Brent!”  Brent looks back at Michael with his eyebrows raised “How so?”

“Well look at the dry summers we had the past few years.  We have over a million Muslims in America right now.  If Muslims wanted to start a few fires, we would be in trouble!  And I think Iran HAS nukes now.  They have missles that can reach Israel.  If they mounted nukes on those missles,  mounted them in cargo ships, which they can ‘buy off’ any other country, like Panama or Turkey, be barely still in International waters, which is what, 12 miles?  If they coordinate the attack within a few hours, America could be in big trouble!” said Michael.

“Yeah, I guess so Michael.  I never thought of it all that way.  Then even if Muslims played the same terrorist roles that Muslims do in Israel, we would be in trouble too.”  said Brent.

“You bet.  If that Iranian President” Michael pauses “uh, his name starts with an ‘A’.”

 “Ahmadinejad.  It’s ah-mah-dine-jad.  Four syllables.  And I’ll do as Eric says, Iran becomes Persia, like the Bible says.  Ahmadinejad is the President of Persia, and when, not ‘if,’ but WHEN someone, from the Devil, comes to be al-Mahdi, America is in big trouble!” shouts Brent.

 

  • Chapter 12
    Messianic Muslim Conversion

 

 

“If you don’t have enemies, you don’t have character.”



— Actor Paul Newman, 1925-2008

 

After a short night of rest, Michael and Pamela awoke to see a wonderful bright day of a clear sky and a reasonable temperature.  They missed the pre-breakfast prayer meeting, and they were nearly the very last ones in the breakfast line!

They chat a little while eating breakfast.  Eric came over to point out the speaker of the evening service.  “The speaker  is Bashir al-Barad’i.  That is a wild name, where is he from?” asked Eric.

The body language from Michael and Pamela indicated their ignorance of any answer to Eric’s question.  “Well Eric, it looks kind of Middle-eastern sort of Arabic, does it not?” asked Pamela.

“Oh, maybe.  I guess that just means we definitely need to be at the service this evening, huh?” said Eric.

“You are correct Eric.  We will see you there!” said Michael.

The meetings of the day were no great surprises, so the Stay family and friends were prompt to claim their usual spot at the middle-left pews in the chapel.  The meeting started and a few hymns were sung.  The congregation seemed to be very alert and anxious for the speaker to begin.

The Emcee began “The speaker tonight will be Bashir al-Barad’i.  The meaning of his name is ‘a bringer of glad tidings.’  Indeed he has good news for us.  Brother al-Barad’i is an immigrant from Afghanistan and he will tell parts of an autobiography that are a witness of God’s power.”  As the Emcee directs his hands towards  tonight’s speaker he says “Brother al-Barad’i.”

Bashir al-Barad’i walks up to the podium and says “Thank you.”  Brother al-Barad’i places a few pages of notes before him on the podium.  “Even after four years of theology school and many, many, many times of doing public speaking, I need your prayers to be with me as I try to speak.” said al-Barad’i.

Brother al-Barad’i begins his autobiography.  “I was trying to learn as much English as I could, so sometimes I would follow American soldiers and look for times I could jump in the situation as a ‘translator.’  So I finally met William Gilbert, a nurse aid at a hospital.“  Bashir takes his first drink of water at the podium.

“Brother Gilbert told me his story.  He consumed meth in high-school,  and was arrested for selling meth to some fellow students.  He was sent to prison.  Through Prison Fellowship he is converted and joins the Army to be a medical technician.  He witnessed to me at that time.  Brother Gilbert could feel God’s power within himself.  And as he said those words, I had a feeling I have never had before.”

As Brother al-Barad’i extends his hands slightly above the podium, he  exclaims “It was a warmth and intensity, that I could not have even imagined.  I knew Brother Gilbert was sincere.  I knew the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob was the true God.”

“Brother Gilbert found out that the secular ‘rehabilitation’ for meth users is less than five percent.  But with Christian rehabilitation, the rate of success goes up to eighty percent!”

Bashir then tells the usual Muslim circumstance for a Muslim that converts to another religion is death.  “If the ex-Muslim ‘reverts’ back to Islam, they can survive.  If they don’t, they are murdered.  Some sects mean to take over the world in that manner.  Revert, or you are dead.”

Brother al-Barad’i was able to obtain permission from the American Embassy to escape to America.  Before Bashir was able to leave for America, Brother Gilbert was able to tell how the forth commandment and how the Catholic Pope changed to Sunday without any Biblical authority, which the Vatican admits!

Brother al-Barad’i went from his words about the Vatican.  “It seems as though anti-semantic words and actions have gone from the Roman Empire in Jesus’ time, to the Vatican in the Dark Ages, to Hitler in the 20th Century, and Islam in this age.  I was trained from my youth up, to hate America because they were not much better than Israel; there were as many Jews in America as in Israel!”

“But after I saw God’s light in Jesus, I knew I had to ‘reach out’ to Muslims.  God is a God of mercy and I have seen Him dozens and dozens of times show mercy to Muslims.  To show them His Power.  After conversion, I always see how Allah has power in only some things.  The God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob has power to split the Red Sea.  He raised His Son from the depths of Hell to eternal Life.”

“I want to prepare you to ‘reach-out’ to Muslims too.  There are some documents available online at the PersianMinistries.org.  First are some ‘Does and Don’ts’ about a ‘reach-out’ for a Muslim.

  • Do make it clear you are a follower of Christ, by your loving words and religious lifestyle.
  • Don’t assume your Muslim friend understands your meaning of “Christian”.
  • Do take time to build a relationship. Practice hospitality.
  • Don’t be surprised if you are rejected at first. Offer Muslim friends store-bought sweets. Avoid anything with pork or alcohol.
  • Do approach your encounters as a learner. Ask questions.
  • Don’t take notes and treat Muslim friends like and academic project.
  • Do correct their misunderstandings of your beliefs.
  • Don’t argue. If they want to debate with a Christian, refer them to the website http://www.debate.org.
  • Do talk about Jesus. Use His title, Isa Al Masih.
  • Don’t insult the prophet Muhammad.

 

“I want to emphasize some things here.  The title of Jesus to a Muslim is Isa al-Masih.  And cutting-down Muhammad does little but make an enemy for you.” said Bashir as he continues the Does and Don’ts of Muslim reach-out.

 

  • Do pray out loud with your Muslim friends. Ask if you can pray for their practical needs, healing, and worries. Look for opportunities and pray in Jesus’ name.
  • Don’t start your prayer with “Our Father…” because Muslims have a misunderstanding about the fatherhood of God (as sexual). Wait until you correct this misunderstanding before using “Father” or “Abba.” At first address you prayer to “Almighty God” or “Lord God.”
  • Do use your right hand in giving and receiving gifts.
  • Don’t use your left hand when eating food (especially when learning to eat with your hands). The left hand is for toilet cleaning; the right hand is for eating.
  • Do treat your Bible with respect. Store it on a high shelf. Some wrap it in a beautiful cloth.
  • Don’t put you Bible on the floor or in the bathroom as reading material. Many Muslims are superstitious about the bathroom.
  • Do be gender-sensitive: interact man to man, woman to woman.
  • Don’t allow any compromising situations, even just to protect from a possible rumor. And Arab proverb says, “A man and a woman alone together are three with the devil.”
  • Do observe body language. Take your shoes off when entering a home or place of prayer (especially if you see shoes at the threshold).
  • Don’t sit so that the sole of your foot or shoe is facing someone. Women, don’t look men directly in the eye, or at least quickly avert your glance.
  • Do practice modesty, even among Westernized Muslims. For women this is very important since family honor is tied to their behavior and reputation.
  • Don’t assume Muslims think the same as you, even if they dress the same.

 

“Besides the correct actions when you meet a Muslim, you need to pray for Muslims.  I will follow with the recommendations from the web site of the Christiananswers.net  provides the following helpful suggestions about how to pray for Muslims.”

 

  • Every Muslim is someone whom God loves. Unfortunately, some Christians make the mistake of not praying for Muslims because of their own prejudices or fears.
  • Let us begin in prayer by asking God to give us a heart filled with love and compassion towards Muslims.
  • We also need to pray in faith and confidence that God will hear us and will move powerfully in answer to our prayers of love and compassion.

(John 14:12-14)

  • Muslims believe in the uniqueness of an all powerful and supreme Allah. Similar to Christians and Jews, Muslims believe that Allah is creative and eternal. Muslims also believe that Allah is unknowable and that it is impossible to ever really know him or have a relationship with him as a personal Savior. According to Islam, Allah holds himself apart from mankind.
  • When praying for Muslims, pray that they will have a full revelation of the true God and His loving character. (Hebrews 8:8-9)
  • The Muslim worldview is strongly influenced by an awareness of the supernatural and the presence of good and evil spirits known as jinn. Jinn are greatly feared and are often thought to be responsible for illnesses and misfortune. Superstitions control many aspects of a Muslim’s everyday life and often result in them living in constant fear. This fear reveals a heart cry and desperate need that can only be met in the person and authority of the Lord Jesus Christ.
  • Pray against the fear that influences many Muslims. (1 John 4:18)
  • Galatians 4:22-25 tells us that Ishmael was born as a result of works resulting in slavery. Islam means submission, and a Muslim understands that he is a servant of Allah. While this is also a Biblical aspect of our relationship with God, it is incomplete. As Christians, through Jesus, we know that we move from being servants to becoming sons and daughters.
  • Never underestimate the work of the Holy Spirit as you pray for Muslims. Allow God to teach you how to pray and to share His heart with you concerning them. Vast numbers of Muslims have come to Christ as a result of supernatural encounters. Many have dreams and visions of Jesus. It is only God who can open blind eyes and soften hearts. Only God can bring true conviction of sin and create new life. (Romans 8:26, John 16:8)

 

“I need to emphasize the power of prayer.  Before I left Afghanistan, I had a chance to speak with some underground Christians there.  Almost exclusively, it was through the power of the Holy Ghost that all of them were touched by the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob.  It was the idea that Jesus, Isa al-Masih, could be with them personally.”  Brother al-Barad’i  made a lot of emphasis on the last word.  “God can be with us, in our hearts and minds, not separate and far away, but with us.  And that was what impressed almost all of the Messianic Muslims I met.”

“I want to emphasize the last point.  Ultimately, it is the Power of the Holy Ghost which will win a Muslim.  The Muslim friend needs to surpass be belief in the Qur’an with the witness of the Holy Ghost.  The Holy Ghost will not witness of the Qur’an.  The Qur’an does not fulfill the message of the Gospel presented by Jesus Christ.”

“If you are familiar with mathematics and a Cartesian plane, God can be thought of at the center of a 3 dimensional Cartesian plane system.  God is the point of origin: x=0, y=0 and z=0.  He is it.  He is the One of All.  He is the focus point of all.  A saved Christian’s life is on a vector that is pointed to the origin of the system.  When we sin, we get off target.  We miss the mark of our journey.”

“But if we pray, listen to God and let the Holy Ghost complete It’s mission, you are back on target.  Similarly, the Qur’an is like a hyperbola or parabola that does not intersect with the point of origin.  It may come close, but it does not hit the target.  A conversion of a Muslim depends on the Power of the Holy Ghost.”

But with Jesus, accepting Jesus as your Savior is a choice that each person makes for himself.  Jesus is not forced on you.”  Brother al-Barad’i emphasizes those last six words.

Brother al-Barad’i caught his breath and sipped the glass of water at the podium.  “I will end my talk right now.  May God be with you.  Amen.”

 

  • Chapter 13
    Campmeeting Think-Tank and America Alone

 

 

“In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act.”



 

  • George Orwell, author

 

 

After al-Barad’i talk, Michael, Pamela, Eric, Bashir, Daniel and the rest of the Campmeeting “think-tank” meet in the cafeteria.  Daniel started first, “Brother al-Barad’i’s talk just verified the words of Mark Steyn in the America Alone book!”  Daniel continued to explain some of the concepts that Mark Steyn covered in his book.  “The first idea Mr. Steyn discussed was a simple demographic numbers game.  In most of the developed western world, other than America, the birth rate is less than the number required to have a static population: 2.1 children per women.  

“However, the Muslim rate of 3.5 children per women means that Muslims will become the majority population in Europe in a short amount of time.  Rounding numbers, in one more generation, about 50 years, Europe will be under Muslim Law, the Sharia.”

“But in America, there are enough of us ‘Red-neck Fundamental Christians,’ Mormons and Pope abiding Catholics to make up for the 1.4 kids per women in the left-leaning parts of American society.  So, if we raise our kids to be conservative Christians, with a working knowledge of the Constitution, we have a chance to soften or totally avoid Sharia Law from Muslims.”

Eric blurts out, “Did you verify Mark Steyn’s data?  Were the numbers  invented by him?  Or were the numbers accurate to a couple percentage points?”

Daniel returns, “Eric, I’m glad that was your first idea, because so it was with me too!  I checked with the census data for America and Europe, and Steyn used the right numbers!  It all means that what is left of Europe will be lead by Muslims.  Being the ethnic majority, I assume that they will vote their own kind into most political offices.  And even if they don’t have a majority, they are violent enough, especially in Denmark, they shortly get their way!”

“And Eric, going along those lines, have you had a chance to see a video called ‘The Third Jihad,’ or one called ‘Obsession?’”asks Daniel.

Eric replies, “Yes, I think I had a chance to see the Obsession.  It came out in the mail a couple years ago.  And thirty minutes of the Third Jihad was on the web.”  Eric had a Dell laptop working with the Campmeeting WiFi server.  He does a quick Yahoo search for the Third Jihad video.  “Here it is, http://thethirdjihad.com”

“Here, they have a very interesting subtitle too!  ‘Radical Islam’s vision of America.’  I remember an Imam saying that they have a target date of 2050 to Islamize America.  A Muslim leader can say that, but if a WASP American were to say that, you end up in court for ‘Islamophobia!’  Ha!” says Eric.

Eric continues, “The making of the video is indebted to Zuhdi Jasser, an American doctor, a Muslim, who served on the US Navy, who assumed after the 9/11 terrorist attacks most Muslims would be up in arms against what happened.  Surprise!  It seems that of the 1.3 Billion worldwide Muslims, he was the only one with that perception of how fellow Muslims would act!  He did some research and found an Islam Manifesto that is a HOWTO regarding making America into an Islamic State!  It shows the treason planned by American Muslim leaders.”

Daniel tells of his assumptions on the video.  “I assume that the video verifies that terrorists don’t have to ‘invade’ America, but we have enough home-grown terrorists to last us a long time.  I understand that Saudi Arabia funds many Islam schools here in America.  That’s where a lot of the home-grown terrorists come from, am I correct?”

“Yes, very much.  In those schools, that are based on the terrorist Islam of Wahhabism, they teach to destroy the Constitutional Republic and start an American Islamic State!  For example, there is a town in upstate New York, Islamberg, that is the home of 99.9% Muslims.  And if our government leaders were keen on the Constitution, what the schools do is called TREASON!  But our people are Politically Correct, to not think of treason, of course.” said Eric.  “And to keep up on the latest event of radical Islam, the Third Jihad web page has a link to Radical Islam web pages“ said Eric.

Michael has been pondering this situation in America, and he comments “So Eric, it seems we have a portion of our society that will be ‘politically correct’ to overlook a non-Christian religion shoved down their throats, another portion of society are red-necks like us, that will fight the whole way to our death, a portion of society and some of us, that will ‘turn-the-other-cheek’ and know the promises made by God to us, and I also think back to ’68 at the Democrat Conference in Chicago of  the riots by Democrat youngsters.  I think some of the ‘politically correct’ folks will see the light of what this Country was built on, and see that the First Amendment means Islam cannot be forced upon you by the government!  That means that the ex-PC folks will have a few Boston Tea Parties, across America.  And I don’t think they will succumb to Muslim egotism problems as a suicide bomber; they won’t waste their time convincing their six-year-old to put a grenade in his pocket and blow-up a nickel store down the street, but be a little more high-tech with radio controlled bombs that don’t cost a rebel their life!”

Michael gasps for air and continues his story.  “If it’s a situation of Good guys versus Bad guys, if our numbers as Good guys is up high enough, we have a better chance of success!”

Daniel thought of some of the ideas that Mark Steyn covered about bureaucratic governments versus grassroots ‘think now’ actions, and Daniel stated his thoughts.  “Mr. Steyn’s ideas about  bureaucratic government’s plans compared to independent citizen’s actions is like night and day!  He mentioned the 9/11 flights: the three that carried out old FAA actions versus flight 93 that ended in the dirt in Pennsylvania.  The citizens took action themselves and saved lives!”

“So as Europe and Asia give up to Sharia Law, America will succeed only if we act differently than Europe and Asia.  Like the riots in Denmark about the Muhammad cartoon cannot be allowed in America.  The First Amendment must stand.  As Christians, we put up with a lot of guff; like the ‘art’ of a crucifix in a bucket of urine.  What if we did a lot of riots about that?”

Eric chimes right in.  “We’d end up in jail for inciting violence!  Huh?”

Everyone else in the group show their agreement with a lot of nods.

“So we all pretty much agree that the Bill of Rights cannot be compromised by anybody if America is to remain independent and free.  But have they already compromised for ‘security?’  Daniel makes the quotes with his forefingers as he says ‘security.’  “How about the Patriot Act?  Don’t we compromise our liberties for ‘security?’”

Michael blurts out, “We sure do!  I had to give-up two one-liter bottles of Mountain Dew to ‘security’,” Michael emphasizes the word ‘security,’ “to get on a Frontier Airline once!  I forgot their 3.5 ounce limit on carry-on baggage.  And they confiscated my pocketknife too!”

“And what about the telephone eavesdropping?  Wasn’t it through George W. that a court order was no longer needed to allow a telephone hook-up for government security people?” bellowed Eric.

“Firearms are the next on the list.  The background checks made it to all the national gun laws now.  So it takes a law-abiding citizen an extra ten days to purchase a gun.  Of course Muslim terrorists need to wait ten days too, don’t they?” asks Daniel.
The general consensus was a negative body language.  “Nope” says Pamela,  “So we need to be aware and active in politics to be sure there are no compromises.”  

Daniel blurts out “Our politicians are being taken by a ‘Stealth Jihad’ being executed by the Muslim Brotherhood.  I had a across a copy of an old American Legion and it had an article in it about a stealth Jihad and how many Muslims  are trying to start Sharia Law in America!  Here, it’s still on the web at the Legion web pages.  Look.  Here’s the story on my laptop.”

 

http://www.legion.org/magazine/9907/stealth-jihad

Daniel mentions “The best part of the story is how the Muslim Brotherhood is  trying to get Sharia Law in America.  Here:”

Daniel turns his laptop around on the table so more people can see on the screen.  The page from the American Legion is popular, and Daniel puts the screen on the ‘Printer Friendly’ screen.

“Many Western elites, including the Obama administration, have been seduced by the seemingly benign quality of the Muslim Brotherhood. In fact, we know from the 2008 prosecution of the Holy Land Foundation – the largest terrorism-financing trial in U.S. history – that the Muslim Brothers’ mission in the United States is “a kind of grand jihad to destroy Western civilization from within … by their own miserable hands.”

Another Brotherhood document, titled “The Rulers,” was seized in a 2004 raid and describes how the organization will try to overthrow the U.S. Constitution in five phases:

  • Phase I: Discreet and secret establishment of elite leadership
  • Phase II: Gradual appearance on the public scene, and exercising and utilizing various public activities
  • Phase III: Escalation, prior to conflict and confrontation with the rulers, through the mass media
  • Phase IV: Open public confrontation with the government through the exercise of political pressure
  • Phase V: Seizing power to establish an Islamic nation, under which all parties and Islamic groups will become united

“The Rulers” makes plain that all the above-mentioned phases “are preliminary steps to reach the (fifth) phase.”

The Muslim Brothers know that by masking their ideological agenda as a religious program, they can use Western civil liberties and tolerance as weapons in their stealthy jihad. For this strategy to succeed, however, they must suppress any discussion or understanding of the true nature of Shariah.”

Michael finishes reading through the five phases of  the Muslim Brotherhood plan to force Sharia Law on America.  “It looks like they are between Phases one and two.  The Brotherhood got off to a good start with George W’s ‘War on Terror’ that did not even identify the enemy.  Let alone not identify the enemy, but even when treason occurs, not treat it properly!  This Brotherhood document was uncovered in 2004; can’t Phase five be called ‘TREASON’ with capital letters?”

“You are correct Michael.  Why isn’t the Muslim Brotherhood tried as a treason causing group?” asks Eric.

“Look at the order  of the Phases.  They have enough government sympathizers in office to ‘overlook’ easy things like ‘establish an Islamic nation’ in Phase five.” replies Michael.

Bashir makes a comment.  “That is not the only ‘stealthy’ method being used.  There is another web page where Muslim scholars try to connect with the Vatican.  That idea falls back to an Adventist idea that the Vatican ORIGINATED the religion of Islam!

Eric tries to lookup any other Muslim reach-out ministries on his laptop and profoundly responds “Oh!  One of the first ‘Muslim reach-out’ addresses I get is a message between Muslim scholars and the Vatican!  Look at it:

 

Muslim scholars reach out to Vatican

From BBC News via Sufi News & World Report, Oct. 11:

More than 130 Muslim scholars have written to Pope Benedict XVI and other Christian leaders urging greater understanding between the two faiths. The letter says that world peace could depend on improved relations between Muslims and Christians.

It identifies the principles of accepting only one god and living in peace with one’s neighbours as common ground between the two religions.

The letter coincides with the Eid al-Fitr celebrations to mark the end of Ramadan.

[…]

One of the signatories, Dr. Aref Ali Nayed, a senior adviser at the Cambridge Inter-faith Programme at Cambridge University, told the BBC that the document should be seen as a landmark. “There are Sunnis, Shias, Ibadis, Ismailian and Jaafari schools, so it’s a consensus,” he said.

Professor David Ford, director of the programme, said the letter was unprecedented. “If sufficient people and groups heed this statement and act on it then the atmosphere will be changed into one in which violent extremists cannot flourish,” he said in a statement.

The letter was signed by prominent Muslim leaders, politicians and academics, including the Grand Muftis of Bosnia and Hercegovina, Russia, Croatia, Kosovo and Syria, the Secretary-General of the Organisation of the Islamic Conference, the former Grand Mufti of Egypt and the founder of the Ulema Organisation in Iraq.

 

The Holy See‘s Pontificial Council of Interreligious Dialogue responds:

Dear Muslim Friends,
It gives me special pleasure to send you for the first time friendly and warmest greetings from the Pontifical Council for Interreligious Dialogue on the occasion of your joyful feast of ‘Id al-Fitr, with which the month-long fasting and prayer of Ramadan ends.

This month is always an important time for the Muslim community and gives to each individual member a new strength for their personal, family and social existence.

It matters that all of us witness to our religious beliefs with a life increasingly integrated and in conformity with the Creator’s plan, a life concerned with serving our brothers and sisters in ever increasing solidarity and fraternity with members of other religions and all men of good will, in the desire to work together for the common good.

Blogger Bill Weinberg responds: “Nice to see these guys chilling out for a change.”

 

Daniel responds first “Notice the Muslim scholar’s first assumption:

 

‘It identifies the principles of accepting only one god and living in peace with one’s neighbours as common ground between the two religions.’

 

The Muslim scholars define their ‘one god’ for the Vatican to accept.  Their god is Allah, and Jesus was a prophet.  Not the Son of God, but a prophet.

I then ask, what common ground does Islam and the Vatican have?”

The group makes some noise, talking all at once, but Pamela speaks up.

“My father told me some common things between Muslims and Catholics.  They both believe that their religion is the ONLY,” Pamela emphasizes the word ‘only’, “religion that should exist!  No other religions are necessary!”

Daniel has comments to be made: “It was those two groups, historically speaking, that fought each other in the name of ‘their’ god!  Can they resolve their past differences and unite in peace?”

Daniel continues “Notice the comment made by the blogger Bill Weinberg: ‘Nice to see these guys chilling out for a change,’  Is he from the secular agnostic public seeing Muslims and Mainstream Christians ‘chilling out?’  Does the general public want the Vatican to compromise the Word of God to be accepted by Muslims?”

Bashir comments.  “One of the best reach-outs for Muslims is Persian Ministries.  The founder of that group fled for his life from the Mid-east because God shed light on him, so he has a very close relationship with Jesus, the Son of God.  One of his mottoes  is:   MUSLIMS ARE NOT THE OPPRESSORS, THEY ARE THE OPPRESSED; THEY ARE NOT THE ENEMY, THEY ARE THE LOST.

I know Persian Ministries does not compromise the Word of God!  I know that if the Council here works with Persian Ministries, it would be well worth it.”



 

  • Chapter 14
    Work and a Home

 

 

Best gun control: use both hands.


Michael and Pamela stayed at Campmeeting through the last Sabbath and stayed to help with the general clean-up during Sunday morning. Michael mentioned to Pamela, “Mom and Dad always stay to help with clean-up after every Campmeeting. Through the years of doing like that has made a ‘habit’ that I don’t want to change!”
“It seems that this national Sabbath keeping church organization is a real ‘home-grown’ sort of group, is it not?” exclaimed Pamela.
“Our group here is similar to Mormons as Jared said, we are basically a lay, unpaid organization. Most of our pastors are on a pay scheme of some sort. But our national group here is not paid for their services. It’s kind of like farming; it’s volunteer work!” said Michael.
Michael and Pamela helped out cleaning the kitchen, helped put the pews from the chapel into the storage shed.
After helping the local members clean-up the Campmeeting site, Michael and Pamela climb in the Michael’s Cobalt and take off for Fort Collins to continue to gather, store, sell, or give away the two newlywed ‘materials.’  Michael comments to Pamela “Between storing, selling or giving our stuff, do you think we can survive long enough to find a home in Wyoming?”
“Honey, I think we can last awhile, but we need to use some speed to find property in Wyoming.”
While conversing together on their home trip, Pamela was able to put together a flow-sheet the two agreed would be the best way to search for Wyoming property. The quickest method was online. But Michael suggested that after they make their online ‘property purchaser’ statement, they need to do some footwork; we need to make our presence known to Wyoming ‘non -computer’ property sellers!
“Dad and I wandered some back-country east of Cheyenne to the Nebraska border. Some nice places were around Carpenter, Burns, Pine Bluffs, and Albin. In general, it’s rolling hills with some trees and creeks. We need to be sure we have water rights too. If we can find some property, we can move a trailer onsite and then purchase a module home.” Michael mentioned.
And in as much as the real estate market is recovering from the real estate depression in ’10/’12, Michael and Pamela are able to find a nice spread of property between Albin and Pine Bluff, Wyoming. It was 80 acres from a much larger spread where a couple died in a car accident and the couple’s children, that now have legal rights on the property, and have children of their own, are building homes away from the original homestead
“Michael, this house can definitely become our home! It’s perfect with trees that are old enough to make some nice shade on a hot day, and they are deciduous, so they lose their leaves to allow the sun to warm us up in the winter. The house just big enough for us and a few children, when it becomes time for children.” said Pamela.
“It looks good to me too.” said Michael.
Days passed as they enjoyed their ‘new’ old home. The previous owners had a garden and Pamela was able to water and coax some of the plants into surviving another few days. They were able to be pretty independent; in addition to the garden, the property had a well for water, and they purchased some cattle and chickens at the Centennial sale barn in Fort Collins for meat and eggs.
Michael is able to find a software company in Cheyenne that would let Michael telecommute to work. They would send an email regarding the java code Michael needed to create, and the time limits. The managers appeared to be working from a level table in that they knew the pros and cons of coding and telecommuting. They did not make nearly impossible targets and goals to reach. Michael was happy every Thursday when the automatic deposit paycheck could be seen on their online bank account.
Life in the new home was going very well, except every Sabbath required a longer trip to a fair sized congregation. There were not many local Sabbath keeping Christians by Albin. So three out of four Sabbaths, Michael and Pamela spent at home. They received DVDs from a few congregations of past talks by their pastors.
But after lunch, Michael and Pamela had their own version of a Sabbath school class. They traded the position of offering the topic, or originating a question to be answered by referring to the Bible. One Sabbath, Michael offered the duty to verify the validity of the ‘When does Jesus come?’ talk from Campmeeting.
Michael says “Joseph Clark says that Ezekiel 38, 39 and Zachariah 14 are referring to the same time. They both end the same in that the LORD terminates the oppression. What about Daniel 11? Can’t we say the same thing? They all end the same. The beginning of Daniel 12 seems to be the beginning of the millennium, is it not?”
“It looks like that. That implies that the prophecies preceding the LORD’s help are the same time. Ezekiel talks about Gog and Magog. Zechariah does not name the attacker, but the LORD fights against the oppressors. Daniel 11 goes into many, many, and many details about the attackers, but ends the same as the other prophets, no one will help the northern King. The oppression ends and the LORD is in control.
“Is an eagle ever in there?” asks Michael. “But look at Ezekiel 39:21-29,

21 And I will set my glory among the heathen, and all the heathen shall see my judgment that I have executed, and my hand that I have laid upon them. 22 So the house of Israel shall know that I am the LORD their God from that day and forward. 23 And the heathen shall know that the house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity: because they trespassed against me, therefore hid I my face from them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies: so fell they all by the sword. 24 According to their uncleanness and according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and hid my face from them. 25 Therefore thus saith the Lord GOD; Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous for my holy name; 26 After that they have borne their shame, and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made them afraid. 27 When I have brought them again from the people, and gathered them out of their enemies’ lands, and am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; 28 Then shall they know that I am the LORD their God, which caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen: but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left none of them any more there. 29 Neither will I hide my face any more from them: for I have poured out my spirit upon the house of Israel, saith the Lord GOD.
“It looks like it is all for God’s glory! So America is not there. I think that means that America is turned into a third-world nation or we neglect Israel. Look at Zechariah 14” said Michael.

” 1 Behold, the day of the LORD cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. 2 For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city. 3 Then shall the LORD go forth, and fight against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle.”

Pamela remarks “But look at verse two in Zechariah 14: ‘For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle;’ Since when does America battle against Israel?”
“Like I said, we are turned into a third-world nation or we are forced to neglect Israel.” said Michael.  “Pamela, as I wandered the web the other day, I found a news brief about a recent military development in Persia, Iran.  They have a new drone missile.  Some news people say Persia has tested a few nukes, so they can use their drone unit to send a nuke within a couple thousand miles!

A few days later, in thought about their studies a few days before, Michael concludes that they need to construct a wind generator and a solar water heater to survive!  “Pamela, in our Bible studies added to my reading today of Proverbs 8, I think we need to put up a wind generator and a solar water heater.  Proverbs 8 backs up my faith that God will provide, He is a guide to me.  Look at the verses!  It is wonderful!  Start at verse 17.”

I love them that love me; and those that seek me early shall find me. 18 Riches and honour are with me; yea, durable riches and righteousness. 19 My fruit is better than gold, yea, than fine gold; and my revenue than choice silver.  20 I lead in the way of righteousness, in the midst of the paths of judgment: 21 That I may cause those that love me to inherit substance; and I will fill their treasures.

“God has provided us with an income to allow us to use a wind generator for our power and a solar water heater for hot water.” said Michael.

In the next few weeks, Michael, Pamela and a few friends from the valley successfully setup a plan to construct a wind generator and a solar water heater.  But they needed a few other parts for the construction that Michael would pick up in Cheyenne.

Michael left early the next morning with Pamela to pick up the parts.  They stopped by some stores on Dell Range to select the parts.  But before they left Cheyenne, some signs at a bookstore caught Pamela’s eyes.  “Oh!  Michael, there’s a 50% off sale at that bookstore!  Let’s go!”

Michael turned into the parking lot and the couple went into store.  “Oh Pamela, they even have some books on sale for up to 80% off!  And look!  Here is Mark Steyn’s America Alone!”  said Michael as he grabbed the red covered book.  “Oh, look here is a quote from Joe Liebeman!  

 

“The thing I quote most from it is the power of demographics… But the other part is a kind of confirmation of what I know … that Islamist extremism has an ideology, and it’s expansionist, it’s an aggressive ideology. And the title I took to mean that we Americans will have ultimate responsibility for stopping this expansionism.”
Senator Joe Lieberman (Democrat of Connecticut)

 

“That’s the one mentioned at Campmeeting!  How Muslims want to control the world.  Let’s look at Steyn’s information.”  said Pamela.

Michael checked out with Steyn’s book, and they went back to the car to return home.

Michael completed the construction setup for friends to help with next week.  There was some code work to do, but in any off time, Michael sped through Steyn’s book.

He got up to grab a cup of coffee and returned to his lazy-chair in the corner of the living room.  He kicked back, sipped his coffee and pondered the world outlook of Mark Steyn’s book.  ‘The future in Europe, Africa and Asia looks pretty futile.  Muslims have babies faster then anyone else!  Where are the women liberation people in Saudi Arabia?’ thought Michael.

‘Steyn offered a reasonable solution………reform Islam.  And in Pamela’s Dad’s paper,  Ibrahim Kazerooni, says that if Muslim’s are given a choice of which sect of Islam to be in, 99.9% will leave Wahhabism, the Saudi State Religion!  Wow!’

‘Do we have a real Statesman, rather than a career Politician, to do what it will really take to reform Islam?  To face the Royal Family in Saudi Arabia to reform their Saudi State Religion?’

It’s a bright afternoon outside as a prairie dog ran for his life as the shadow of a valley hawk crossed his space.  Michael ponders his life, ‘As that prairie dog runs for his life, Pamela and I may  have to run for our lives with Jesus………’

 

 

  • Chapter 15
    Revelation of John Study Sabbath

 

 

“Those who expect to reap the blessings of freedom, must, like men,
 undergo the fatigue of supporting it.”



— Thomas Paine, author

 

On one Sabbath, Michael and Pamela decided to try to correlate the Revelation of John, Daniel 11, and Ezekiel 37, 38.  Can the words of each of the sections of the Bible be blended together? To Michael, some of Revelation is history, and some of Revelation is future that, in different books of the Bible are views from different angles of the same world occurrence.
“Michael, is seems a very reasonable assumption, to put Revelation 7: 3-8, the sealing of the 144,000 from each Israeli tribe, as a sealing of evangelicals to make Ezekiel 37:21-23 possible, is it not?” asked Pamela.
“I have wondered about those Ezekiel verses work with Matthew 21:43 ‘Therefore say I unto you, The kingdom of God shall be taken from you, and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.’ Are those promises made in Ezekiel conditional promises when Jesus said the Kingdom of God was taken from the Jews?” asked Michael.
“No, I don’t think so. There is no ‘if’ in the whole chapter of Ezekiel 37. It is an ‘absolute’ prophecy; it’s going to happen, period. But the ‘clinker’ in it, is the time schedule. I think it may happen shortly before, during, or after the Second Coming. The reason I do so, is because of Ezekiel 37:24 about King David. King David is past history, he’s dead, but if he is in the first resurrection, he can be the King! Or from 1st Samuel 13:14 and Acts 13:22, because ‘the LORD hath sought him a man after his own heart’ after Saul failed as the leader of Israel, David was chosen to lead Israel.  David and Jesus may be used as a synonym. Jesus will be the one shepherd of Israel.” said Pamela.
“That sounds like a fair assumption. It blends together well. The gathering of Israel may not be in an instant, but the sealing of the servants happens before the times of the curses. And the following chapters in Revelation may not all be chronological. Chapter 11 is the two witnesses in Jerusalem.” said Michael. But Michael also has a another explanation of the witnesses. “I have also heard another explanation of witnesses. They are history. They are the martyrs, those that were killed for standing up for the Word of God.”

Michael explains more of Chapter 7 of Revelation. “The curses can be history. The sun and the moon fell to the earth during the dark ages. It was a time of barbarians, people didn’t think, kind of like now when America is in an era of humanist teaching. ‘We came from nothing and will return to nothing and humans are their own masters of the future.’ ” said Michael.

“That makes it a fair time schedule. The Second Coming could be anytime! We don’t have to wait for anything. Then what about the Two Witnesses?  Can we personify them?” said Pamela.

Michael had talked to some people about the Witnesses. “Some people don’t personify the Witnesses. They make them the Bible, the First Testament and the Second Testament. Or Jeremiah 11:16 refers to green olive trees, the House of Judah and the House of Israel. But I like to personify them. Otherwise it’s hard to get them to stop the heavens of rain and to breath fire. But the problem with the Witnesses is Revelation 22:19, they can’t change the Word of God. So they are just telling about the Word, which is being a Teacher, not a prophet!”

“But what is another definition of a prophet? Someone that can tell the future. They don’t have to change the Word of God. They may be teachers that tell the future.” said Pamela.

“Hmmmm, All right, I guess that could work out. Okay.” Michael pauses and sits back in his chair. Pamela looks into his eyes, “Something is ticking.”

“Why couldn’t it be both! The witnesses are people to represent the House of Judah and the House of Israel! They are teachers because they base their message on the Word of God, and they are prophets because they ‘fill-in-the-blanks!’ They tell us what the Word of God means. Most mainstream Christians don’t know what the Bible means. That’s how they derive ‘cheap grace’: ‘believe in Jesus and do as you please!'” states Michael.

“You’re definitely correct there!” Pamela says with a sparkle in her eyes. Pamela is assured that she is in the best situation in her life with a man that studies the Word and agrees with her!

Michael then looks at Revelation Chapter 12 in his Bible. “The Revelation of John does not appear to be in an exact chronological order. The war in heaven happened before the foundation of the world. Look at verse five: ‘And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to his throne.’ That is Christ. That happened two thousand years ago. Satan lost the war in heaven and was cast down to the earth long ago.”

“I read a book called Watchkeeper’s Cry and the author took the book of Revelation chronologically, so he made it so Satan loses the war in heaven midway in a seven year tribulation. No matter of the time schedule, Christ will rule all nations with a rod of iron, and I’m on his team!” said Pamela.

“That is correct. So Chapter 12 is okay, but look at thirteen. I go with Joseph Clark from his talk. The early reformers identified the beast as the Vatican! I understand that it ‘died’ in about 1896, in some political nature and a few years later the Vatican was put back in power of the Catholic church. Another tie to the Vatican is Chapter 17:9. The seven heads are seven mountains that the Mother of Harlots sits. There happen to be seven famous mountains in Rome, where the Vatican is located.”

“Now, here is some interesting stuff in Chapter thirteen verse sixteen: ‘And he causeth all, both small and great, rich and poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, or in their foreheads:’ There are two ways to take that verse, literally or symbolically. The Beast has people receive a mark in their right hand or foreheads, or the Beast influences people to think and act the way he wants!” exclaims Michael.   

Pamela sits back in her chair, and comments “The literal way has some funny ‘real-life’ happenings now. Some people put a GPS (Global Positioning System) chip on their horses, and some agricultural groups REQUIRE GPS chips on cattle! They wanted people to put chips in their chickens too, but the cost ruled it out. So if some radical leader wants to index his people via a GPS for his database, it’s right here now!”

Michael sits back with a pondering look as he lifts his eyes from the end of Chapter thirteen. “Pamela, look at verse fifteen: ‘And he had power to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many as would not worship the image of the beast should be killed.’ Looks like we’re goners, huh?”

“If the Devil kills us, it’s just a part-time situation, after resurrection, we are with Jesus forever! Moving right along, look at Chapter 14 verse nine and ten: ‘And the third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark in his forehead, or in his hand, 10 The same shall drink of the wine of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into the cup of his indignation; and he shall be tormented with fire and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the presence of the Lamb:’ If we go the other way, we suffer fire and brimstone. I like the life with Jesus forever.” said Pamela.

Michael pauses and looks out the window to some running prairie dogs.  “In God’s justice, are people of the last days have life any tougher than people in the beginning?”

Pamela blurts out “It seems like it!  The mark of the beast seems to be a future occurrence.”

“Are you sure?  What is the ‘unforgivable sin?’”  asks Michael.

“It’s a lack-of-conscience, denying the power of the Holy Ghost!” said Pamela.

“Looking at a symbolic interpretation of the mark of the beast, and the beast is either Satan or a being under the power of Satan, where the beast controls ones thoughts and actions  When a person is under the control of Satan, does the Holy Ghost have any power?” asks Michael.

“NO!  That means that the ‘mark of the beast’ is the same as the ‘unforgivable sin!”  blurts Pamela.  “That means that in God’s justice, people of any age have life just as difficult or easy in God’s Plan for us!”

“You’ve got it!  It’s no GPS chip, no social security number, no physical item that was not on earth at the beginning!  Oh!  In God’s grace and justice!” exclaims Michael.  “That means that the 9/11 hijackers had the ‘mark of the beast.’  They committed meditated murder on over 3,000 people.  It means that girls that get abortions once and again and again and again, have sex for their own pleasure, and don’t see their stewardship to an unborn human being, but a piece of human flesh to be destroyed, have the ‘mark of the beast!’”

“But I have met girls that felt the promptings of the Holy Ghost, who felt the murder of their own flesh, who repented of the sin and witness to other girls to never have abortions.” said Pamela.

“You are correct!  ‘All have sinned and come short of the glory of God.’  Even as Christians, we sin, that’s a fact of life.  But we try to not repeat the same sin over and over again!  When we do something wrong, the Holy Ghost works on us, and we feel GUILT!  And we don’t like the guilt and so we stop doing what causes the guilt.  The Holy Spirit works with us.  It talks to us, and as long as we listen, we are on God’s team.” said Michael.

“But if we decide to ‘change the rules,’ change man’s laws, to eliminate guilt, that seems to mean that we have the ‘mark-of-the-beast!’” proclaimed Pamela.  “So when someone ‘sins against the Holy Ghost,’ that is, denies the Holy Ghost, or denies Christ, that is the ‘mark of the beast?” asks Pamela.

“Correct, when the Holy Spirit has no influence on you, when you do not want to be in God’s Kingdom, you have the ‘mark of the beast.’  Notice that God always wants one of His creation to be in His Kingdom.  Look at John 3;17 –  ‘For God sent not his Son into the world to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved.’” said Michael.

“And it seems that this ‘mark of the beast’ thinking is a gradual sort of thing.  Some of the girls I have talked to seemed to be in Revelation 21:8 ‘But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.’  They were mean liars with a different guy each month it seemed.” said Pamela.

“But from their stories, it was not always that way.  One of the girls mentioned that she did not feel a lot of love in her home,so she started, at an early age, young teens, trying to influence boys to ‘love’ her.  That was usually in a bed.  She felt a superficial sort of love, but it was more than she got at home.  At around fourteen, she was pregnant, and her folks told her to get an abortion.  She did, but she felt guilty.  She had a friend that showed her the ultrasound picture of a three-month old fetus.  She could see the arms, hands, legs and the head of the baby.  But between her folks and public school counselor, she had an abortion.” said Pamela.

“And as she explained it all, as she aged, she hardened her heart to life.  She needed love, but she never found the real thing.  Her life was filled with what was first presented to her as real love, but when she got pregnant, the boy dumped her and she got an abortion.”

“She had a very thick layer of emotional skin.  It took a long time to get the stories out of her.  I quickly presented Jesus and the Gospel to her, but she offered rejection of it all.  She said Christians are living in a fantasy world.  I offered the Pascal logical question: ‘If you’re right, I have lived a well-rounded Biblical life followed by nothingness.  If I’m right, we get the judgment, followed by nothingness for you and eternal life for me.’  She looked at me with slight questions in her eyes, then she turned and walked away.” Pamela turns her eyes back to her Bible and skims over to Chapter Fourteen of Revelation.

“Now look at the rest of Chapter Fourteen, verse twelve and thirteen: ‘Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus. 13 And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.’”

“So it looks like this beast, that can make the image appear to be alive, will kill us if we do not worship his image. The fire and brimstone from God is one I don’t want to endure. Jesus is my hero. He sets the example of life. The life HOWTO is in the Bible. Whoever this beastie is, I’m not in his fan club! How about you Pamela?” said Michael.

“I’m with you! “

“Thank you” said Michael as he stands and hugs Pamela.

“Let’s go for a walk!” said Michael as he grabs Pamela’s hand and they both bounce out the door.

After about an hour walking down their own County dirt road and looking at the forested bluffs to the south, they decide to go back to their home and finish that Sabbath.

As Pamela and Michael create a supper for that Sabbath, Michael begins a ‘Last Days’ scriptural checklist.

“As the ‘Last Days’ approach, what scriptures tell us what to look for?” queries Michael.

“Ezekiel 37 tells of a valley of dead bones that came to life to become a great army for Israel. Then the LORD God unified Judah and Israel to be ONE nation.” said Pamela.

“And that may be before, during or after the Second Coming.” said Michael.

“How do you know that?  How can you set a time for the dead bones?” asked Pamela.

“I don’t know why.  Let me think about that one.” said Michael as he put his arm around his wife and gave her a hug.

The next day, the first day of the week, or Sunday as it is known in most of the world, Michael received an email from his supervisor telling him of the latest contract the firm opened with the Bundesrepublik Deutschland (Federal Republic of Germany).  It was a type of contract that doesn’t happen very often, it’s like gambling.  A very large amount of money is coordinated with a short amount of time.  In this project, 72 hours.

The coding team of nine members had 72 hours to write productive code for the German government’s computer network based on Linux, Unix and Microsoft’s latest OS.  It turns out the the Government’s Cyber-Police were able to find a weak spot, used by a few crackers to cause trouble, in the Republic’s financial system.  After Michael was able to digest the goal of the project, he mentioned to Pamela “Here is a project that may take about two weeks of business days to complete, and our firm set up a contract like Wendy’s hamburger time-limit.  In time, or free from us.  Eight other guys that I work with a lot have three days to write the code that has to work!  So we get about two days to write the code and a day to debug it.”

Michael gave Pamela a kiss and quickly mentioned that he was going to retire to the study-work room, contact his co-workers, and may or may not be out for some food or sleep in the next three days.

“Can I sneak in and bring some food and drink?” asked Pamela.  “Sure, sometimes a little break interruption can unlock my thoughts to where they should be.” said Michael.

Pamela tried to focus on finger-foods and Mountain Dew: a hamburger, chips and carrot, dill pickle, celery slices.  Michael seemed to be content with the food and the work load.  So as Michael  continued to work, Pamela had a chance to read Ezekiel 37 and First Corinthians 51 and 52: Behold, I shew you a mystery; We shall not all sleep, but we shall all be changed, 52 In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump: for the trumpet shall sound, and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.

Pamela’s thoughts about Israel wander.  ‘Presently, Israel is so far from being unified about anything.  Some of those Israelites are coming right from America, or Russia, or China, some are moderates, some reformed, some fundamentalist.  No unification.  Maybe it is the first resurrection?  And the second coming?  How about Zechariah 14: 5 ‘Thus the LORD my God will come.  And all the saints with you.”

‘Those are the dead bones.  The great army.  Then, there is a tie between Ezekiel 38:21 and Zachariah 14:13.  They both have brother against brother against neighbor.  Looks like a ‘free-for-all’ set up for the unbelievers.  And in Revelation 14:13 John says ‘blessed are the dead who die in the Lord…..”

‘And how about the ‘at the last trump’ place of First Corinthians?  Maybe it is part of the Feast of Trumpets?’

Pamela keeps these thoughts about Israel in her mind as Michael continues his work in his study room.  Michael emerges after 36 hours to proclaim that the project work group have coded a basic workable program.  There are still some details, cosmetic preferences and bugs to work out.  “I want to grab a little sleep to be able to attack the rest of the work.” said Michael as he jumped into a shower to not dirty any bed sheets.

In as much as Michael skipped one night of sleep on Monday, a little early on Tuesday makes for a 4 am wake time on Wednesday.  So as Michael sleeps, Pamela thinks of her past reading of Late, Great Planet Earth book by Hal Lindsey.  ‘The foremost error was a centuries time error on Matthew 24:15 and Daniel 11:31.  It was not a future date but a Roman attack in 70 AD.  Jesus was answering three questions, when will the temple fall, what is a sign of your coming and when is the end of the age?  The ‘Abomination  of Desolation’ was when the temple was destroyed by the Romans, not by a future action.’

Pamela thinks more on Revelation Chapter 13.  ‘It is related to the Mother of Harlots and the seven mountains where it sits in Chapter 17.  The seven mountains represent the Vatican, the priests that they say are between believers and God.  In spite of the fact that when Jesus was crucified, the veil in the Temple was torn top to bottom.  That means that believers  have Jesus as a ‘hot-line’ between God and themselves.  Therefore, a priest is not between Jesus and a believer.  The Vatican is a little arrogant to make themselves so ‘big and important.’

‘Then, they make Jesus a liar by going with the Good Friday/Easter resurrection schedule.  He said in Matthew 12:40 that he would be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth.  Then, the  priests decided to commemorate the wrong thing.  We should   remember the atonement, the sacrifice Jesus gave.  It’s on the Lord’s Supper, the day before the Passover, the fourteenth day of the first month as in Exodus 11:2-6.

Then the Vatican decides to be anti-semantic and worship on the wrong day!  The first day of the week is a work day, not a church day.   Then to support their Good Friday/Easter schedule, the Last Day book writers even misinterpret Daniel 9:24-27.  The ‘he’ in the verse is the REAL Messiah, not a false messiah.  Jesus ended sacrifices; Jesus was the sacrifice to end all sacrifices!  And the ‘midst of the week’ is Wednesday.  And three days and three nights is Wednesday to Thursday to Friday to Saturday.  Mary went to the sepulcher at the ‘dawn,’ the beginning of the first day of the week: Saturday evening.

Then, Pamela thinks of Fox’s Book of Martyrs.  It shows how many ‘Christians’ persecuted other Christians!  Many deaths were caused by the Vatican, the Church of England, and the Catholic/Protestant terrorists in Ireland!  Fox’s Book tells of past persecutions, and in the present, the Voice of the Martyrs has lists of hundreds and hundreds of Christians being persecuted.  Then, add Hitler and the Third Reich with the Holocaust and the persecution of the Jews.  So, as Pamela thinks of past persecutions, there is no need to look to the future to fulfill Biblical prophecy.

Michael has been asleep of awhile and Pamela decides to go to sleep and ponder more on the second beast described by Apostle John: ‘I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a dragon.’  Pamela thinks of the differences between the First Beast and the Second Beast.

Before she decided to go to sleep, Pamela ran across an article about Muslims having a Pope.  She delves into the story:

 

From the Arab Press

Tuesday, June 21, 2005

 

A Moslem Pope?

In the wake of the death of Pope John Paul II, the Jordanian daily Al-Dustuor published an unusual commentary, saying that the Arabs should learn from the Catholics and have a Moslem pope!

 

The following are excerpts from the article by journalist Hussein al-Ruwashada:

 

“I know that in Islam no one has the right to be the representative of God on earth. But the fact that millions attended the Pope’s funeral and millions more watched it on television, prompts me to ask, ‘Why shouldn’t the world’s 1.5 billion Moslems have a similar leader?’”

 

“The Christian world is not as united as the Moslem world, neither religiously, nor geographically, nor politically. Nevertheless, they rally round a man with the stature of the pope. In the Moslem world, there is no man who could accomplish this. So we Moslems are like orphans. We are looking for a leader who is a spiritual father, a moral voice, whom the world will respect. We especially need a pope at a time when we want the world to understand that Islam is not a religion based solely on the sword.”

 

“Unfortunately, we Moslems are convinced that only the coming of the Mahdi—the Redeemer—will open the way to the Kingdom of God. But the Christian world, despite its divisions, faces the world with the moral power of one man, whose state [the Vatican] is not even a quarter the size of one of our small cities. Yet he has the power to influence the world.”

 

“A pope for the Moslems, why not? More than a billion oppressed and persecuted people feel orphaned in this world, where Islam has become a phantom, where terrorists have defined Islam to the world. This pope would have the moral authority to defend the image of  Islam and show the world that we, like them, are tolerant people.”

 

Pamela thinks on the story.  ‘Would The Islam Pope unite Muslims around the world like a Catholic Pope?  Hmmmm.’  She thinks of this idea of a ‘Pope’ for Muslims…   someone that rises to be like Mahdi?

By the end of the week, Michael’s metabolism had restored to a reasonable situation.  All the work for the Deutschland client was done.  It was a nice situation because they paid in Euros, which are stabler than the American dollar.  Also, when the company makes any international exchanges, the Euro has nearly a universal acceptance.

“Honey, this work for The Republic of Germany was interesting in that one of our coders is Dan, who spent some time in the Army, whose Grandfather was in the Army in World War 2, who dealt with General George Patton!  The word from the Grandfather was that Patton was not a ‘friendly-to-people’ kind of person.  His soldiers hated him.  And in fact, he was killed by ‘friendly fire!’  He was killed by an American jeep!”

“Wow!  But Hollywood takes that General and glorifies him!  When his own solders killed him!” said Pamela.

Michael had just finished the last of the company general work, had signed off for the week and was ready to enjoy a weekly Sabbath.  Michael informed Pamela of a book he had just found in a book store in Cheyenne a few weeks ago.  “I found this in a used book store in Cheyenne.  It’s called The Next Superpower, by Mark Finley.  He uses the same general information about the Vatican to label them as the First Beast.  On page 149, in 538 A.D., the Vatican conquered the last of three major powers that were making trouble.  Then in 1798 A.D., Napoleon Bonaparte used the murder of a Frenchman in Rome  as an excuse to invade Rome and take the Pope as a prisoner.  The Beast of the Vatican had a nearly long-term fatality, but after a few years, a Pope was back for the Vatican!  The 42 months equals 1260 days that translate to the Biblical 1260 years.  The difference between 538 A.D. and 1798 A.D. Equals 1260.”

“But Pamela, I need to critique Finley’s book with Steyn’s America Alone.  I did some looking into Islam.  Mohammad started his revelations in 610 AD.  In 1870, Muslims started to immigrate to America.  Look at the difference between 610 and 1870……   One thousand two hundred and sixty years!  Muslims in America don’t HAVE TO WORSHIP ALLAH if they don’t WANT TO!  They are free to worship whoever they want!  I see that as a nearly fatal wound.  In light of Mark Steyn’s writings and scripture, America will become an Islam State.

Pamela looks confused “Oh.  With all the evils of the Vatican, maybe they merge with Islam?  Does Finley’s book come up with a identity for the Second Beast?”

“Your assumptions are correct.  He outlines the Second Beast fairly well.  The First Beast came from water, or people.  Starting on page 184, Finley outlines all of the identity factors.”

 

  1. The Beast arises from the earth, therefore the Beast is a nation.
  2. The Beast arises around the year 1798.
  3. The Beast arises friendly to God and His people.
  4. The Beast arises without a King.
  5. The Beast grows to influence the world.

 

“Honey, it looks like those five points are five-out-of-five for the United States of America.  But America now is very anti-Christian.  How can America influence the whole world to worship the first Beast as the Vatican?” exclaims Pamela.

“Pamela, remember Daniel at Campmeeting mention The Third Jihad DVD?  Apparently, Mohammad said Islam will rule the whole world.  The DVD says American Muslims are targeting 2050 for America to become a Islam State!  But look at Revelation 13 verse 13 where the Second Beast causes fire to come from the heavens.  Honey, I think that means if America doesn’t peacefully become an Islamic State, we get nuked.  But I think the Vatican has more to do about that too.”

“Look at Mark 7:9.  Jesus is talking to the Pharisees.  Jesus says ‘Full well ye reject the commandments of God, that ye may keep your own tradition.’  The Catholics are just like that.  The Vatican makes the rules for the followers to hear.  The first people that translated the Bible for people, who didn’t know Latin, to read the Word of God were burned at the stake!  They changed the worship day from the seventh day to the first day.  They baptize babies who have no concept of who Jesus is and why they need to be baptized.  They have the timing of the Lord’s Supper wrong.  They ‘make-believe’ to turn Good Friday to Easter into Matthew 12:40 ‘three days and three nights in the heart of the earth.’  Or they just make Jesus a liar!” said Michael.

“A few verses ahead of the verse you mentioned, verse seven looks even better: ‘Howbeit in vain do they worship me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.’  Do Catholics have ‘cheap grace’ like many Protestants have?” said Pamela.

“Yes, what they are taught and how they act are two different items, so I think ‘cheap grace’ exists for Catholics.  Not so much ‘cheap grace’ but Catholics are supposed to WORK their way though Justification and Sanctification.  Many Catholics are strong in the faith that the Vatican has given them.  Many have died for their faith.  They are just like the Pharisees; they are too caught up in their own traditions, than concentrate on God’s Word in the Bible.  Maybe the ‘worshiping the image of the first Beast’ can be taken as ‘act in a similar manner.’  Maybe…….” said Michael.

“But……what is worshiped is an ‘image?’  An image is like what you see 100 feet in front of your car on a hot road.  It looks like you are going to drive into a lake!  The people you see on the television are images, the actors are not inside your TV.  The image you see is fake, not the real thing.” said Pamela.

“We worship the LORD and we want to be like His Son Jesus.  So maybe ‘worshiping the image’ is trying to act the same as the Pharisees, to emphasize traditions more than reality.  That can be summed up in my father’s paper on the State Religion.  America has their own version of reality that they teach kids in school every day.

 

  • There is no God.
  • We evolved from a chemical soup billions upon billions of years ago.
  • Homosexuality is a personal choice, and it is not wrong.
  • We can study Islam, Buddhism, or any other non-Christian religion, but if we study Christianity, we are ‘establishing a religion’ and we cannot do that.

 

So we can see, America’s image of  ‘reality’ is not close to God’s Word.” said Pamela.

“So right now, if the teachings of America’s State Religion are the image of the first Beast, all Americans are not worshiping the image.” said Michael.  “Some people believe all of the State Religion and they act like it was true; they believe they ‘evolved’ from animals so they act that way.  But all American citizens are not required to believe any of it.”

Pamela sits back with an intriguing look in her eyes, “How do you think it could be forced upon all citizens?  What about the First Amendment and the ‘establishment clause?’”

“Well, when the atheist ‘scientists’ talk about ‘scientific facts,’ the First Amendment doesn’t come into play.  We know it is a religion, but the general public thinks it is a proven fact!  No problem!” shouts Michael.

“But the government STILL can’t make a citizen believe something.  There are some real weirdos believing anything you can think of.” said Pamela.  “So I don’t know how the government can FORCE a certain belief.  Like having a social security number is not like a ‘mark of the beast.’”.

Michael’s face shows a very doubtful expression.  “That is of course, if there are no judges that feel that they can interpret laws to their liking and not how the Founding Fathers intended it to perform.” said Michael.

“But Michael, we have scripture pointing to the Vatican as the first beast.  A couple of years ago, some of the major news magazines covered a story about the Pope supporting evolution as our beginning!  Here, I was able to verify that information from a paper called: An Elementary Preservice Teacher’s Search for Solutions about the Evolution-Divine Creation Question: The Story of Tracy.  by authors Larry  D. Yore, University of Victoria and Tracy Knopp, University of Victoria.  In the paper they say: “Pope John Paul II (1996) affirmed that the theory of evolution had strong scientific support and did not contradict the teaching of the Catholic church as long as it did not impose a scientific causality for people’s souls.”

Michael’s face looks very disgruntled as he says “Pope John Paul II is definitely not a scientist with God’s Word in his heart when he says something like that!  What that means is that the Pope admits that the teachings of the Catholic church do not support all of God’s Word!”

“It sounds that he is trying to make the atheist scientist happy; he is compromising God’s Word.  So the Vatican has quite a record with the Bible don’t they.  They change the 4th commandment.  Ha!” said Pamela.

 

 

  • Chapter 16
    America’s Recession/Depression gets Global

 

 

“He who accepts evil without protesting against it is really cooperating with it.”

— Martin Luther King Jr, 1958

 

Of the 2.2 million Mideast Muslims in America, 400,000 can trace their roots back to Saudi Arabia or a firm Wahhabism type Muslim or relations with al Qaida or the Taliban. And up to this point in history, it was as if God had protected America from more terrorist attacks. But when the new administration, with a Democrat congress, began to pass more left-leaning laws, the terrorists seemed to be everywhere!
The Congress seemed to pass laws that were custom-made for homosexual lobbyists. In spite of past years’ votes by nineteen of nineteen States to define a marriage as a union of a male and a female, Congress seemed to use different words to define a homosexual union to sneak by the voted definition of a marriage.
And with the destruction of America the main focus of al Qaida, the Taliban, Iran, and Saudi Arabia, who withholds that information, but seeing that of the nineteen terrorists of 9/11, fifteen were Saudis verifies that the Royal Family is keeping the truth.  The fifteenth satellites launched by Iran should be an important item to watch in America. Of course, satellites were admitted by Iran; how many they have in orbit is nearly impossible to know.
America tries to identify all pieces of hardware orbiting this planet. But when you add everything launched to orbit the earth from America, Britain, Germany, France, Japan, China, Iran, all other countries that had satellites launched, add OCSAR amateur radio satellites in a low altitude going from the North Pole to the South Pole, from the 1960s to the present, there are thousands and thousands of satellites, called ‘space-junk!
But little known by the United States of America’s intelligence agencies, the Royalty of Saudi Arabia had joined the terrorists from al Qeada, the Taliban, Iran, and North Korea. From the days of Eisenhower, America had worked with the Royalty of Saudi Arabia, never looking into the details of the state religion of the country of Saudi Arabia. The Royalty of Saudi Arabia uses the time honored Islamic tradition of ‘taqiyya.’ That means that statements to the American President cannot be taken literally. The truth was slightly modified to sound good to America, but the actual truth did not sound very good at all!
So when the Royalty says that they are very thankful for the freedom of religion in America, that it gives Muslims in America a chance to worship Allah the way they want. They don’t say that the Muslims in America are looking forward to a time when they can put women in their proper Muslim situation; just like women in Saudi Arabia cannot drive a car or show their faces!
And of course, with the leadership of America, the refining of uranium for use in nuclear power plants in Iran was taken at face value. No one chose to ‘read-between-the-lines.’ Iran did not have any problem ‘reading-between-the-lines.’ Uranium was indeed refined to use in two nuclear power plants. It was also used for satellite power.
In history, it was known that North Korea was refining Uranium for use in power plants and exploding bombs. Geologists could tell by the seismic readings that North Korea had exploded a few dud bombs, but recently, they had exploded a few 15,000 tons of TNT type nuclear bombs. American intelligence had not seen any connections between North Korea and Iran.

“By today’s standards the two bombs dropped on a Japan were small — equivalent to 15,000 tons of TNT in the case of the Hiroshima bomb and 20,000 tons in the case of the Nagasaki bomb.”  Encyclopedia Americana. Danbury, CT: Grolier, 1995: 532.
America did not know the construction of Iranian satellites. They were constructed as spheres with antennas protruding and navigation jets. The spherical surface was constructed of ceramic, heat resistant surfaces. Little did America know but Iran was able to navigate two satellites to a touchdown within a fifty mile accuracy. The ceramic surfaces worked as an entry shield. So Iran was able to retrieve a data recording card from the satellites.
Therefore, when Iran used nuclear and solar power in their satellites, they also included some extra uranium and a method to induce a critical mass reaction of the uranium. The Iranians had cooperated with North Korea to verify that the critical mass reaction in an Iranian satellite would cause a relatively energetic nuclear explosion. Not knowing the cooperation of North Korea and Iran, American intelligence read the underground nuclear explosions as only North Korean.
And only having accuracy of 50 miles, like the distance between Fort Collins and Denver, with a nuclear weapon, 50 miles is no problem! Iran has ten nuclear powered spuds with critical mass nuclear explosion possible in orbit right now!  To verify nuclear satellite power see: Nuclear satellites in space..
Michael and Pamela were able to fend for themselves on the acreage. The dirt was in the process of development.
The next problem is the recession. As was mentioned at Campmeeting, when America did away with gold and silver as the basis of the American monetary system, trouble happened just as Joseph Story, a past Supreme Court justice of the early 1800’s, indicates in his book on the Constitution!  The Founding Fathers had lived through a few years of life using paper money as their financial system. That is why Article One Section 10 is there. When the Feds changed from the gold basis, they violated the Constitution!
Then, back in March 2008, when a financial group, Bear Stearns, ran into trouble from offering loans to people that should not have qualified for a loan, the Feds were able to bail the group out of trouble combined with JPMorgan Chase that picked up Bear Stearns shares for $2 that dropped from $30 a share.
The real-estate market had problems too. When the financial institutions offered sub-prime loans, interest only loans, and loans to people that should not have qualified, the companies were in trouble. Add to all that trouble, Dow Jones and all other stocks and bonds losing nearly 40 percent of their value, the economy was in trouble. The economists called it a ‘recession.’

So far, it was an internal situation. The trouble was in America to be reconciled by America. Except for the last few decades, America was influenced by the focus on globalization to countries in other continents of the world! Like the causes of the First Great Depression, where many Americans went to banks to withdraw all their money, so is it when almost all countries overseas redeem their US T-Bonds, and we have an $11 trillion debt, America has a great problem!
And many, many, and many large corporations, that began as American corporations, are now owned by a non-American entity. So when they want to ‘close-shop,’ or offer the company for sale, and nobody purchases it very soon, America is in trouble. For example, a meat processing operation, in Greeley, Colorado, began as ConAg, an American company. They employed many people and made a fair profit for shareholders. Then ConAg sold the plant to Swift. Shortly afterward, the Alcohol, Firearms and Tobacco (AFT) raided the plant and deported nearly 20% of the staff as illegal aliens! Swift offered the plant for sale. The operation was purchased by a Brazilian group who kept the name ‘Swift’ to keep the appearance of an American company!
As stocks and bonds decreased in value at least 40 percent, the unemployment rate also went up to 20 percent across America. Because of the real-estate problems, there were tent cities in major metro areas. Then add the unemployment, more homes were evacuated to add to the tent cities.

Michael went to his employer’s Cheyenne office to see his group leader regarding a recent project.  Steve, the group leader, showed Michael the motor governor that the client wanted java software to help regulate.  The client already has some assembly language/C++ to work with the governor, but they wanted a java software section to aid the governor operation on a new motor being built by the client’s customer.  Steve went through some more details regarding the client and what they are expecting from Steve’s group.

When the meeting with Steve was completed, Michael went by one of his favorite used book stores in Cheyenne.  He walked though the store with his eyes looking for something on politics or business and the economy.  He saw one by Larry Burkett called The Coming Economic Earthquake, published in 1991.  The title threw up a flag for Michael.  Are Burkett’s writings like a prophet’s words?

Michael scanned through the chapters.  Chapter 9: The time is approaching when the government can no longer fund its overspending without destroying the business base of America.  When the time comes, there will be few options available other than the printing of more money.  Every nation that has gone this route has sparked hyperinflation that eventually wiped out the middle class.  

Michael looks further.  Once the limit to which foreign investors will fund the U.S. debt is reached, a monetary crisis is not far off.  The printing of money  with no equity backing is essentially counterfeiting by the government.

Michael tucks the used book under his arm and strides up to the checkout stand.  He mentions to the cashier, “It’s an old book, but it seems that most future situations are repeats of history.  I’ll look at Burkett’s book, but from what I scanned in it, he seemed to be predicting a few things like a prophet does!”

The cashier replies, “Thanks for buying it here!  We will try the keep you well read.  Thanks,”

Michael returned to his car and traveled back to home with Pamela.

He makes his way up county road 148 to his home.  He enters the house and Pamela meets him at the door and remarks “Honey, as I wandered the web, I found a web page by Dmitr Orlov’s talk on Saturday, February 14, 2009 in San Francisco called Social Collapse Best Practices.  He was an immigrant from the old Soviet Union.  He sees similarities between the Soviet economic upheaval and the present American situation.”

“Like hyperinflation and no more loans from foreign investors?” said Michael.

“Exactly!   It seems that President Brian Henry O’Patrick’s ‘stimulus’ only added to the inflation in America and then foreign investors saw no equity and didn’t want to loan us money anymore!” said Pamela.

“Yeah, President O’Patrick, turned us into a whole ‘welfare state’ at the power of the rest of the world!”  

People were scrounging for work and money. Often, while traveling past vacant homes, you could see the Spanish words on the front window: no more copper! And when the general situations from the First Great Depression (FGD) are compared with the Second Great Depression (SGD), drastic differences can be seen. During the FGD, integrity and honesty were generally prevalent. If work was to be done, someone did the work. When an item had a price, the price was met, be it work, a barter, or money.
But in the SGD, integrity and honesty were not generally prevalent. When an item had a price, if no security was provided, the item was gone! Stealing and lying were very prevalent.

Also, here are some underground, now main media information.  A financial group, Lehman Brothers, had about $2.6 Million loans and no one would buy them.  They were junk-bonds to the max.  So they ‘repackaged’ them and the Feds bought them!  The article was on A12 in the Wall Street newspaper.

And some groups like Moody, are not tough anymore, they are in cahoots with the companies they rate.  Groups that should be rated very low, are now AAA with only junk bonds to offer!  That’s how the market fell.  The top people in America have no integrity!
Because of the global market now, when one country enters a depression, all countries economies suffer.  Just as with NAFTA, when America has trouble, that pressures Canada and Mexico into their own trouble.  So now, America’s problems are shared around the world!  Be it Australia, France, U.K. or China, the unemployment problem, and the general hunger problem, that previously was centered in Third World countries, was now a worldwide problem.  

More global problems happened when Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac ‘government backed real-estate institutions’ fell apart.  Nations around the world made a close look at a very egotistical nation that got so wrapped up in its ‘financial magic’ that allowed them to do things that had no ‘common sense’ or were dishonest.  In the post-modern America, common sense turned into ‘nonsense.’

But regardless of the global problems, Michael and Pamela were able to supply the basic stables of a diet.  They were not totally dependent on basic utilities.  They had solar cells that during a warm night were able to export some power back to the power grid in their area.  They had established an automatic deposit from the utility company, so for a good month they were able to come out ahead in funds.

Michael was still employed to write code, but the client load had lightened a little.  Some of the clients went belly-up, out of business, but others were still trying to operate.  Some of their clients were municipal governments that could not go out of business, but cut many programs offered to their citizens.

The Federal people made an $800 Billion dollar ‘bail-out’ for the auto industry, and the financial groups across America.  The so-called ‘financial jump-start’ convinced some of Michael’s clients to spend more money on some new and improved software that Michael developed.  So it had a positive influence on this Stay family from the midst of dry land in Wyoming.

But Michael finds out that in spite of the business ‘bail-out’, when the Austrian banks started to go belly-up, the whole world was in trouble.  In America, real social turmoil happened.  In urban areas, the general ‘survivalist’ methods were to steal the food you needed.  When almost all of the retail facilities were without any food, the next step was to steal from restaurants.  When all the restaurants were without food, homes in ‘well-to-do’ neighborhoods were broken into.

Law enforcement had no room left in prisons, so facilities similar to war prison-camps were built.  However, in rural areas, the basic ‘survivalist’ method was to grow your own food and barter with your neighbors to gain what you needed to live.  Pamela and Michael praised to Lord for their good fortune.

 

 

  • Chapter 17
    The Last Elected President

 

 

“A people that values its privileges above its principles soon loses both.”

— President Dwight D. Eisenhower, 1953

 

The last election that Americans enjoyed was after Democrats controlled all three posts of a Constitutional government: the Judicial, the Legislative and the Executive branch of government.  The President dearly supported the concept of a socialist government, where no one can be rich due to the redistribution of any wealth.  One does not need to have a conscience, for your wealth is distributed without your will; the government takes the lead.  If someone needs an abortion, the government will fund it.  If a homosexual couple wants to marry, fine, the government will provide it.

In a few elections, the Democrats were able to reach a filibuster-free majority of the Senate.  So whatever the President dreamed up, the Legislature could make it a law and any legal problems could be ‘fixed’ by a Democrat controlled Supreme Court!
So homosexual ‘marriage’ was nationally legal.  No state of county could negate what was a national law.  Then with active courts ready to help the Constitution ‘evolve’ rather than interpret what it said, bestiality and polygamy legality followed shortly.

Months and months went by.  Michael checked more on Internet news on the economy and the recession turned depression.  It seems that the Vatican had reached an agreement with an international humanist group.  Pope John Paul II stated in 1996 that evolution is an acceptable idea for a good Catholic.  This humanist group was able to receive an agreement that public school doctrine of evolution of human beings from lower forms of life was acceptable too.

They were also able to obtain some favorable words when they stated the latest reports from the World Health Organization (WHO) on overpopulation of this planet.

This humanist group did not like the Christian survival rate, so they collaborated with the left leaning academia to speculate that Christians have not ‘evolved’ well enough to allow them to prolong their survival!  ‘We definitely do not want the chance of one of our people that have evolved to a more intelligent level to fall in love with one of them and cross-breed to an inferior level of intelligence!’

‘Of course, they are a group of people who dearly believe in an invisible, omnipotent, god that science has positively proven does not exist!  Why, the scientific age of the earth does not agree with their ‘Book of scripture’ the Bible.  The earth-wide flood has be proven wrong, has it not?  What about their mindset regarding homosexuality?  Their preachers are guilty from all of our recent hate-crimes, for teaching that ‘it is a sin to be homosexual!’  There is even a group called ‘Exodus‘ of past homosexuals that teach that homosexuality is a choice!  That the love of their god can change them to be heterosexual!  They fall-in-love with someone of the opposite sex!  Can you believe it?’

“They even think they have a ‘right’ to not perform a service or sell an item to a homosexual because they think homosexuality is wrong!” stated the humanist group.  “We need to track down all Christians and terminate them from our midst.”

Beginning years ago, by now, the homosexual and atheist lobby has destroyed the Constitution.  The hate crimes include anything about gays and lesbians.  Christianity has been crippled.

Humanism is part of the State Religion.  The State Religion knows no God.  Human beings have no purpose in life other than self-gratification.  This is the way Public School teaches our children.  

The Pope denounces the humanist statements, and says that with more cooperation, the people of the earth can provide food for all citizens.  In years past, the Pope made a yearly statement about Fighting Poverty to Build Peace.  The Pope has a very optimistic viewpoint of humans helping each other.  The mechanics was possible if people would help each other.

A meeting was held between G20 leaders, WHO, Humanist leaders, the latest Democrat American President, the EU Prime Minister and the Pope.  Overpopulation was the primary objective of the meeting.  What did all these leaders have in common?  Control of world markets could be controlled in a religious manner.

 

  • According to the Pope, all religions worship the same God.
  • According to Humanism, all people and animals evolved from something that has always existed.
  • According to WHO, overpopulation means some people need to be eliminated.
  • According to G20 leaders, the Global Free Trade Agreement (GFTA) will be able to supply the remaining population with food commodities.  

 

However, the Second Great Depression had an effect on some of the population of the world.  The Global Free Trade Agreement included some incentive to the world population to think and act like the world leaders wanted.  Between the Pope and reps from the EU and USA concur that they are worshiping the same God.

America reaches a point where politically it can be broken down into four groups:

  • Bible believing fundamentalist Christians
  • Bible compromising Christians
  • Left-leaning Anti-Christians
  • Muslims

 

Of these groups, only number one and number four keep a birthrate above the 2.1 child per woman rate to allow a static repopulating of American society.  Politically speaking, in some situations, Group one is opposed by the three other groups.

Group Two is made of Christians deceived by man’s ‘wisdom.’  The deception usually begins with deleting or changing God’s commandments.  By putting man’s ‘wisdom’ above God’s Word, any matter may be possible, like supporting Sharia Law in America.

Group Three is fairly simple.  The Adversary convinces them that the Bible is a book of fairy tales; a concoction of man’s writings, since of course there is no “Supernatural Being” called God.  They use there own ‘wisdom’ to change the Axioms of Thermodynamics to support their cause. Group Three of course, spends much energy and will-power to convince the world’s society that the main world  problem are these uneducated Christian fundamentalists attacking ‘science.’  However, after an inspection of the problems, one can see that it is science vs ‘science’ or Religion vs religion not science vs Religion.

Group Four was able to join with the humanist ideas of Groups Two and Three to outvote Group One.  Therefore, with Group Four claiming and proving through elections a majority status, a Muslim President was elected.  However, many Muslims in Group Four were taught by most Imams that when dealing with infidels, the end justifies the means; you can lie if you are working towards a theocracy of Islamic rule!  

But in years to follow, when America became more and more like Europe, parts of Group Two and practically all of Group Four joined with a fraction of Group One to oppose the leftish look of America.

But in spite of the left-force from the President, the Legislature and the Supreme Court, the government favored putting Sharia Law in action.

And since Islamic rule and Sharia law was not Christian, Group Three and part of Group Two showed allegiance with Group Four.  That allegiance was used to amend the first two Amendments of the Bill of Rights to say that no religion “other than Islam” could be established and that only the Islam Militia could have guns.

But interestingly, after the Muslim favorable President enacted Sharia Law in America, all terrorist action against America came to a screeching halt.  Therefore, the President and Legislature could repeal the Patriot Act!

That also meant that international economic commerce in America increased.  Homeland Security was out of business!  Shipment to and from America was much quicker.  But the North American continent was still trying to climb from the global recession/depression.   So in this situation, the left-leaning government became a left-shoving government.  They wanted so much to be ‘just-like-Europe’ that they jumped at the idea of incorporating the two other governments in the North American continent to become the North American Union!

Because Mexico, since the Party of the Democratic Revolution (PRD) is much more popular, recognizes homosexual marriages and Canada has recognized and almost encouraged homosexuality and marriages, the Democrat controlled government wasted no time to present the NA Union idea to the other countries!  And it would have an economic boost to the whole continent!  

So America, with a marginal amount of opposition from people thinking that the United States of America needs to remain a sovereign nation, recognized and accepted Canada and Mexico as members of the North American Union.   Then, these three countries in the NA Union appoint the Prime Minister of the Union as in the European Union.

So because of his popularity with political Groups Two, Three and Four, President O’Patrick is chosen by the Members of the new North American Union to be the NAU Prime Minister!  He now had all of North America to administer a ‘moderate Sharia Law!’

Michael and Pamela kept glued to as many media reports they could find: FoxNews, CNN, MSNBC, NewsMax, the Citizen, and BBC.  Pamela mentioned to Michael “Just how ‘moderate’ is O’Patrick’s Sharia Law going to be?”

Michael ponders those words and replies “Honey, it depends on what brand of Islam O’Patrick believes.  I think he may be like Sunni; the most popular type around the world.  If he adheres to the First Amendment, and applies strict Sharia Law to Muslims and not us infidels, we can survive!  But if he gets tough on all of us, it could be difficult!”

Pamela questions Michael “Have you ever looked at information about Islam?  Like the Five Pillars of Faith?”

Michael replies “Nope.  But I think you have!  So tell me the story.”

“Well, I looked at the Five Pillars of Faith, and they are trouble for a Christian from the start!  I found some information on the Wikipedia.  I don’t know Arabic, but here is the web page.  Honey, here, give it a look:

 

The Shahadah (Arabic: شهادة (help·info) transliteration: Šahādah) is the basic creed or tenet of Islam (Submission): “‘ašhadu ‘al-lā ilāha illā-llāhu wa ‘ašhadu ‘anna muħammadan rasūlu-llāh“, or “I testify that there is no god (ilah) but Allah, and I testify that Muhammad is the messenger of Allah”. As the most important pillar, this testament is a foundation for all other beliefs and practices in Islam. Ideally, it is the first words a newborn will hear, and children are taught as soon as they are able to understand it and it will be recited when they die. Muslims must repeat the shahadah in prayer, and non-Muslims wishing to convert to Islam are required to recite the creed.[3] Technically the Shi’a do not consider the Shahadah to be a separate pillar, but connect it to the beliefs.

 

“So Honey, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob is not Allah!  It seems then that accepting Muhammad as a messenger from God would cause one to deny Jesus Christ as the Son of God, would it not?   And do you remember the beginning of The Third Jihad movie?  How some Muslim terrorists captured and killed over 150 children from a Russian school?”

“Yes, the terrorist version of ‘justification’ is a little bizarre.  It seems that human life is nearly worthless.” said Michael.

“I also did a little word-search in the Qur’an and it looks pretty bad.  Here is one that fuels many terrorists.  Here, it is on the monitor now:

 

[2.191] And kill them wherever you find them, and drive them out from whence they drove you out, and persecution is severer than slaughter, and do not fight with them at the Sacred Mosque until they fight with you in it, but if they do fight you, then slay them; such is the recompense of the unbelievers.

 

“There is talk of the words of Muhammad, that the trees will talk to say ‘Here is a Jew hiding behind me!’” said Pamela.

“Wow!  I guess Muslims have a big problem of coexisting with Jews, don’t they?” said Michael.

“Yes, they talk of the Prophets and refer to the Bible, but they claim that the Jews and Christians have their story wrong.  The Muslims claim that Jesus was not crucified but caught up to Allah!  Here is the Qur’an telling the story about Jesus.   And they call Jesus, ‘Isa,’ the Messiah.  

 

[4.157] And their saying: Surely we have killed the Messiah, Isa son of Marium, the apostle of Allah; and they did not kill him nor did they crucify him, but it  appeared to them so (like Isa) and most surely those who differ therein are only in a doubt about it; they have no knowledge respecting it, but only follow a conjecture, and they killed him not for sure.

[4.158] Nay! Allah took him up to Himself; and Allah is Mighty, Wise.

 

“So we have three perceptions of Jesus.  Some Jews support the idea that Jesus didn’t die, but was rescued by the Apostles from the sepulcher to hide in a cave far away.  Correct Christians believe that Jesus was crucified, resurrected, and lives at the right hand of God before his second coming.  And it looks like Muslims merge Jewish and Christian stories together.  Jesus did not die but lives with Allah.” said Michael.

“I even found out more on the Muslim ideas of Jesus Second Coming too!  I wandered the web and saved a page from Mozilla Firefox.  Muslims believe that Jesus is coming again in a yellow robe in Damascus!” exclaimed Pamela.  “Tell your associates to check out WiKipedia.org about the Muslim Jesus’ second coming.”

“Wow!  Many people believe in a supreme being, so in that respect, they are deists; the atheist State Religion here in America did not convince them that no God or Intelligence Designer exists!  But the Adversary mixes up the deists!  It takes the Holy Ghost to make up the difference.  It takes prayer, and fasting to find God.” said Michael.

Michael was standing behind Pamela’s chair to see the computer monitor.  Pamela stands, looks Michael in the eye and says “I found God, He guides me in my life.  And I found you!”  Pamela’s hands touch Michael’s hands, and slide up his arms to his shoulders.  

Michael looks into Pamela’s  eyes as his hands grasp around her.  “God guided us together.  Thank you for being my wife!  We can survive together.”

 

 

  • Chapter 18
    Occultation

 

 

“I am sure that never was a people, who had more reason to acknowledge a Divine interposition in their affairs, than those of the United States.”

 

  • President George Washington, 1792

 

 

Pamela mentions how on a recent QSO with a ham operator in Saudi Arabia, that he said how the Muslim leaders claim that Muhammad al-Mahdi has appeared from an Occultation.  Pamela said “Michael, a ham that I talked with said that a man there in Medina claims, what would be equivalent to a Christian, claiming that Jesus Christ returns!”

“Oh, some other information the ham mentioned was that al-Mahdi came from Medina in Saudi Arabia and when he left Medina, an unseen voice from the clouds said:  ‘This is the representative of Allah, 
The Mahdi, listen to him and obey him.’  All Muslim people pledged their allegiance to Imam Mahdi” said Pamela.

“Wow!  Let me look at our BBC online.  Since the depression, CNN, Fox News, CNBC are usually not online.” said Michael as he went to their Debian GNU/Linux desktop to look up the bookmark for BBS News.   The satellite connection to the Internet still works, so if they can supply power for their computer systems, they can go online.  “The BBC has the story on their first web-page.” said Michael.

Pamela looks at the web-page to try to find out if the story from the  Saudi Arabian ham operator is the same as the BBS story.  “They seem to match what the ham told me.  He claims to be Muhammad al-Mahdi, and they have some additional information.  He appears to have extreme power.  There was a woman not attired correctly for a Muslim, and he reduced her to dust on the sidewalk!  Wow!” said Pamela.

“Hmmmm, all Muslim countries are submitting to his leadership.  Be Sunni, Shi’a, Wahhabism, or what, they all are submitting.  In addition, he is telling the rest of the world to submit to his leadership.  What is he going to do if they don’t agree?” asked Michael.

“That BBC picture of him looks like an old Clint Eastwood sort of ‘Go ahead, make my day’ look, don’t you think?” asked Pamela.

“Uh-huh, what’d take for a cue on that?  Maybe he started with Eastwood  on the ‘Good, Bad and Ugly’ and watched every flick he made.  Maybe his looks CAN kill?” said Michael.

“Oh, OPEC cut all exports of oil to nations that do not submit to his leadership. That is a fairly powerful item there.  Let’s not get too excited here, let’s do some packet on 2 Meters and see if anybody else has a different subject.” said Pamela.

“Well, let me check my workload from my boss, I need to get back to my work.  I’ll be back later.” said Michael.  Michael worked the rest of the day as Pamela talked with some friends on the local digipeater who told her that there was some skip on 6 Meters for some DX to Asia.

The next morning, they both looked at the BBC web-page.  It appears that Mohammad al-Mahdi calls American troops in the Mideast as ‘unjust, to be healed,’ and wants all nations of the world to submit to his  leadership.  The European G20 nations met and decided to surrender.

What little petroleum America has cannot be cutoff.  And EU does not want to suffer at all.

Michael had done some previous work to find the population percentages for Muslims in Europe.  It turned out the U.K. had about 5%, France about 10%, and Germany about 5% Muslim population.

The absolute value of the numbers do not seem to have much power. However, when the small minority of those numbers are in a few positions of power, they seem to be able to change the future.

And now, with the Occultation of Mohammad al-Mahdi, the Muslims in positions of power all have allegiance to al-Mahdi whether in the past they seemed to be conservative or liberal.

One day later, Michael and Pamela find out that America has a new leader.  Pamela sits back, and as Michael can see, her thoughts are racing.  “Michael, somewhere in Second Kings there is a story about Naaman bowing before a pagan god.”   Michael grabs his King James Bible to look.

“Pamela, it’s in chapter five of Kings II.  It is quite a story.  Naaman is a great leader of Syria with leprosy.  He was directed to Elisha who told him to dip seven times in the Jordan river.  He was expecting a great supernatural event, not just dipping seven times in a dirty river!  But his servants convinced him to do as Elisha directed.  He was clean!  He told Elisha that there were no gods but the God of Israel!  He would offer no sacrifices to other gods.  He said that when he returns to his home, his master will go into the house of Rimmon to worship there, and he leaneth on my hand, and I bow myself in the house of Rimmon.  When I bow down myself in the house of Rimmon, the LORD pardon thy servant in this thing.  And Elisha said unto him, Go in peace.”

Pamela thought for a moment.  Then Pamela said “So Michael, this Sharia stuff can be very cosmetic.  It appears to be a few outward appearances.  al-Mahdi didn’t say anything about ‘knowing’ the Qur’an.  Just ‘appear’ to be reading it and them turn east and appear to pray to Mecca.  al-Mahdi did not say anything about ‘learning’ the Qur’an.  It sounds like Naaman.  We know about the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and His Son, Jesus.  We just go though the appearance of the Sharia.”

Michael proclaims these words “The appearances can be cosmetic, but if an Imam asks you to say the ‘Profession of faith,’ we could be in trouble.  The ‘Shahādah ‘ amounts to saying this: ‘I testify that there is no god (ilah) but Allah, and I testify that Muhammad is the messenger of Allah.’”

Pamela waits to be sure to have Michael’s attention.  She looks him right in the eyes.  She calmly states the words of Revelation 14 versus 12 and 13.  They were part of memorization verses in a past Sabbath school class.  “Here is the patience of the saints: here are they that keep the commandments of God, and the faith of Jesus.    And I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labours; and their works do follow them.”
“Honey, sometimes the Holy Spirit tells you ‘stay quiet’  and other times it will say ‘tell the truth.  It’s all for the glory of God.’  Sometimes we cannot stay quiet.  We can’t lie to the Imam.  Even if your mortal life depends on it.”

Michael keeps his eyes looking in Pamela’s eyes.  He can see the  sparkle of truth there.  He reaches to her shoulder and calmly says “You’re right.  There is no way out sometimes.  It’s like the Boy Scout motto, ‘be prepared.’  So let me check some Internet news.”

Michael went over to his Debian GNU/Linux desktop computer to check some BBC news.  A large digital photo appeared showing Imam al-Mahdi and the Pope shaking hands.  The headline reads: ‘We worship the same God!’

However, regardless of what the Pope and al-Mahdi claimed to be truth, Israel, along with most Sabbath keeping Christians and Messianic Jews, did not believe a word of what was said.  Therefore, al-Mahdi ordered all EU military forces to prepare to attack Israel.

 

 

  • Chapter 19
    The United States of Islam

 

 

“America will never be destroyed from the outside. If we falter and lose our freedoms, it will be because we destroyed ourselves.”

 

  • President Abraham Lincoln

 

 

Michael was able to complete a fair amount of research about the American President Brian Henry O’Patrick.  The President was born in California near LA, is an American citizen, he was an athlete in Public School, went to UCLA, and then to a law school in California.  Some of his papers on the Constitution were published.  He appeared to be a Democrat with a conservative slant, so his writing subject was whether the Constitution should ‘evolve’ or be merely ‘interpreted.’  

He was a Sunni Muslim and he believed that the First Amendment should  be enforced in the United States of America; no religion should be forced upon any American.  And in being a devout Sunni, he believes in creation  by Allah.  All beings and the universe were created by Allah.  

President O’Patrick, being educated in Public School, he has first hand knowledge of how atheism is being forced on American Public School children.  At UCLA, he had majored in biology, and had spent some of his studies completing an undergraduate course in biochemistry.  During the biochemistry course, he had spent time chiding the professor about Ben Stein’s Expelled: No Intelligence Allowed movie.  Student O’Patrick was an eloquent speaker, and he was able to draw in the class of ‘forced atheist’ students to side with him against the professor’s lack to keeping all the laws of science!  

O’Patrick quoted the 1st and 2nd Axioms of Thermodynamics when the professor covered the ‘beginnings’ of amino acids.  The astronomical statistical ‘chance’ of the needed amino acids just ‘happening’ to react themselves into existence were mentioned in class.  O’Patrick was an excellent student and from that day on the professor only dealt with biochemistry in a present-day laboratory attitude.  No ‘beginnings” were mentioned.   

As the President, he was able to, without a doubt, force, the National Science Academy to rephrase their atheist standpoint of all their writings.  Also due to the increasing Muslim population in America, most school boards had yielded to be Muslim request to stop the past atheist teaching in almost all Public Schools.

The past Muslim riots in Denmark regarding the cartoonist, and France dealing with a very slow economy, acted as an incentive for American Muslims to make it known that American Muslims will not compromise their religion to go to a Public School.

Michael and Pamela stayed glued to the high-speed Internet newscasts about the riots that covered all America.  The higher number of Muslims made it known that they will not change to fit America, but the America will change to fit them!

In years past Pamela had done some reports on past riots in America.  She  reported on the Watts riots in LA and the conglomeration of riots in the late ’60s that dealt with the Vietnam war.  The Muslims riots in America were like all the riots that had happened in five years over one summer!

The American situation was like a parenting problem with kids.  Does a parent give-in to the childlike actions like pouting and tantrums?  Or does the parent stand firmly based on the principle of the situation?  

Since America in general, after calling James Dobson’s books on how to raise a child a book of heretical psychology, had lost the skill to correctly discipline kids, the Muslim rioters muscled a population of less than 15% to a majority in the Legislature.   Many Senators and Representatives passed laws the Muslims wanted.  Like making ALL Americans ‘act’ like they were Muslims, e.i. All women cover their heads whether Muslims or not.  Have all businesses stop five times a day for Muslims prayer whether Muslims present of not.

O’Patrick wanted to keep the First Amendment, but the violence of the riots, spoke louder that his principles.  

By the next day, Michael and Pamela had obtained the latest information from the BBC web page on the Internet.   Michael exclaims “So now, in addition to the GFTA, we now have, thanks to the nine commandments of the Catholics, where they changed number four to Sunday from the seventh day of the week, your obedience to the Sharia is tied to your ability of purchase food at a commercial grocery store.  Apparently, we can still barter with our neighbors or manager Joe down at his locally owned grocery store.  If he doesn’t get in trouble with the ‘law’ for not requiring any Sharia worship from his grocery clients.”

Pamela, with a thoughtful eye and a very ‘to-the-point’ voice, said “Catholics need to go down to a Protestant  type of Christian book store or a public library, oh, excuse me, Bibles are not allowed in public libraries now, that is as the left leaning courts say, ‘starting a religion’ and purchase or check-out an old King James version Bible and look at Commandment number two in Exodus 20!”

“You are correct Pamela.  There are some important parts to it too.”  Michael reads it from his King James Bible.  

 

4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: 5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I the LORD thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me; 6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments.”

 

Michael finds an online Catholic Bible:

Exodus – Chapter 20

1 Then God spoke all these words. He said,
2 ‘I am Yahweh your God who brought you out of Egypt, where you lived as slaves.
3 ‘You shall have no other gods to rival me.
4 ‘You shall not make yourself a carved image or any likeness of anything in heaven above or on earth beneath or in the waters under the earth.
5 ‘You shall not bow down to them or serve them. For I, Yahweh your God, am a jealous God and I punish a parent’s fault in the children, the grandchildren, and the great-grandchildren among those who hate me;
6 but I act with faithful love towards thousands of those who love me and keep my commandments.
7 ‘You shall not misuse the name of Yahweh your God, for Yahweh will not leave unpunished anyone who misuses his name.

8 ‘Remember the Sabbath day and keep it holy.

9 For six days you shall labour and do all your work,

10 but the seventh day is a Sabbath for Yahweh your God. You shall do no work that day, neither you nor your son nor your daughter nor your servants, men or women, nor your animals nor the alien living with you.

11 For in six days Yahweh made the heavens, earth and sea and all that these contain, but on the seventh day he rested; that is why Yahweh has blessed the Sabbath day and made it sacred.

Pamela sees the screen, quickly reads it and proclaims, “It looks like images are in there just like a Protestant one!  Did we get some flawed information before?”

“Looks like number two is back, they just have not checked a dictionary to see which day is the seventh-day-of-the-week!  They are still antisemitic.” said Michael.

“Pamela, the news from BBC seems close to Revelation 13, doesn’t it?”

The report from the Islam Moral Police showed that many of the Christians in the inter-mountain west and northwest had failed to complete any of the basic five prayers a day, let alone read the Qur’an.  Many didn’t even purchase the Qur’an or pick up a free copy from the mosque!

The Pope’s rule in the post-modern world and America was superficial.  Catholics appeared to honor him on visitations, but on most moral issues like birth-control, he seems to have little American affect.  It seems that a majority of Catholics are Democrats, but the Democratic Party supports ‘Free-Choice’ on abortion.  What the Pope  says and what Catholics do, are two very different items.

Michael arises from the computer desk, walks by the front window to see active prairie dogs scampering on the hill across the county road in front of their home, and slowly sits down on the sofa.  He puts his hand along the back of the sofa and Pamela sits down beside him.  He sits quietly and looks at his wife.

“Honey, a lot has happened in a short amount of time.  Tough economic times to show from the bottom up, that our society’s moral fiber is practically non-existent.  If you need something for your family, go out and steal it.  If your family needs money, pimp your twelve year old daughter.  ‘Right’ and ‘wrong’ are a relative items, it all depends on the particular situation.” said Michael.

“Then our Muslim President that said he was going to ‘moderately’ enforce Sharia Law, meaning that only Muslims would be affected by Sharia Law.  But after pressure from Stateside Muslims, he changed his mind; everybody needs to keep Sharia Law!  So ALL women need to cover their heads, ALL women need to wear clothes ‘approved’ by the Moral Police, and ALL North American Union citizens need to pray five times a day!” said Pamela.
“And if we don’t keep the Sharia Law, we are classified a terrorist on the ‘hit-list’ of the Islam Militia.  So all our food is food we grow or barter for in the local market.” said Michael.

In the days to come, the situation got worse for Michael and Pamela.  Michael’s work supervisor emailed Michael to tell him that he had to be removed from payroll unless Michael kept Sharia Law: prayed five times a day and recited at least the first Pillar of Faith to an Imam.  To O’Patrick, workers are ‘selling’ their services to the companies that offer employment.  Therefore, all workers needed to keep Sharia Law.

Michael exclaimed to Pamela, “Well Honey, I need to be removed from the payroll where I work.  So with our survival, we have a water well, we have a wind generator for power, and we have a solar water heater.  We have a garden to provide food.  We have already been kicked off our cell phone service, and our Internet connection is by a fair connection from the general broadband signal from an Amateur Oscar satellite.”

 

  • Chapter 20
    The Declaration of Independence in Action

 

 

“Whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or to abolish it, and to institute new government, laying its foundation on such principles and organizing its powers in such forms, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.”

The Declaration of Independence

Michael and Pamela kept up-to-date on the changes in the American Laws.  Michael and many political friends were aware of many underground militias that had a fair amount of ammunition.  They were well aware a grassroots force of pioneer offspring and fourth and fifth generation kids of foreigners settling in America.  The generations that came to America in the last forty years may have no clue of what Independence Day really means, unless they have the spirit to research or friends that can tell or show them what freedom means.

Michael also knew that the grassroots force was a Judeo/Christian thinking group that was not afraid to be very politically incorrect.  They still had the idea that ‘right’ and ‘wrong’ are idea that God wrote on stone.  They are not ‘relative’ to certain situations, so they don’t change.  Like ideas that a man and ONE woman marry to have a family, kids respect their parents, and that  married couples don’t cheat each other to have sex with anyone else.

Michael also pondered what effect the grassroots ideas would have on any politicians.  Pamela was able to stay fairly informed about the latest news from the OSCAR satellite system.  “Michael!  The Governor of Utah is giving a special speech now.  No video, but we can read the text of his talk.” said Pamela.

The Governor of Utah began his speech.  “I address all citizens of the United States of America.  After the Bill of Rights have been practically ‘burnt at the stake’ and American’s liberties crushes before our eyes, my thoughts dwell on the words of Patrick Henry’s ‘Give me Liberty or Give me Death‘ speech of 1775.  The Utah Congress and I decided to let each Utahan citizen make the decision themselves.  ‘Do I yield to the jurisdiction of the Sharia or not?’”

“However, collectively, the Congress and I also decided to allow all military personnel, from this time on, to exit the military service in Utah and immediately leave Utah or continue under the leadership of myself and our new military leadership in the Republic of Deseret.  This means, that from now on, each American citizen in Utah have two options:”

  • “Accept rule of the new worldwide leader al-Mahdi and the Muslim Sharia and leave the Republic of Deseret.
  • Reject rule of al-Mahdi and the Muslim Sharia, and stay in the Republic of Deseret.  Accept the Law of the Republic of Deseret, which includes the old First Amendment Freedom of  Religion, not Freedom from Religion, but if you obey al-Mahdi’s terrorist tactics, you will be prosecuted as a ‘Terrorist against Deseret’ in the new laws passed by the Deseret Congress.

 

“Roe versus Wade abortion court decisions left the choice up to each pregnant woman.  Upon their choice, they use their stewardship to a young human being;  Whether they give life or take life is their personal decision.  Similarly, the choice is yours, whether you submit to Moral Police of reject life under Moral Police.

The new Prime Minister of the Republic of Deseret finishes his speech.  Michael and Pamela look at each other with wide eyes of concern.  Michael grabs his King James Bible to search the Book of Revelation.  “Honey, this is right out of Chapter 13; verses 9 and 10: ‘If any man have an ear, let him hear.   He that leadeth into captivity shall go into captivity: he that killeth with the sword must be killed with the sword. Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.’  Looks like the Moral Police have a bit in store for them when they taser and shoot people.  It describes the situation.  When Moral Police limit people’s choices, that is, leadeth into slavery, and inflict death, they will reap the same for themselves.”

When the Democrat controlled government had more-or-less fallen off the left side of the planet earth, the State of Utah succeeded from the Union as the Republic of Deseret.  It was not a Mormon Theocracy, but a democratic Republic where most of the citizens were Christians who kept their priorities in this order:

 

  • Christ in their minds and actions
  • Spouse
  • Children
  • Job
  • Community
  • State

 

The past Governor became the Prime Minister of the Republic of Deseret.  He gave the American military a choice of staying in Deseret in the new military service of Deseret or leaving Deseret to remain what had become the Islam Militia.  

Therefore, the largest base in Deseret was Hill Air Force Base in Ogden.  The PM of Deseret annexed southern Idaho to allow Boise, Mountain Home,  Idaho Falls, Pocatello and Rexburg to be in Deseret.  That included Mountain Home Air Force Base to cooperate with Hill AFB.  In addition, the Tooele Army Depot, cooperated with the Deseret Prime Minister to form the military forces of the new Republic of Deseset.

A month later after the possibilities of air attacks into the Republic of Deseret were leaked by intelligence sources, the leaders of Nellis AFB near Las Vegas, Nevada quickly reversed their allegiance to Deseret, the home of Hill, and Mountain Home AFB.

In addition to smaller land in America, or as the Democrat controlled government had done, America had been renamed to United States of Islam, this ex-America Moral Police had problems in getting the citizens to remain Islamic moral.  Many times underground militias had caused problems for the Moral Police when they harassed a women for not being Islamic moral.  

Therefore, the Moral Police were reinforced by regiments of the Islam Militia.  This increased the staff of the underground militias.  More Americans saw a need to oppose the Islam Militia when women were being harassed for not keeping Sharia Law.

Michael searched the Web a little more about America’s situation.  Many of ex-American citizens took Patrick Henry’s words to heart.  It was as if they read his whole speech from March 23, 1775, especially the last paragraph:

 

It is in vain, sir, to extenuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace–but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish?  What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!

 

It also seemed that the 2nd Amendment had its positive results also.  There was a split between some of the left leaning citizens.  The academia favored the Sharia rule but the labor focused citizens went to arms when the Moral Police required a woman to always cover their heads when in public.  And when prayer was required five times a day, trouble followed.  When the Moral Police used tasers to ‘remind’ citizens to kneel and pray, more trouble and some shots killed Moral Police officers.

Once in Michael’s studies in political science at CSU, he had done some research on the Democratic Convention in 1968 in Chicago.  Democrats had divided on some issues, and riots occurred.

In conventions, the Democratic party occurrences were associated with some non-violent protests, and some violent protests.  The ’68 Convention made the news by a series of very violent protests.

So what that means is that some of the left-leaning citizens can be very violent if they think that is the best action to take.  Therefore, the action taken against Sharia rule was rather violent.

 

 

  • Chapter 21
    The Two Witnesses

 

 

“For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son of man be.”  Matthew 24:27

 

In Revelation 11: 3 And I will give power unto my two witnesses, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth. 4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the God of the earth.  5 And if any man will hurt them, fire proceedeth out of their mouth, and devoureth their enemies: and if any man will hurt them, he must in this manner be killed. 6 These have power to shut heaven, that it rain not in the days of their prophecy: and have power over waters to turn them to blood, and to smite the earth with all plagues, as often as they will. 7 And when they shall have finished their testimony, the beast that ascendeth out of the bottomless pit shall make war against them, and shall overcome them, and kill them. 8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified. 9 And they of the people and kindreds and tongues and nations shall see their dead bodies three days and an half, and shall not suffer their dead bodies to be put in graves. 10 And they that dwell upon the earth shall rejoice over them, and make merry, and shall send gifts one to another; because these two prophets tormented them that dwelt on the earth. 11 And after three days and an half the Spirit of life from God entered into them, and they stood upon their feet; and great fear fell upon them which saw them. 12 And they heard a great voice from heaven saying unto them, Come up hither. And they ascended up to heaven in a cloud; and their enemies beheld them.

Pamela and Michael had enjoyed the Sabbath this clear, bright, spring day today.  They had a chance to walk their dusty county road and watch the latest construction projects on the local prairie dogs field.  They returned home, relaxed on their living room sofa and looked out the window to the hill bluffs in the sunset.  Michael hugged Pamela, “I am all yours!”

As Pamela said “Thank you honey.  And I am just for you!”  Pamela’s desktop Linux box notified the couple of an urgent email.  Pamela had completed an amateur packet setup through an Oscar satellite.  “I set it up to keep messages silent during the Sabbath, but at sunset, it alerts us of any messages.  And it appears that a friend from Israel sent a message to tell us of, what they title themselves as, ‘Two Witnesses.’  That terminology is familiar to Christians, but to the Jews in Israel, it is new territory.  He says that when they came, they constructed a fair size platform at the Temple Wall.  Israeli security people came to stop them, and when the security people tried to use physical force to move them, they breathed fire out of their mouths and they finished the construction!  They climbed to the platforms and spoke to the Jews in Israel and the Lost Tribes around the world!  My friend says that the media came and they plan to cover the Two Witnesses 24/7!  He says they should be on CNN and Fox News right now.”

“Boy, we expected this sooner or later.  Let me see if I can get Fox News live now on the Web.” said Michael.  “Fox is doing a pretty good job on the words spoken by the Witnesses too.  They have audio, but they also include text on their Web page.”

“Here Pamela, the text of their words from the start:”

“For forty two months, we will prophecy and witness, primarily to the  House of Judah and to the House of Joseph, the stick of Ephraim.  Because the time of the gentiles is complete, we focus on Israel dispersed throughout the world.  The House of Joseph represents the lost tribes of Israel.  As the House of Judah was dispersed around the globe, so was the House of Joseph.”

We will prophecy and witness to everyone on this planet.  Some will be to individual people, and some will be the groups of people.  We have forty-two months to witness the all people of an accountable age.  That means we will witness to a twelve year old sometimes, and to a twenty-two year old for another.  People do not mature at the same ages, and God takes this into account.  That also means that baptizing a baby should not ever be a question, but nevertheless, it is done when the baby has no idea of what it means to be baptized!  Then, when the person reaches an accountable age, they are not baptized when they DO KNOW WHAT IT MEANS!  

In our prophecy and words, we will often refer to the Word of God, the written words of Moses, prophets and followers.  We refer to Isaiah Chapter six and Chapter fifty three:

‘Then said I, Here am I; send me.’  The first witness, Avi, commented on that verse, “This is the beginning of Isaiah’s ministry, he tells the Lord God, ‘I will.’

‘9 And he said, Go, and tell this people, Hear ye indeed, but understand not; and see ye indeed, but perceive not. 10 Make the heart of this people fat, and make their ears heavy, and shut their eyes; lest they see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and convert, and be healed. 11 Then said I, Lord, how long? And he answered, Until the cities be wasted without inhabitant, and the houses without man, and the land be utterly desolate, 12 And the LORD have removed men far away, and there be a great forsaking in the midst of the land. 13 But yet in it shall be a tenth, and it shall return, and shall be eaten: as a teil tree, and as an oak, whose substance is in them, when they cast their leaves: so the holy seed shall be the substance thereof.’

 

Avi continues his comments, “Isaiah asked, ‘how long will their Israel be blinded to the truth?’  The Lord answers be saying ‘the land will be completely desolate.’  The words of Isaiah match the words of Zechariah 14.

 

1 Behold, the day of the LORD cometh, and thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. 2 For I will gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city.’

 

“Israel is blinded to the truth, until the world invades Israel.  What is Israel blinded from?  Isaiah explains the truth that Israel is blinded from understanding.  In Chapter 53, Isaiah states:”

 

1 Who hath believed our report? and to whom is the arm of the LORD revealed? 2 For he shall grow up before him as a tender plant, and as a root out of a dry ground: he hath no form nor comeliness; and when we shall see him, there is no beauty that we should desire him. 3 He is despised and rejected of men; a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief: and we hid as it were our faces from him; he was despised, and we esteemed him not. 4 Surely he hath borne our griefs, and carried our sorrows: yet we did esteem him stricken, smitten of God, and afflicted. 5 But he was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities: the chastisement of our peace was upon him; and with his stripes we are healed. 6 All we like sheep have gone astray; we have turned every one to his own way; and the LORD hath laid on him the iniquity of us all. 7 He was oppressed, and he was afflicted, yet he opened not his mouth: he is brought as a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is dumb, so he openeth not his mouth. 8 He was taken from prison and from judgment: and who shall declare his generation? for he was cut off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken. 9 And he made his grave with the wicked, and with the rich in his death; because he had done no violence, neither was any deceit in his mouth. 10 Yet it pleased the LORD to bruise him; he hath put him to grief: when thou shalt make his soul an offering for sin, he shall see his seed, he shall prolong his days, and the pleasure of the LORD shall prosper in his hand. 11 He shall see of the travail of his soul, and shall be satisfied: by his knowledge shall my righteous servant justify many; for he shall bear their iniquities. 12 Therefore will I divide him a portion with the great, and he shall divide the spoil with the strong; because he hath poured out his soul unto death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and he bare the sin of many, and made intercession for the transgressors.’

 

My question House of Judah, who is the ‘he’ referred to in Isaiah’s words?  From over two thousand years ago, does the name Yeshua, that is almost forbidden by your Rabbi, fit the description for the ‘he’ in Isaiah fifty three?   Yeshua is the Messiah for all of Israel.  He taught the Word of God, and he lived the Word of God.

In scripture, Colossians Chapter two verse fourteen: ‘Blotting out the handwriting of ordinances that was against us, which was contrary to us, and took it out of the way, nailing it to his cross;’

Yeshua took the Book of Law away, the book that was written by Moses’ hand.  But the Law written by God’s hand is still in effect.  For Yeshua said: If you love me, keep my commandments.    

That includes all of the Ten Commandments: have no other gods before me, do not make graven images, for God, your God, is a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me;  And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments.  Do not take my name in vain.  Remember the Sabbath day, for in six days the LORD made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day.  Honor your father and mother.  Do not commit murder, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not lie, do not covet.

If a person loves God, they will keep His commandments.  From Yeshua’s time to the present time, people who love God, keep His commandments.  Many people are deceived by false prophets and false teachers.  Man thinks they can change God’s commandments, and please God.  That is a lie.”

“Michael, Fox News is interrupting the Witness’ talk, listen.” said Pamela.

“We interrupt the Witness’ speech now to listen to our linguistic team.  First we will listen to Mr. Brian Baklem.”

“I was to translate from Hebrew to English, but as the first Witness spoke, he was speaking Afrikaans, my first language from South Africa!  I spoke with one of our other team members from our Munich, Germany staff, and he said the Witness was speaking German!  We both talked to our Religion staff, and we are informed that this is similar to  an  early Christian church situation called the Day of Pentecost, when the Apostles spoke in tongues!”

Mr. Baklem continues, “What that means to the linguistic team is we can all go back to the offices we came from!  The words spoken are translated in the listener’s ear!  It’s a miracle!”

“That’s the latest news from Fox News.   Now, back the the Witness speech in progress.” said the Fox News emcee.

“No person can change God’s commandments.  Ever, period.  However, there is an Apostate Church that thought they had the authority to change God’s Laws!  There were many leaders who tried to offer a reformation of the Apostate Church, but they still missed one point of the Ten Commandments, the Sabbath.  Let me refer back to what they said:

“The first I will mention was Martin Luther who lived from 1483 to 1546.  I will refer to a book in publication so you can understand that I am not speaking false words.  It is in literature that is readily available.  Our Master God was not keeping His people in ignorance, but in light, unless they wanted to be without knowledge!”

The reformers were lead by God Almighty on nine of the Ten Commandments but the Adversary kept them ignorant of the importance of the Sabbath!

Our next point is the name of the church.  After God creates this world, all the animals in it, and then man, what should the name of the church be?  The word Catholic is a Greek word that means ‘universal’ or ‘throughout the whole’.  Catholic does not appear in scripture, nor does Methodist, neither does Church of Christ.  So what should the name of the church be?  What appears six times in scripture?

Church of God appears six times.  God created all, and His Son, Jesus the Christ is our Redeemer, and our Savior.  So God’s church should be called: the Church of God.

Our next point is the question: who forgives sins?  God can forgive sins.  Can Jesus forgive sins also?  The Gospels show that Jesus can forgive sins.  For in Philippians 2:6 “Who, being in the form of God, thought it not robbery to be equal with God.”

Now, mathematicians, here is one for you: when something is ‘equal,’ are they ‘the same?’  Two plus two equals four.  But looking at the characters ‘2 + 2’ is not the same as ‘4.’  In that, Yeshua is ‘equal’ with God His Father.  But he is not the same!  God can forgive sins and so can Yeshua.

But can a Catholic Priest forgive sins?  By what authority?  Catholic Priests are like Apostle Mark writes Jesus’ words “Howbeit in vain do they worship me, teaching for doctrines the commandments of men.”  Catholic Priests cannot forgive sins; God forgives sins.

The Catholic Church is so dominated by its doctrines.  It proposes that a non-Catholic person cannot gain salvation.  Its doctrines follow: “Hence they could not be saved who, knowing that the Catholic Church was founded as necessary by God through Christ, would refuse either to enter it or to remain in it.”  Why would one who studies the Word of God, submit to a group of people that does not believe all of the Word of God?  Who changed the Forth Commandment?

“This is Chuck Brown of Fox News and we have Ricardo Dietz of the Religious Studies of the University of Mexico.  He has a few words to say regarding the the Two Witnesses.”

Mr. Dietz emotionally says the following words:  “These two Witnesses are trying to appear as the Two Witnesses spoken of in Revelation Chapter 11.  However, back in Jewish history, it can be seen that during the Pharisee’s sorcerer spells, the Devil can perform miracles also.  These Witnesses are members of the Devils team.  They are inhuman freaks trying to deceive the very elect of the Catholic Church.”

Mr. Dietz continues, “The Pope has petitioned Israel to stop the Witnesses, to arrest them and charge them with blasphemy.  For they are using the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob and His Son, Jesus, as the focus of their words.  They are pursuing a God that does not support actions of the Catholic Church.  They are twisting the Bible to support what they say.”

The Fox News broadcaster informs listeners that Mr. Dietz has completed his comment on his impression of the Witnesses.  “We will return now to the words of the Witnesses.”

“We wish to return to history to point out the failures of the Apostate Church to follow the Word of God.  To do that, we refer to the words that Martin Luther nailed to the doors of the Apostate Church.  The quickest way to access this text would be to go to the cyberspace of Martin Luther’s 95 Theses.”

The first Witness, Avi,  speaks, “Christians have had this information available for centuries, but the Protestants seem to have forgotten it.”

 

The Witnesses continued their words, and the next day, mortars struck the Witnesses to no avail.  The Witnesses continued preaching and witnessing to all people around the world.  More mortars struck them with no effect.

In their witnessing to the House of Judah, one day they talked to a particular family in Portland, Oregon.  “I sense a family in Portland, Oregon, is nearing a situation where the Holy Spirit will manifest to them.  It is the Harris family.  In the extended family, Diane, Brenda and Timothy are keeping their acceptance of Yeshua private.  They are keeping it secret from their family and the public.”  

“My words to the Harris family are, as Chanukah approaches, think of the Maccabees, the hammer.  The hammer can crush the ‘walls of fear’ between you and your parents and the public.  The Holy Ghost can help project the importance of Yeshua in your life, to your parents.  You need to let your parents know your loyalty to Yeshua.”

“The House of Judah expected a Messiah to free them from Rome; they missed the sacrifice of all sacrifices that Passover.  Yeshua gave his life for our sins.  Jesus was not a United States Marine, but he keeps the motto of the Marines, he is Semper Fi, Always Faithful.  He said, ‘If you love me, keep my commandments.’   When you have Yeshua in your heart, and keep his commandments, you are a tool with His power.  Read the Word of God and memorize verses to use when you need the Word of God in conversation.”

Zacharia spoke about how he sensed a few members of the Israeli Supreme Court will be unblinded and see how a Messianic Jew is indeed still a member of the House of Judah or the House of Joseph.  Therefore, they can return to Israel, they did not change their religion.

Zacharia continues, “To the House of Judah, I question.  To an outside observer, one watching your actions only, could they see a difference between a Jew and a Messianic Jew?  When  Yeshua taught, did he teach to not be concerned with the clean and unclean meats?  No.

Some Christians take Yeshua’s words out of context to support their teachings to Gentile Christians.  Therefore, the diet of a Jew and a Messianic Jew does not vary in any points.

Did Yeshua negate the commandments written by God’s hand?   In Matthew 5:18 Yeshua said: ‘For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled.’

So I propose that an outside observer would not see many lifestyle differences between a Jew and a Messianic Jew.

However, one difference that would be observable refers to the disciple words taken out of context that I mentioned before.  It is Peter’s vision of a sheet of unclean meats descending to Peter.  As the King James scripture says: And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean. What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.

This happened three times.  A voice said to Peter ‘What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common.’  Then, the three servants from Cornelius arrived to convince Peter to go with them to visit Cornelius.  Cornelius told Peter of his vision.  ‘Then Peter opened his mouth, and said, ‘Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons:’

Peter told a brief history of God, Israel and Jesus.  The Jews that came with Peter saw the Gentiles in Cornelius’ home produce some of the gifts of the Holy ghost: they spoke in tongues and magnified God.  Peter then made a conclusion and spoke to the group: ‘Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we?’

Zacharia boldly speaks to the House of Judah “Was Peter’s vision to prepare him to go to Cornelius’ home to feast on pork chops?  No!  The vision was to prepare Peter to visit Cornelius and see the gift of the Holy Ghost to uncircumcised Gentiles!”

“House of Judah, you do not need become an Apostate Catholic to accept Yeshua as your Messiah, your Redeemer, your Savior!  Lifestyle wise there is no difference between a Jew and a Messianic Jew.  However, a Messianic Jew is ‘right with God.’  A Jew without Yeshua is not complete.  They are not taking advantage of all of the Gifts of God.”

Avi continues,  “There is perception of mind, a mental revelation for a Jew.  All the facts have been available for centuries, the Jews have been blinded, but God is letting Jews see the light of Yeshua.  There has been a  physical aliya of Jews to their homeland, but now there will be a mental aliya of Jews to God’s Son, Yeshua, the Word of God.  For in Revelation 19 verses 12 and 13 are words about Yeshua:  ‘His eyes were as a flame of fire, and on his head were many crowns; and he had a name written, that no man knew, but he himself.  And he was clothed with a vesture dipped in blood: and his name is called The Word of God.‘”

Avi quietly walks to the front safety guard rail of the Witness platform.  He leans against it, raises his hands and begins to speak.  “There is another mental revelation to Unbelievers.  In addition to Messianic Jews, there are a new group called ‘Messianic Muslims!’  

“They are Muslims that have a manifestation of the Holy Ghost to know that Jesus Christ is their personal Lord.  They receive knowledge that Jesus is the Way, the only Way to eternal life!

“And in fairly recent history, archaeologists unearthed writings  dubbed  “Gabriel’s Revelation” that verifies that the concept of the Jewish Messiah’s death, three-days in the heart of the earth, and resurrection was not a story created by Christians.” Zacharia exclaims.

The prophet Daniel said in chapter 9 verse 24: ‘Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy.’  What does the prophecy mean by 70 weeks?  From the standard day per year understanding, that means four hundred ninety years to ‘finish transgression, end sins, make reconciliation, bring everlasting righteousness, seal up the vision and prophecy and to anoint the most Holy.’  From what time does the four hundred ninety years begin?  The next verse explains:  ‘25 Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth of the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem.’  From Ezra 7:13, Artaxerxes decreed to rebuild Jerusalem, which was 457 years Before Christ.  

So, with some mathematics, on a scale with no zero, meaning the mathematic answer needs to be one greater, those six things had to be done by 34 years After Christ.  In verse 25, we see that within those 490 years, we see the Messiah the Prince after 483 years, or 27 years After Christ.  That happens to be the year Christ was baptized.  The House of Judah, as a country, did not complete the six items mentioned in Daniel 9:24, so it became personal to perform those six items.  It became a personal duty to ‘finish transgression, end sins, make reconciliation, bring everlasting righteousness, seal up the vision and prophecy and to anoint the most Holy.’  

As Jesus said in Matt 21:43, ‘the Kingdom of God shall be taken from you.’  And it was given to believer out of the House of Judah and the House of Israel, to the Gentiles.

They continued to witness, and prophecy for the months remaining in  their forty-two months of service.  They witnessed to many people and thousands and thousands of people obeyed the Holy Spirit that came to them.  They were baptized by complete immersion, to show to the world that they were to keep commandments of Jesus, and to surrender to God and His Son, Jesus.

Their time completed and the next mortar that hit them killed them.  The people around them cheered and left them on their platform.  But after three and a half days, eighty-four hours, the Spirit of God resurrected them.  The crowd was amazed.  They stood on the platform and the power of God lifted them up through the clouds to be with God.

 

  • Chapter 22
    The American Jihad

 

 

Here is the patience and the faith of the saints.

-Revelations 13:10

 

In America’s history, things occurred that ended up being repealed.  For example, the Prohibition went in force after intense work by the Temperance movement.  The Prohibition was a noble idea, but people are weak and fall back into the forces of the Adversary.

Alcohol in moderation, that is, don’t get drunk, is tolerable.  However some people cannot reach a reasonable level of alcohol consumption.  Some folks always go to the extremes and get very drunk and do stupid things, like trying to drive their car safely.

Michael and Pamela reached a good level of safety.  Because Michael’s Great Grandfather was an alcoholic, after seeing a show on the Public Broadcasting Network, he decided he needed to be a teetotaler.  The show showed the magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) brain-scan of a normal person and an alcoholic.  They showed very different brains.  They contrasted like night and day!  They were not the same.  So Michael and Pamela decided to not consume any alcohol at all.

But as the Prohibition happened, and presently, some other forces were working in America to change the country.  One example is when the Pope visited America back in 2008.  When he made an appearance, there were usually a huge amount of people to see the Pope!  That means that a lot of Americans see him as he proposes; the Pope claims to be the one-and-only earthly representative of God!

President George W. met him at the airport!  Pat Robertson met with him and after the meeting, stated that the two had the SAME beliefs!  And in the recent years past, there was a movement to MAKE America a Christian nation.  The people behind the America Christian Nation movement failed to see that such an action needs to start from the bottom up.  For the same reason, that’s why the Prohibition failed.  It couldn’t be ‘force fed’ to the American society.

But as a ‘top-heavy’ movement, this MAKE America a Christian nation movement, was force-fed to the American society!  Now, because the Vatican compromises with the humanists of the world in accepting Darwinism and evolution, in essence, the Catholic earthly ‘God’ does not believe the Bible as the Word of God!

When the world civilization settled, Europe and England were settled before America.  Along those lines, often social developments and habits occur first in Europe.  This also happened regarding religion.  For example, Christianity started in the Mideast first, then traveled to England and then North and South America.  Islam is in the same process now, first developed in the Mideast, Europe, England and then America.

Michael and Pamela finished their first year at their property.  They are able to garden and obtain a fair amount of food.  They go to the local grocery store only once a month or so.  Michael is able to do enough coding to allow a minimum sort of income to allow the couple to purchase some basic staples to live on.

Everyday, Michael looks at an Internet news page to see what is rumbling in America and around the world.  The economy has been in bad shape in America, but Michael and Pamela are able to survive.  But Michael sees that like a dysfunctional family’s members become interdependent for the wrong reasons, the global economy has made most countries interdependent also.  

We liked NAFTA so well, get ready for GFTA, the Global Free-Trade Agreement!  We suffered disabled economies from NAFTA, now we can share disabled economies around the world!  Singapore, Australia, China, you name it, GFTA can claim it!

The worldwide economy was very poor.  The starvation rate was always fair in Third World countries, but now it was much higher in developed countries like the North American Union and the European Union.

Michael announced to Pamela on day that they can go on as usual.  “We can still raise food in our garden and purchase what is lacking at the grocery store” said Michael.

Through the Web, Michael finds some actions of the Moral Police.  In recent situations, the consequences range from a warning, jail, or execution.  Some  Christian ministries have been warned and upon sight execution follows.  Those ministries are the proselytizing Mormon missionaries and Jehovah Witness missionaries.

“This looks exactly what the atheist monarchs are looking for.  They see nothing believable in Christianity and they like seeing Christians executed.” said Michael.

Michael and Pamela read the news from new President O’Patrick’s Web page.  All news came from government sources; all private news sources came to an end.  Past Socialist and Communist parties were very happy with the O’Patrick/Pope implementation of a collective ‘theocracy.’  People no longer had the chance to privately own anything.  Michael and Pamela were far enough out of town to continue with private ownership.

Pamela mentions her perception of the news on the government page.  “The whole system, the ‘powers-that-be,’ seems a bit like the Three Musketeers story: ‘All for One, and One for All!’  We are far enough away from urban cities in Deseret that the Moral Police don’t have a chance of visiting us yet.”

Michael sternly replies to Pamela, “Honey, that is a matter of time.  The Moral Police will make their way to the outskirts of Wyoming.  We are on the border of the United States of Islam (USI).  But I think they will come in by force.  The local people around here are pretty good sharp-shooters.  A couple of guys were snipers in the Marines.  They completed two tours of duty, when we invaded Iraq back in ’03.  Average military bullets per enemy death is about six per corpse.  With the snipers, it’s 1.3 per corpse.  They are good.”

“Okay  Honey, you’ve got me there.  I guess I can dig up my old VHF/UHF scanner from the old days when anything ‘on-the-air’ was legal to receive.  Then the ‘invasion of privacy’ people were armed with lawyers to convince the FCC to make cell phone and other transmissions illegal to listen to.  I can scan some, but we are too far away from anything to receive a high frequency.  Let me get a hold of the BeeHive Net or some other USI illegal amateur radio people.”

With the new socialist doctrine, amateur radio was made illegal.  But there were enough Constitutionalists sort of amateur radio people that private communication continued.  Oftentimes, the Moral Police tried a communication jammer, a 10 kw 5 mhz wide noise generator.

The amateurs were able to QSY, change frequency, enough to miss the jamming.  But sometimes the Moral Police would use some radio locater equipment and able to locate the amateur and either execute if the operator resisted arrest or put the operator in jail.

Most Muslims had no problem submitting to Moral Police, and many Catholics had no problem submitting to Moral Police because it was commanded by the Pope.  However, some Catholics that were well read of the Bible, saw how the merge of Islam and Christianity was wrong.  Then they saw directly how the man-made image of God’s Church was exactly out of Revelation 13.

Even some agnostic people saw how Academia had tried to choke a State Religion down their throats.  Some agnostics gave God’s Son  a name: Jesus.  They saw the personal choice to be made.  Citizens can submit to the rule of Moral Police, or reject the rule of Moral Police and suffer the results.  Rather than the mark on the right hand, keeping the Sharia, or on forehead, thinking the Sharia, they take the mark of God on the forehead and guaranteed eternal life.

Michael commented “Honey, because we are on the  border of the USI and the Republic of Deseret, the Moral Police do not frequent our area much.  From the Deseret News out of Salt Lake, Warren AFB in Cheyenne has joined with Hill, Mountain Home, and Nellis AFB as the air powers of Deseret.  And besides Deseret military opposition, there are many home-grown militias causing problems for the Islam Militia.”

The Muslim favorable President O’Patrick needed a quick solution.  It had become much more difficult to control the people of the North American Union.  He flew to Bagdad to meet his Middle Eastern leader contacts, and a quick solution was found.  The solution would happen within two weeks.

Twelve days later, Pamela watched news on the Web and it appeared that some communication problems had arisen from New York City, Washington D.C, Houston, Kansas City, Los Angles and Seattle.  All communication modes had stopped within 30 minutes of each other.  No radio, video, Internet, amateur radio, or cell phone communications occurred.

However, after visual reports from the neighboring towns and extreme seismic readings noticed at almost all university geology departments and satellite photos of those cities, the Web news agencies concluded that nuclear explosions had taken place.  All downwind weather departments began to report nuclear fallout.

Michael  and  Pamela looked at each other after the network news announced their conclusion.  With hazy eyes, Pamela slowly recites what the broadcasters had said about populations of those cities, “Over 84 Million people are gone…….many of our friends and relatives practically vaporized.  Then at least that many or more will suffer the after effects of fall-out.”

Pamela finds out the difficulty of ham radio contact  for a few weeks.  Remaining medical facilities are swamped as fall-out has effects across inter-mountain west, Midwest and northeastern parts of America.  All major electronic communication doesn’t work.  No major television network is operational in airwaves, and major hub centers for cable networks were destroyed.  Major American Internet hubs were destroyed.  But there were enough smaller metro area left to allow minimum Internet operation.
Michael, from an intermittent web communication, was able to find out that most of the federal government leadership ability was fragmented.  The President, Vice President, Majority Leaders of Senate and House died.  The Governors of New York, Virginia, and Washington were killed.  The remaining Governors of the USI communicated between themselves and with the Prime Minister of Deseret.  

The Prime Minister of Deseret made it known that any travel from or to the Republic of Deseret was to be stopped until any form of peace existed in USI.  The Republic was able to provide food, safety and medical services for its citizens.  But the small country suffered to results of fall-out.

Therefore, the Governors of USI put together a form of Federal Government to lead what was left of the United States of Islam.  Any travel from the country was denied by all foreign  countries and no foreign citizens wanted to help USI.  The country was as if it was the only country on the world.  The world’s citizens were either Muslim, dead or dying from nuclear fall-out, or a Jew in Israel.

 

 

  • Chapter 23
    Israel Attacked

 

 

“For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth even unto the west; so shall the coming of the Son of man be.”  Matthew 24:27

 

A Zionist gentleman named Ariel ben Loeb was elected as the Prime Minister in the Israeli election two years after worldwide worship of Allah and the destruction of America and most Jews and Messianic Jews fled into the State of Israel.

The Arab countries of the Mid-east saw this Second Exodus as a simple way to destroy all the Jews in the world.  Almost all Jews have congregated in the State of Israel!

So the lands to the north, Iraq, Syria, Turkey, Russia and as the Bible states, Persia, and the lands to the south Egypt, Ethiopia, and Libya all prepared for a massive invasion into Israel.  In the last few years, since the worldwide Islamic theocracy was created, neighboring countries have been non-aggressive.  Even terrorists from the Gaza Strip have been peaceful.

Before the time of peace in Israel, Israeli military completed military exercises over the Mediterranean Sea.  Israeli military intelligence was superb.  Years earlier they had executed a quick attack to remove Iran nuclear development sites.

Past nuclear powers, the USSR and America, had tried to limit the development of nuclear power to keep a monopoly of nuclear weapons.  In the distant past, America trusted Israel with nuclear power.  But in recent years, government officials do not trust Israel with nuclear power.  The left-leaning officials don’t even trust American citizens with guns for self-defense!

Indeed, the left-leaning government officials never show any common sense.  Their favorite thing to do is have an expensive government study on any new idea.  For example, in the past, a combat aircraft came out where pilots had a that difficult time seeing behind the aircraft.  A $300,000 study was started to develop a method to see behind the aircraft.  

Israel purchased some of the same aircraft.  After a brief meeting with the aircraft mechanic crew an easy to attach rear-view mirror was developed in less than a work-week!

Israeli thinking was excellent in many different ways.  Objective mechanical, chemical, electronic and agricultural methods were the best in the world.  But since the time of the Second Exodus, Israelis had come to a new religious subjective thinking.  The story in Daniel Chapter 9 is understood that there is no false messiah as told by mainstream Christians, but the REAL MESSIAH!  And the person mentioned in Isaiah 53 is Yeshua, Jesus the REAL MESSIAH to be our Savior.  He was crucified on Wednesday, was in the heart of the earth for three days and three nights, and was resurrected before the dawn of the First day of the week (Saturday evening) and was seen by Mary and company and the Apostles.  

Referring to Daniel 9, there are two reasons temple sacrifices came to an end in the First Century.  The primary reason is that Jesus was the sacrifice to end all sacrifices!  The next reason is the Roman invasion.  The Jews that did not see the light of Yeshua could not physically offer a sacrifice after the temple was a sacrilege.

Therefore, the reasons of the Mainstream Christian story: a new temple because the Anti-Christ stops sacrifices in the middle of the week, are ended.  There is no reason for a future happening, when the happenings are already history!

The two witnesses did their job to witness to the House of Judah and the House of Joseph around the world.  The State of Israel was reaping the result!

In the past, 2006, Israel had a Jewish population a little over 5 million.  America had Jewish population a few hundred thousand less than Israel, so the countries had nearly the same Jewish population.  But the two witnesses and the Second Exodus increased the Jewish, Messianic Jewish, and House of Joseph so the population of Israel  reached 18 Million!

Michael and Pamela kept glued to information sources to see what al-Mahdi had in store for Israel and the rest of people in the recent Islam theocracy around the world.  Michael and Pamela were able to stay as close to Jesus as they could.  Their residence was far enough in the country that they never had any pressure from an Imam to profess faith in Allah.  

The Pope urged all Muslims to keep peace with Israel.  The United Nations has always been a puppet of world leaders, and now they presented a facade of ‘world peace’ as directed by the al-Mahdi and the Pope.  The UN had security forces in Israel and around Israel in the Gaze strip.  There was an appearance that the UN forces ‘held -the-peace’ in the Mideast.  Israel reaped the benefits of not constantly repairing damages from mortars launched from the Gaza strip and neighboring Mideast countries.

Michael and Pamela noticed from the Web pages of the Jerusalem Post, what was in the past, nearly unstoppable daily news, of suicide bombers striking somewhere in Israel.  Victor Mordecai always said that the end of Israel would come after a ‘time of peace’ in Israel.

As known by most of the world, al-Mahdi had directed the military forces of the European Union, and the forces of Egypt and neighboring southern countries to ‘practice’ military maneuvers.  Just as Israel had ‘practiced’ military maneuvers, the distances from the Mediterranean Sea and Greece corresponded to the distance from Israel to Iran.  The distances used by the EU and  Egypt were the same as distances from Greece, Turkey and Egypt to Israel focused on Jerusalem.

Also, because  Muslims do not have a Sabbath, al-Mahdi saw the best time to invade Israel as Friday afternoon as the sunset blinded the westward looking eye.  Radar does not know a sunset, so the IAF intelligence sources sent an alarm to ‘peace-keeping’ pilots to the air.

The problem was that the EU forces were double that of Israel.  And more than 50% of the soldiers there were Muslims.  So the order from al-Mahdi to invade Israel got a ‘finally!’ response from most Muslim soldiers.  The concept of driving Israel into the sea was always a standard Muslim idea.

Then, to add to the intensity of the Muslim attack of Israel, the Muslim Jesus comes to Damascus!

He descended to Mount Afeeq, on the white Eastern Minaret of Damascus.  The Mideast television networks had televised the whole event, so Michael was able to see Jesus as he descended from the sky as he supported himself on the shoulders of two angels.  Michael comments to Pamela, “This televised piece is questionable……. notice that the angels have wings, like an artist’s perception, not too Biblical.  Real angels don’t have wings!”

Pamela bursts out “You are correct!  And why is he in a yellow robe?”

“I have no idea.  Is it a Muslim concept?”asks Michael.

al-Mahdi happened to be in Damascus when Jesus returned, or as al-Mahdi proclaimed,  “Isa Al Masih comes to help me fight Ariel ben Loeb, the al-Masih ad-Dajjal, the false messiah!”  ben Loeb had no idea of how al-Mahdi could call him a ‘false messiah’ but he lead the Israeli military forces as best he could against the forces of EU.

IAF is a superb force.  Air and ground forces excelled in most conflicts, but an extraordinary time was the past Six-Day War.

However, the Six-Day War is not a conflict to compare to the present conflict.  This is more than just the Egyptians.  This conflict is the EU, Egypt, Syria, Lebanon, Iran, Afghanistan, and a huge force from Asia: China and company (Vietnam, and North Korea.)  

China had a petroleum agreement with OPEC who was tightly intertwined with the attacking Arab Muslim countries.  For help with the Israel attack, China would receive a 50% rate cut in the Euro based rate per barrel.  In times past, in the old dollar rate, a barrel had been floating around $250 per barrel.  Much of the high rate dealt with the plummeting value of a dollar.  When the dollar reached a value compared to the Euro of 5 dollars per one Euro, OPEC decided to rate a barrel of oil per a Euro.

China was a formidable force.  They have a strong air force and nuclear missile capability.  However, the Arab allies demanded China to not use any nuclear force, because Palestinians were to inhabit the vacated land of Israel.

Israel has no allies in the world left.  Past strong allies of America and United Kingdom are now under the rule of al-Mahdi and any opposition is narrowed down to local terrorists that have no world wide power.  The constitutionalists, the people that hold onto the idea that the United States of America is still an independent sovereign country, believe that the President and Congress did not have the authority to surrender to al-Mahdi.  The President, that quoted parts of Patrick Henry’s speech, did not take the proper action that the speech called one to do.  Before the ‘give me liberty’ part is even more important.

So America was in a limbo as a world power.  The powers that be, big business, public schools, gender confused citizens, and Satan’s company rendered USI a den of worthless egotistical ‘me generation’ human beings.  When the group of egotistical academia don’t see God’s handiwork in this planet, when they say that statistically impossible things ‘evolve’, we can tell our time of value in God’s kingdom is done.  

 

  • Chapter 24
    Jesus Returns and the Millennium Begins

 

 

And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord GOD, that my fury shall come up in my face.

Ezekiel 38: 18

 

The next day, Michael and Pamela watch the Web news to see how much destruction was in Israel.  Israeli military had tried the best they could.  The IAF had inflicted great loose in EU ground forces.  Michael looked up an excellent web page on the Israeli Navy.  “Pamela, the Israeli Navy has a very good Navy and their Air Force is the best in the Mideast.  Take a look at the video about the Israeli Air Force.  But by massive numbers, the opposing forces are winning the conflict.“

“Check out this video on CNN, looks like al-Mahdi’s forces have leveled most of Jerusalem.  The Israeli Military may be the best in the world, as far as quality of their soldiers, but when it’s a numbers game, al-Mahdi can win.  Israel may have a force of thousands of King David quality people, but David had only ONE Goliath, not millions and millions of Goliath’s grandchildren!” said Pamela.

“So Pamela, what does God’s Word say on Jesus’ return?  We have studied it before.  It will be as day around the world.  Night is not dark and the sun is dimmed compared to Jesus’ glory.  Living saints will gather in the air to welcome Jesus to His new Kingdom!  The dead will arise with the living saints.”

Pamela has a question.  “Do we know what time of day he will come?”

“I don’t think so.  Just the part in Zechariah 14 indicates that it may not make any difference because it will be as day around the world!” said Michael.  “So it looks like:

 

  • Jesus returns from the heavens.
  • Believers arise to meet Him in the air.
  • Dead believers are resurrected to meet Him in the air.
  • In Zechariah 14 Jesus will fight against all who fought
  • against Jerusalem.
  • Their flesh shall be consumed, their eyes melt in the
  • sockets.
  • Jesus is King over all the earth.
  • The Wrath of God seems to follow the Antichrist with his mark and image to worship.
  • After the curses of the Wrath of God, is when the Lord of Lords, the Messiah, comes to smite the dragon and his forces.
  • Then, the Devil is bound in the bottomless pit for a thousand years, then to be loosed for a ‘little season.’

 

Michael and Pamela sit back on their sofa and look at each other.  Pamela speaks with some anxiety, “Honey, Jesus better come fast now, al-Mahdi has it setup now that we have no outside provided power, no hot water unless to sun is out pretty strong, no home phone, no cell phones, the only news we can get is what the government wants to tell us, we can’t buy any groceries, and neither of us can work.  The only Israelites left are those that ran to the hills to get away from the al-Mahdi forces that destroyed Jerusalem.  We don’t keep Sharia Law that al-Mahdi and the Pope want all people to do, so we can’t do any business.  And al-Mahdi said that the whole world now is an Allah worshiping theocracy.  What do we do now?”

“Well Honey, our chickens still provide eggs, let’s fix a supper and get ready for the approaching Sabbath!” said Michael.

“Okay Honey, I guess it’s one day at a time until the Moral Police come for us.”  said Pamela.

Michael and Pamela were able to fix scrambled eggs and some greens from the garden.  Their diet had become more limited because they could not purchase anything in the grocery store.  They both had lost a little weight, but they are not sick.

They sang some songs and did some Bible study.  Sunset was about 7:30 pm and they both went out to see the bright colors of the sunset and to welcome the Sabbath.  They saw some rabbits cross the bumpy county road.  “I better round up the chickens before the local foxes and coyotes make trouble.” mentioned Michael.  He gave Pamela a hug and walked over to the chicken yard to close the chicken chute.  They both then retired to sleep.

As Pamela looked to the sky, she said “Look Michael, in the sky, there are seven angels holding seven vials.  They are waiting it looks like.  Behind them is a building, it’s like a temple!  That’s like Revelation 15 and 16, the vials represent the wrath of God!”

“As in Revelation 16, all people that received the mark of the Beast will suffer the wrath of God”  said Pamela.

 

Revelation 16

 

The Bowls of God’s Wrath

 

16:1 Then1 I heard a loud voice from the temple declaring to the seven angels: “Go and pour out on the earth the seven bowls containing God’s wrath.”2 16:2 So3 the first angel4 went and poured out his bowl on the earth. Then5 ugly and painful sores6 appeared on the people7 who had the mark of the beast and who worshiped his image.

 

16:3 Next,8 the second angel9 poured out his bowl on the sea and it turned into blood, like that of a corpse, and every living creature that was in the sea died.

 

16:4 Then10 the third angel11 poured out his bowl on the rivers and the springs of water, and they turned into blood. 16:5 Now12 I heard the angel of the waters saying:

 

“You are just13 – the one who is and who was, the Holy One – because you have passed these judgments,14

 

16:6 because they poured out the blood of your saints and prophets,

 

so15 you have given them blood to drink. They got what they deserved!”16

 

16:7 Then17 I heard the altar reply,18 “Yes, Lord God, the All-Powerful,19 your judgments are true and just!”

 

16:8 Then20 the fourth angel21 poured out his bowl on the sun, and it was permitted to scorch people22 with fire. 16:9 Thus23 people24 were scorched by the terrible heat,25 yet26 they blasphemed the name of God, who has ruling authority27 over these plagues, and they would not repent and give him glory.

 

16:10 Then28 the fifth angel29 poured out his bowl on the throne of the beast so that30 darkness covered his kingdom,31 and people32 began to bite33 their tongues because34 of their pain. 16:11 They blasphemed the God of heaven because of their sufferings35 and because of their sores,36 but nevertheless37 they still refused to repent38 of their deeds.

 

16:12 Then39 the sixth angel40 poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates and dried up its water41 to prepare the way42 for the kings from the east.43 16:13 Then44 I saw three unclean spirits45 that looked like frogs coming out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of the false prophet. 16:14 For they are the spirits of the demons performing signs who go out to the kings of the earth46 to bring them together for the battle that will take place on the great day of God, the All-Powerful.47

 

16:15 (Look! I will come like a thief!

 

Blessed is the one who stays alert and does not lose48 his clothes so that he will not have to walk around naked and his shameful condition49 be seen.)50

 

16:16 Now51 the spirits52 gathered the kings and their armies53 to the place that is called Armageddon54 in Hebrew.

 

16:17 Finally55 the seventh angel56 poured out his bowl into the air and a loud voice came out of the temple from the throne, saying: “It is done!” 16:18 Then57 there were flashes of lightning, roaring,58 and crashes of thunder, and there was a tremendous earthquake – an earthquake unequaled since humanity59 has been on the earth, so tremendous was that earthquake. 16:19 The60 great city was split into three parts and the cities of the nations61 collapsed.62 So63 Babylon the great was remembered before God, and was given the cup64 filled with the wine made of God’s furious wrath.65 16:20 Every66 island fled away67 and no mountains could be found.68 16:21 And gigantic hailstones, weighing about a hundred pounds69 each, fell from heaven70 on people,71 but they72 blasphemed God because of the plague of hail, since it73 was so horrendous.74

 

“Michael, I was able to download a new Bible translation called the Net-Bible.  It, more-or-less says the same as the King James version, except it goes back to the Greek translations.  But both of them concur in the results of the plagues, ‘ repented not of their deeds.’  The unbelievers are too egotistical to think of anyone GREATER than they!  They had no father figure in their life to simulate our God Almighty and His Son, Jesus!”

“Pamela, Honey, I used to think that part of the Wrath of God was history.  But after looking at these verses of Revelation, I see that all of these Wraths of God are all future events!  The key in here are the phrases of these verses that say: ‘which had the mark of the beast, and upon them which worshipped his image.’

“So Honey, I expect that some of our Catholic friends that took the Pope’s advice and  keep Sharia Law may show the results listed in scripture.” said Michael.  “So let me see if I can make an Limited-Liability Corporation and mooch some work from my past supervisor.  As far as I know, our Moslem/Christian theocracy isn’t putting a mark on corporations.  Maybe they will require all employees to keep Sharia Law.  I don’t know yet.” said Michael.

A few days passed and Michael was able to get a few projects from his past supervisor.  His supervisor knew Michael was good at what he did.  For the software corporation, Michael was a good investment; he was the best work per dollar available in the whole inter-mountain west area.

Then, in three more days, George and Brenda, their Catholic friends dropped by.  Pamela saw them come down their dirt road and get out of their car.  “Michael, George and Brenda just stopped.  George looks like he has a big sore on his cheek!”

“Uh, huh.” said Michael.  He opened the front door.  “George, Brenda, come on in!  George, how’s life treating you?”

“Not very good now.  We both have some pretty bad sores on us now.  But the Pope says it’s the Devil trying to get us to change our minds and not support the Pope.  As Catholics, both of us see the Pope as God’s representative on earth.  So we support what he says.” said George.

Brenda mentions how the government controlled media does not cover all the sores that almost everybody has on their body.  “Every Sunday while we worship Allah, the Priests say that diseases are caused by Satan; that we should continue to worship Allah.”

Pamela quietly mentions “Brenda, the last time we talked, Michael and I included how a past Pope deleted the Second Commandment that forbids worship of an image and how the Pope is not a bona fide representative of God.  The Temple veil was torn at Jesus’ crucifixion, so believers have no person in between themselves and their Savior, Jesus Christ!

Brenda states “Sorry Pamela, but I was raised a Catholic and I’ll die a Catholic.  It’s like my ethnic beginnings, I can’t change it.”

Michael exclaims “But Brenda, God gives liberty to you.  You can think things ‘out-of-the-box!’  You are free!”

George and Brenda look at each other with a questioning look in their eyes.  George questions “Well Michael, can we just repent of keeping Sharia Law?  We told an Imam that we kept the Pillars of Faith, but we don’t even know them!”

“Oh!  Be sure to tell an Imam that you believe that Jesus IS the Son of God, that he is your Savior, and that your salvation is through him, your Redeemer!  You will not be able to buy and sell in the market anymore, but tell them the truth!” stated Pamela.

“But we live in the city.  We can’t grow food, so if we don’t buy anything, we will fast ourselves to death!” said Brenda.

“Okay Brenda, off with your head cover!” said Michael as he looked to Brenda’s forehead.  “al-Mahdi had quiet a deal to be sure that all Sharia obeying women had a head cover.” said Brenda.     

“Well, thank you Michael and Pamela.  We will go home and see how  my work supervisor takes it when I tell him I cannot sell my services anymore.  I’ll tell my Church membership people that George and I want to be excommunicated.  We have some food stored away, so I’ll see if some neighbors will barter with us to get more food.  We have some savings account funds, but that will not help, because we cannot exchange anything without keeping Sharia Law.  So we can’t pay our bills.  There will be a foreclosure for our apartment.  We will have to fast with no home!” said Brenda.

“It’s tough in town George.  We have enough equipment to supply our power and heat, but we had to cut our cell phones, Internet coverage, no home phone and live off the food we can grow.  Let’s offer a prayer for you, okay?” asked Pamela.

“Yes, please.” said Brenda.

“Our Father-in-Heaven, George and Brenda have decided to stop following the Pope and Islam and want Jesus in their hearts.  They don’t want to keep the Sharia anymore, and they will need your help to live in the city with other people that worship Allah.  Please help them change their hearts, and start a life to live for you and your Son Jesus.  In the name of Jesus, amen.” prayed Michael.

“But we have Jesus for us!” exclaimed George.  “And the sores are gone too!”

“We have over a half-a-tank of fuel, so we can make it home, but what after that, I don’t know!”said Brenda.  George and Brenda held hands and walked out to their car, and wave to Michael and Pamela before they open the door.  

There was a cloud of dust as the car sped down the unpaved road to a new world for George and Brenda.

The rest of seven vials of the wrath of God came to the earth, and happened just as the Bible described.  The second vial caused the sea to became as the blood of a dead man.  Everything alive in the sea died.  That includes fish, plants, divers and the crews of submarines!    The third angel poured out his vial and all the rivers and fountains became as blood.  The fourth angel poured his vial upon the sun and the angel had power to scorch men with fire.  Men were scorched with high heat and they repented not and cursed God that had power over these plagues.

The fifth angel poured his vial on the throne of the One-World government and all the people began to bite their tongues because of their pain.  They cursed God because of their pains and sores, but they did not change their ways to give glory to God.  

The sixth angel poured his vial on the Euphrates river and the river dried up to make a path for the Kings of the East.  Those are the armies of Asia that did not like keeping the Sharia in a One-World government.

Now the seventh angel poured his vial into the air and there came a great voice out of the temple of heaven, from the throne, saying, ‘It is done.’

In the middle of the night, Michael rolls over towards Pamela, “Honey, this was a short night, I’ll need a nap later on.  It’s really bright outside.”

“Michael, the clock says 3 am!”

“Honey, you know what that means?”

“Sure do!” said Pamela.

At that moment, Michael and Pamela began to rise off the floor at a rate of about 2 feet per second.  They went through the house’s ceiling and roof.

“Hey, when I first awoke, I was tired from a short night’s sleep.  But now, I feel as if I had an undisturbed whole nights sleep!  I feel more energetic than I ever did as a kid!  Wow!” Michael exclaimed.

Pamela concurred.  She felt wonderful!

When they had a good viewpoint  of the valley they resided in, they noticed a family, dressed in worn western wear, coming out of the valley floor.  Pamela excitedly blurts out, “Wow, we were changed in an instant, and there is the resurrection of the dead!”

“All four of them are catching up to us!” said Michael.

“Honey, they look so happy!” said Pamela.

As they approach Michael and Pamela, the couple’s young daughter exclaims “Daddy, I know I was sick, but I just went to sleep!  More people are in the air with us!”

The father introduced his family to Michael and Pamela as they all rose in the air.  “My name is George Adams, this is my wife Bertha and our two children Nicholas and Susan.  We all had a bad fever and apparently we all died, but we always did a Bible study.  We knew Jesus would come!”

More and more people were joining together as they all rose into the sky.  Michael mentioned to their small group of people, “This is like we were looking down from an airplane, we are all up thousands of feet!  We are traveling east.  Look!  That is the Mississippi River!”

The group that numbered hundreds and hundreds now numbered to the thousands and thousands.  Pamela exclaimed “Honey, I have seen a few dollar bills; that person over their looks like George Washington!”

“Pamela, I think I can partially navigate.”  Michael finds that as you turn your shoulders and body, you can slightly change your location relative to the other people.  “Pamela, if you can turn your shoulders and  body, you can move to visit with another person.  Let’s go and talk with George Washington.”  Michael and Pamela say goodbye to the Adams family and work towards George Washington.

“Michael, it looks like many other people had the same idea.  Many people are already listening to President Washington.  But look, now we are over the Atlantic Ocean!”

“We sure are!  And we are getting closer to Jesus.  Our pajamas changed to white robes now!  We are pure through Jesus blood!”

“Pamela, see how the sunlight is dim compared to Jesus’ glory!  There He is!  He’s above us!  There is a space in our midst.  He’s going down to Jerusalem!  There are all the soldiers and equipment they used to destroy Jerusalem.  They are fleeing the glory of Jesus as he descends!  Wow!”

“Michael, this is like a huge auditorium!  All the believers that were changed in an instant and those in the first resurrection are watching as Jesus goes to Jerusalem!” said Pamela.

“He is going toward the Mount of Olives.  A valley is forming going east to west between the three peaks.  The soldiers that invaded Jerusalem are melting!” said Michael.

After Jesus had destroyed all people who had attacked Jerusalem, He spoke to all believers in the sky.  “My people, I have smitten the people that fought against Jerusalem.  The world is under my command.  Before us now is one thousand years to lead all people of the world and subdue those who do not wish to be lead by me.  You will descend to the earth to unite with your families and go to your homes that have been prepared.  First, you will meet with your immediate families, then your extended families.”

“None of you have the mark of the Beast.  None of you will suffer the wrath of God.  This planet will undergo a change to be like it was before the flood.  There will be no mountains or islands.  The water of the oceans will go back to the heavens to change this world into a greenhouse.”

Then there were great flashes of lightning, and roars of thunder, and there was a stupendous earthquake.  This earthquake was the greatest earthquake since the creation of man on the earth.  A great hailstorm with hailstones of one hundred pounds each will cause great pain to the people that curse God and do not repent.
Jesus speaks to His people before they descend to the earth.  “My people, before the end of the millennium when time ends, you will learn and study my ways.  Whether it be medicine, physics, botany or music, you will learn it.”

Jesus continues, “Towards the end of the millennium, the Devil will be released a short time out of the bottomless pit and the last resurrection will occur.  I will turn my earthly Kingdom over to my Father, God Almighty.  The Devil and his followers will attempt to attack my Kingdom.”

At that moment, from the headquarters of the One-World government, a great being, from the bodies of the Pope, and al-Mahdi , appeared.  It was like an image of fireworks, great light, but no power unless you are close to it.

Then an angel, having the key to the bottomless pit, came down from the heavens and bound that great image, the Devil, an old serpent, and put him in the bottomless pit.

The great being shouted.  “You, Yeshua, Jesus, the Chosen One, you have not seen the last of me.  I will return!”

End Notes

 

Chapter 24

 

1tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence within the narrative.

 

2tn Or “anger.” Here το? θυμο? (tou qumou) has been translated as a genitive of content.

 

3tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of the directions given by the voice from the temple.

 

4tn Grk “the first”; the referent (the first angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

5tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

6tn Or “ulcerated sores”; the term in the Greek text is singular but is probably best understood as a collective singular.

 

7tn Grk ‘the men,” but this is a generic use of ?νθρωπος (anqrwpo”) and refers to both men and women.

 

8tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “next” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

9tn Grk “the second”; the referent (the second angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

10tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

11tn Grk “the third”; the referent (the third angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

12tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “now” to indicate the somewhat parenthetical nature of the remarks that follow.

 

13tn Or “righteous,” although the context favors justice as the theme.

 

14tn Or “because you have judged these things.” The pronoun τα?τα (tauta) is neuter gender.

 

15tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “so” to indicate that this judgment is the result of what these wicked people did to the saints and prophets.

 

16tn Grk “They are worthy”; i.e., of this kind of punishment. By extension, “they got what they deserve.”

 

17tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

18tn Grk “the altar saying.”

 

19tn On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent (One) only of God…(?) κύριος ? θε?ς ? π. …Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22.”

 

20tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

21tn Grk “the fourth”; the referent (the fourth angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

22tn Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ?νθρωπος (anqrwpo”) and refers to both men and women.

 

23tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “thus” to indicate the implied result of the bowl poured on the sun.

 

24tn Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ?νθρωπος (anqrwpo”) and refers to both men and women.

 

25tn On this phrase BDAG 536 s.v. κα?μα states, “burning, heat Rv 7:16…καυματίζεσθαι κ. μέγα be burned with a scorching heat 16:9.”

 

26tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “yet” to indicate the contrast present in this context.

 

27tn For the translation “ruling authority” for ?ξουσία (exousia) see L&N 37.35.

 

28tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

29tn Grk “the fifth”; the referent (the fifth angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

30tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “so that” to indicate the implied result of the fifth bowl being poured out.

 

31tn Grk “his kingdom became dark.”

 

32tn Grk “men,” but this is a generic use of ?νθρωπος (anqrwpo”) and refers to both men and women.

 

33tn On this term BDAG 620 s.v. μασάομαι states, “bite w. acc. τ?ς γλώσσας bite their tongues Rv 16:10.”

 

34tn The preposition ?κ (ek) has been translated here and twice in the following verse with a causal sense.

 

35tn Grk “pains” (the same term in Greek [πόνος, ponos] as the last word in v. 11, here translated “sufferings” because it is plural). BDAG 852 s.v. 2 states, “?κ το? π. in pain…Rv 16:10; pl. (Gen 41:51; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 146; Test. Jud. 18:4) ?κ τ?ν π. …because of their sufferings vs. 11.”

 

36tn Or “ulcerated sores” (see 16:2).

 

37tn Grk “and they did not repent.” Here καί (kai) has been translated as “but nevertheless” to express the contrast here.

 

38tn Grk “they did not repent” The addition of “still refused” reflects the hardness of people’s hearts in the context.

 

39tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

40tn Grk “the sixth”; the referent (the sixth angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

41tn Grk “and its water was dried up.” Here the passive construction has been translated as an active one.

 

42tn Grk “in order that the way might be prepared.” Here the passive construction has been translated as an active one.

 

43tn Grk “from the rising of the sun.” BDAG 74 s.v. ?νατολή 2.a takes this as a geographical direction: “?π? ?. ?λίου…from the east Rv 7:2; 16:12; simply ?π? ?. …21:13.”

 

44tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

45sn According to the next verse, these three unclean spirits are spirits of demons.

 

46tn BDAG 699 s.v. ο?κουμένη 1 states, “the inhabited earth, the world…?λη ? ο?κ. the whole inhabited earth…Mt 24:14; Ac 11:28; Rv 3:10; 16:14.”

 

47tn On this word BDAG 755 s.v. παντοκράτωρ states, “the Almighty, All-Powerful, Omnipotent (One) only of God…(?) κύριος ? θε?ς ? π. …Rv 1:8; 4:8; 11:17; 15:3; 16:7; 21:22.”

 

48tn Grk “and keeps.” BDAG 1002 s.v. τηρέω 2.c states “of holding on to someth. so as not to give it up or lose it…τ? ?μάτια α?το? Rv 16:15 (or else he will have to go naked).”

 

49tn On the translation of ?σχημοσύνη (aschmosunh) as “shameful condition” see L&N 25.202. The indefinite third person plural (“and they see”) has been translated as a passive here.

 

50sn These lines are parenthetical, forming an aside to the narrative. The speaker here is the Lord Jesus Christ himself rather than the narrator. Many interpreters have seen this verse as so abrupt that it could not be an original part of the work, but the author has used such asides before (1:7; 14:13) and the suddenness here (on the eve of Armageddon) is completely parallel to Jesus’ warning in Mark 13:15-16 and parallels.

 

51tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “now” to indicate the resumption and conclusion of the remarks about the pouring out of the sixth bowl.

 

52tn Grk “they”; the referent (the demonic spirits, v. 14) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

53tn Grk “gathered them”; the referent (the kings and [implied] their armies, v. 14) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

54tc There are many variations in the spelling of this name among the Greek mss, although ?Αρμαγεδών (&armagedwn) has the best support. The usual English spelling is Armageddon, used in the translation.

 

tn Or “Harmagedon” (a literal transliteration of the Greek), or “Har-Magedon” (NASB), meaning “the Mount of Magedon” in Hebrew.

 

55tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “finally” to indicate the conclusion of the seven bowl judgments.

 

56tn Grk “the seventh”; the referent (the seventh angel) has been specified in the translation for clarity.

 

57tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “then” to indicate the implied sequence of events within the vision.

 

58tn Or “sounds,” “voices.” It is not entirely clear what this refers to. BDAG 1071 s.v. φωνή 1 states, “In Rv we have ?στραπα? κα? φωνα? κα? βρονταί (cp. Ex 19:16) 4:5; 8:5; 11:19; 16:18 (are certain other sounds in nature thought of here in addition to thunder, as e.g. the roar of the storm?…).”

 

59tn The singular ?νθρωπος (anqrwpo”) is used generically here to refer to the human race.

 

60tn Here καί (kai) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.

 

61tn Or “of the Gentiles” (the same Greek word may be translated “Gentiles” or “nations”).

 

62tn Grk “fell.”

 

63tn Here καί (kai) has been translated as “so” to indicate the implied result of Babylon’s misdeeds (see Rev 14:8).

 

64tn Grk “the cup of the wine of the anger of the wrath of him.” The concatenation of four genitives has been rendered somewhat differently by various translations (see the note on the word “wrath”).

 

65tn Following BDAG 461 s.v. θυμός 2, the combination of the genitives of θυμός (qumo”) and ?ργή (orgh) in Rev 16:19 and 19:15 are taken to be a strengthening of the thought as in the OT and Qumran literature (Exod 32:12; Jer 32:37; Lam 2:3; CD 10:9). Thus in Rev 14:8 (to which the present passage alludes) and 18:3 there is irony: The wine of immoral behavior with which Babylon makes the nations drunk becomes the wine of God’s wrath for her.

 

66tn Grk “And every.” Here καί (kai) has not been translated because of differences between Greek and English style.

 

67tn Or “vanished.”

 

68sn Every island fled away and no mountains could be found. Major geographical and topographical changes will accompany the Day of the Lord.

 

69tn Here BDAG 988 s.v. ταλαντια?ος states, “weighing a talent…χάλαζα μεγάλη ?ς ταλαντιαία a severe hailstorm with hailstones weighing a talent (the talent=125 librae, or Roman pounds of c. 343 gr. or 12 ounces each) (weighing about a hundred pounds NRSV) Rv 16:21.” This means each hailstone would weigh just under 100 pounds or 40 kilograms.

 

70tn Or “the sky.” Due to the apocalyptic nature of this book, it is probably best to leave the translation as “from heaven,” since God is ultimately the source of the judgment.

 

71tn Grk “on men,” but ?νθρωπος (anqrwpo”) is used here in a generic sense to refer to people in general (the hailstones did not single out adult males, but would have also fallen on women and children).

 

72tn Grk “the men”; for stylistic reasons the pronoun “they” is used here.

 

73tn Grk “the plague of it.”

 

74tn Grk “since the plague of it was exceedingly great.”

 

 

  • APPENDIX

 

 

http://finance.yahoo.com/tech-ticker/10-signs-the-us-is-losing-its-influence-in-the-western-hemisphere-535456.html?tickers=eem,ewz,fxi,eeb,jjm,^dji,xle

 

 

  • 10 Signs The U.S. Is Losing Its Influence In The Western Hemisphere

 

Posted Sep 27, 2010 03:40pm EDT by Gus Lubin in Recession, Emerging Markets

Related: eem, ewz, fxi, eeb, jjm, ^dji, xle


Provided by the Business Insider:

We won’t be the alpha dog in the western hemisphere forever. 

Even if the U.S. hadn’t crashed into a financial crisis, there are demographic, material, and political forces that have been spreading power around the Americas for decades.

Brazil is first among the BRICs (Brazi, Russia, India, and China) — four economies that are supposed to overtake the six largest Western economies by 2032.

Mexico is first among the MAVINS (Mexico, Australia, Vietnam, Indonesia, Nigeria, and South Africa) — six economies we expect to blow away expectations and become leading powers in their regions relatively soon.

Canada and Venezuela are oil powers of the distant future.

Peru and Chile are sitting on a fortune of metals and minerals.

All these countries are cranking up, while America faces plenty of fiscal and demographic problems at home.

Here are Signs the U.S. Is Losing Its Influence In Its Own Backyard:

Our most powerful regional ally–Brazil–refuses to follow our orders on Iran

Hillary Clinton went to Brazil to beg support for sanctions against Iran and came away empty handed.  Now the UN is counting on Brazil, which is friendly with America and Iran, to lead nuclear diplomacy.

 

The World’s Richest Man is now a Mexican, not an American.

For the first time in 16 years, the World’s Richest Man is not an American. Carlos Slim, worth $54 billion, is the first Latin American to hold that title and one of many emerging market billionaires to eclipse the U.S.

Three years after a US financial crisis, Latin America is again growing rapidly. The U.S.? Not so much…

Compare this to what happened during the Great Depression. Latin America was devastated when U.S. investment dried up and the export market soured in the 30s. A League of Nations report said Chile, Peru, and Bolivia suffered the world’s worst depression.

Today is quite different. Brazil, Argentina, and Mexico have led a buoyant recovery from the global recession, according to Reuters. The regional economy is expected by the UN to grow 4.3 percent in 2010. If the American consumer remains weak, Latin American exports will move elsewhere.

Chile produces 300% more copper than America–the former world leader in copper production

America used to lead the world in copper production. We produced 49% of the world’s copper in 1929, according to this article from the archives.  Today we produced 1.2 million tonnes yearly, compared to 5.4 million tonnes in Chile.

Brazil now produces over four times as much iron ore as the U.S.. We used to lead that industry, too.

America once led the world in iron mining. In 1892 we discovered the world’s largest mine at the Great Lakes Mesabi Range. It was a wellspring for America’s industrial might and the foundation of the rust belt.

Now we claim reserves at 2,100 mt. Seven countries claim higher reserves, including Brazil at 8,900 mt.  We produce only 54 mt yearly, while Brazil produces 250 mt.

Canada and Venezuela will pass the U.S. in oil production in the next decade

America produces around 9 million billion barrels of oil a day. Venezuela and Canada each produce around 3 million.  But America’s reserves are 21 billion barrels and may last less than a decade. Our oil-rich neighbors claim 99 billion bbl and 178 billion bbl, respectively, and will keep producing oil into the distant future.

Now Brazil exports over twice as much beef as we do

America used to lead the world in beef production. Although we still do, America exports only 800,000 mt of beef per year. Brazil exports 2,200,000 mt.  Here’s some ironic excerpts from a 1911 NYT article: “American-Canadian syndicate to have world’s largest beef plant in Brazil… The chilled beef industry has never been tried before in Brazil and has only recently gotten under way in Argentina.”

Brazil is now a critical partner for Russia, India, and China

The acronym coined by Goldman Sachs to describe the four key emerging powers has taken on a life of its own.  Brazil, Russia, India, and China have held several summits and even discussed making a supranational currency — that would pull the rug out from the U.S. dollar.

What’s important here is that global emerging powers have good relations and are inclined to work together. For instance, China just signed major contracts to build factories and high-speed rail in Brazil.

Brazil, Canada, and Mexico all invest a greater share of GDP in clean energy

A Pew survey found that Brazil invests 0.37% of its economy in clean energy. Canada invests 0.25% and Mexico invests 0.14%.  America is eleventh in the world at 0.13%.

Hugo Chavez is still in power

The CIA has a notorious history of interventions in Latin America, supposedly targeting Jacobo Arbenz Guzmán, Fidel Castro, Manuel Noriega, Rios Montt, Che Guevara, and many others.  But they haven’t stopped Hugo Chavez from railing against the United States for years. Clearly America has adopted a more passive regional strategy.

Other popular stories on the Yahoo! network:
Up-and-Coming U.S. Cities to Consider
Five Quick Ways to Bankrupt Yourself
10 Best Places to Buy a Starter House

 

Muhammad al-Mahdi according to:

 

 

According to Twelver Shi’as Imam Hujjat al-Mahd? (ÇáãåÏì) (or Hujjat ibn Hasan ibn Ali) is the twelfth Imam and the Mahdi, the ultimate savior of mankind. Other Shi’a schools adhere to different Imam successions and do not, along with Sunnis, consider ibn-Al-Hassan the Mahdi. Twelver Shi’as believe that Muhammad was born in 868 and has been hidden by God (referred to as occultation) to later emerge to fulfill his mission.

 

Birth and early life according to Twelver Shi’as believe that Muhammad was born in 868 AD as Muhammad ibn Hasan ibn Ali. There is debate within the Twelver community who his mother is. Many believe his mother, Narjis (Melika), was a Byzantine princess who pretended to be a slave so that she might travel from her kingdom to Arabia. [1] However, Hamid Algar states that it is more likely that his mother was a Nubian slave. [2] His father, Hasan al-Askari, is believed to have been the eleventh and penultimate Shi’a Imam. Shi’as believe that his birth was kept a secret due to the persecution that the Shi’a were facing during this time at the hands of Al-Mu’tamid, the Abbasid Caliph. [3][4]

 

To support Muhammad’s claim, Twelver Shi’as quote the following Hadith: “I and `Ali are the fathers of this nation; whoever knows us very well also knows Allah, and whoever denies us also denies Allah, the Unique, the Mighty. And from `Ali’s descendants are my grandsons al-Hasan and al-Husayn, who are the masters of the youths of Paradise, and from al-Husayn’s descendants shall be nine: whoever obeys them obeys me, and whoever disobeys them also disobeys me; the ninth among them is their Qa’im and Mahdi.” [5]

 

The eleventh Shi’a Imam Hasan al-Askari died on 1 January 874 AD (8th Rabi’ al-awwal, 260 AH)[6] and since that day, his son Muhammad is believed by Shi’as to be the Imam, appointed by God, to lead the believers of the era. The most popular account of Muhammad al-Mahdi in Shi’a literature is taken from his father’s funeral. It is reported that as the funeral prayer was about to begin, Muhammad al-Mahdi’s uncle, Jafar ibn Ali approached to lead the prayers. However, Muhammad al-Mahdi approached and commanded, “Move aside, uncle; only an Imam can lead the funeral prayer of an Imam.” Jafar moved aside, and the five-year-old child led the funeral prayer for his father. It is reported that it was at this very moment that Muhammad al-Mahdi disappeared and went into ghaybat, or occultation.

 

Continued online.

 

  • The State Religion and a Way Out

  • by Jeremy Ziegler

 

  1. Introduction

In recent history, through the Media and a fair amount of liberal Scholars, most people are convinced to believe a fairy-tale, the State Religion (SR) of Big-Bangs and macro-evolution. Let me progress from true scientific facts to post-modern “science” that is contaminated with subjective religious errors.

  1. Real Science

The scientific, very objective fact, is the present expansion of the universe that we can see. But the bizarre extrapolation, if it did not have liberal academic “scientists” behind it, could very easily be called a fairy-tale.

In times centuries ago, scientists shared an idea called spontaneous generation. It is when decaying inorganic matter produces live organic material. For example, when a bucket is filled with wastes from the barn, in a few days, flies are produced from the bucket! Wow!

But by 1846, Louis Pasteur, under laboratory controlled conditions, proved that the inorganic waste did not produce the flies by itself! Flies laid eggs in the waste and so the idea of spontaneous generation is false.

But under the cloak of “Science,” our children are taught that we happened “by chance!” From a public school textbook: the entire universe is expanding from an extreme density mass the size of a period ‘.’. It’s spontaneous generation with a robe of education!

The following words are from the National Academy of Sciences web page:

“While the mechanisms of evolution are still under investigation, scientists universally accept that the cosmos, our planet, and life evolved and continue to evolve. Yet the teaching of evolution to schoolchildren is still a contentious issue. In Science and Creationism, the NAS states unequivocally that creationism has no place in any science curriculum at any level.”

If you are familiar with standard rules of logic, you can see how the words of the NAS use bad logic! They start their logic argument implying “there is NO GOD, therefore, evolution MUST be true.” Notice also that they use such words as “scientists universally accept …” What that means is that the media and NAS are hush-hush about any scientists that see the flaws in the big-bang, macro-evolution ideas.

To someone who knows scientific definitions, it is easy to rebuke anyone who calls this idea a “scientific fact.” A theory that is reproducible transforms into a SCIENTIFIC FACT. As an example, in recent history, a University of Utah professor proclaimed that he had indeed performed fusion of molecules at room temperature. However, based on his science journal paper, no one else in the world was able to reproduce the process. His idea is STILL called a theory, not a fact. So be the Big-Bang, which by-the-way, was named by a Christian professor, who, being facetious after someone’s linear extrapolation of universe expansion was given commented: “Oh, everything came from some Big-Bang huh?”

From Kent Hovind’s not copyrighted stories (http://www.drdino.com) to show the idiocy of the Big-Bang idea, let me present an atheist argument against the Christian idea of the worldwide flood: “What? You mean every dog on this planet originated from a dog couple on Noah’s Ark? There are hundreds of different breeds of dogs from just two dogs? I don’t believe in that. There was NO FLOOD!” Christian reply: “Yes we do believe that hundreds of breeds of dogs came from two dogs, but you believe they came from a ROCK!”

Oh, no, no, public school teachers don’t teach that! Why, life came from massive molecular chains from the water.” The Christian questions, “Where did the molecular chains come from?” The atheist public-school student replies, “The textbooks tell us that for billions and billions of years, it rained on the earth.” The Christian questions again, “How did the earth start?” “Oh, of course, it started as a mass of volcanic rock!” replies the public-school student. “So the rain for billions and billions of years on rock made massive molecular chains?” asks the Christian. “uh, yes, I guess my dog and I came from ROCKS!” says the public-school student.

The mainstream media and educators interpret objective facts to favor their subjective ideas.

 

III. More Macro-evolution Flaws

Another problem of macro-evolution: sexual evolution means that both sexes CONCURRENTLY “evolved by-chance.” It seems obvious that when so many “chances” happen, like violations of the 1st and 2nd Laws of Thermodynamics, to be covered later, and concurrent bi-sexual evolution, “chance” turns into “design” by a superpower.

The alternative to bi-sexual macro-evolution is asexual evolution. That is, apes with ‘x’ chromosomes changed into an asexual ape, macro-evolved into an ‘x+y’ chromosomes asexual human being and then evolved into bisexual human beings

Both of these ideas do not have enough supporting evidence to be called a hypothesis let alone a theory. And the lack of reproducible actions means the ideas can NEVER become a “scientific fact.”

  1. Thermodynamics

Additionally, the rock/dog evolution violates the Second Law of Thermodynamics which says that when a chemical reaction occurs, the total chemical disorganization INCREASES, i.e. digested carbohydrates break down to single organic compounds, O2, H2O and CO2, not more complex molecular chains. This law of thermodynamics is also an “Axiom,” meaning it is a rule of science that cannot be “proved,” but has NEVER been violated. Time and kinetics (reaction rate) does not play in thermodynamics; if it thermodynamically cannot work NOW, it could not work billions of years ago.

Oftentimes, a superb Doctorate chemist works for years and years to formulate a chemical. It takes so long to go from hypothesis to hypothesis to success because the kinetics of the reaction are poor. Favorable thermodynamics are a REQUIREMENT, so the chemist does not waste his time. When atheists propose that the “life from rocks” methodology is factual, in essence, they are saying that Doctorate chemists’ intellect is not much better than chemicals left to random chance!

In spite of denying the unfavorable thermodynamics of the rock-to-life chemical reaction, State Religion preaching chemists have not preformed such a chemical reaction. The statistical chance of chemicals to react by chance is the same as millions of blind men standing shoulder-to- shoulder across the earth’s surface solving a Rubik cube at the same moment.

  1. Purpose of the State Religion

  2. Pseudo Science

    So, a belief that proposes dogs came from rocks and does not keep laws of thermodynamics can easily be called a fairy-tale religion, not a verified SCIENCE! Then the big question is why do secular professors spend their time teaching kids a State Religion? Because it denies God the Authorship of the Universe! Therefore, people do not need to believe in morals, right, wrong and salvation from sin; “when I’m dead, I’m gone forever.” Just what the devil wants, your destruction.

    The main and very unstated purpose of America’s State Religion is to make, in the minds of Americans, the Bible a book of fairy tales. And one of the major stories in the Bible is the global flood. Therefore textbooks used in Public Schools take all efforts to make the idea of a global flood ever happening a mythological idea. It is working exactly as the Apostle Paul writes about a majority of people that believe the State Religion teachings in 2 Timothy 4:3, 4: “turn away their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables.”

    The State Religion takes advantage of people’s desire to not be responsible to anyone. For an example, look at the fragmented heap of lost marriages. Since the introduction of no-fault divorce, the number of divorces have skyrocketed. No one has to admit guilt, so anyone in a marriage can give in to whatever selfish desire.

    Even Charles Darwin knew the improbability of what he wrote:

    The number of intermediate varieties which have formerly existed on earth must be truly enormous. Why then is not every geological formation and every stratum full of such intermediate links? Geology assuredly does not reveal any such finely graduated organic chain; and this, perhaps, is the most obvious and gravest objection which can be urged against my theory. (Origin of Species, page 291, Penguin edition, 1968) ( Why I believe in Creation, Dr. A. J. Monty White, Evangelical Press, 1999)

    Presently, with more work done in thermodynamics, the left wing of academics, still in spite of the thermodynamic impossibility, believe the universe just happened. They use logic like this: I’m here, and I can’t believe in God, therefore, I evolved from nothing. Since Charles Darwin, the elite academics have tried to create life from inorganic material. They enjoy no success.

    I compare some of the smartest people on earth trying, with as much energy as they have, to verify the possibilities of macro-evolution to random chances of chemicals performing the same. Which has the most probability of happening? 1) An atheist scientist, who can adapt the thermodynamics to a favorable reaction, 2) Disorganized chemicals to, by random chance, become more organized? Therefore, if it was possible, would it not have happened by now?

    Is academic intelligence the same as wisdom? They try to use their intelligence to perform the impossible.

    b. Religion Under a Cloak

    Unbeknown to most Americans, and especially the ACLU, (who pretends ignorance in this case), the atheist doctrine taught to kids in public school, is in fact, a religion. The shakers and breakers of the Humanist doctrine admit their doctrine is a religion.

Please take a look at the Humanist Manifesto:. The following words were copied from their web page.

 

Humanist Manifesto I

The Manifesto is a product of many minds. It was designed to represent a developing point of view, not a new creed. The individuals whose signatures appear would, had they been writing individual statements, have stated the propositions in differing terms. The importance of the document is that more than thirty men have come to general agreement on matters of final concern and that these men are undoubtedly representative of a large number who are forging a new philosophy out of the materials of the modern world. Raymond B. Bragg (1933)

The time has come for widespread recognition of the radical changes in religious beliefs throughout the modern world. The time is past for mere revision of traditional attitudes. Science and economic change have disrupted the old beliefs. Religions the world over are under the necessity of coming to terms with new conditions created by a vastly increased knowledge and experience. In every field of human activity, the vital movement is now in the direction of a candid and explicit humanism. In order that religious humanism may be better understood we, the undersigned, desire to make certain affirmations which we believe the facts of our contemporary life demonstrate.

There is great danger of a final, and we believe fatal, identification of the word religion with doctrines and methods which have lost their significance and which are powerless to solve the problem of human living in the Twentieth Century. Religions have always been means for realizing the highest values of life. Their end has been accomplished through the interpretation of the total environing situation (theology or world view), the sense of values resulting therefrom (goal or ideal), and the technique (cult), established for realizing the satisfactory life. A change in any of these factors results in alteration of the outward forms of religion. This fact explains the changefulness of religions through the centuries. But through all changes religion itself remains constant in its quest for abiding values, an inseparable feature of human life.

Today man’s larger understanding of the universe, his scientific achievements, and deeper appreciation of brotherhood, have created a situation which requires a new statement of the means and purposes of religion. Such a vital, fearless, and frank religion capable of furnishing adequate social goals and personal satisfactions may appear to many people as a complete break with the past. While this age does owe a vast debt to the traditional religions, it is none the less obvious that any religion that can hope to be a synthesizing and dynamic force for today must be shaped for the needs of this age. To establish such a religion is a major necessity of the present. It is a responsibility which rests upon this generation. We therefore affirm the following:

FIRST: Religious humanists regard the universe as self-existing and not created.

SECOND: Humanism believes that man is a part of nature and that he has emerged as a result of a continuous process.

THIRD: Holding an organic view of life, humanists find that the traditional dualism of mind and body must be rejected.

FOURTH: Humanism recognizes that man’s religious culture and civilization, as clearly depicted by anthropology and history, are the product of a gradual development due to his interaction with his natural environment and with his social heritage. The individual born into a particular culture is largely molded by that culture.

FIFTH: Humanism asserts that the nature of the universe depicted by modern science makes unacceptable any supernatural or cosmic guarantees of human values. Obviously humanism does not deny the possibility of realities as yet undiscovered, but it does insist that the way to determine the existence and value of any and all realities is by means of intelligent inquiry and by the assessment of their relations to human needs. Religion must formulate its hopes and plans in the light of the scientific spirit and method.

SIXTH: We are convinced that the time has passed for theism, deism, modernism, and the several varieties of “new thought”.

SEVENTH: Religion consists of those actions, purposes, and experiences which are humanly significant. Nothing human is alien to the religious. It includes labor, art, science, philosophy, love, friendship, recreation and all that is in its degree expressive of intelligently satisfying human living. The distinction between the sacred and the secular can no longer be maintained.

EIGHTH: Religious Humanism considers the complete realization of human personality to be the end of man’s life and seeks its development and fulfillment in the here and now. This is the explanation of the humanist’s social passion.

NINTH: In the place of the old attitudes involved in worship and prayer the humanist finds his religious emotions expressed in a heightened sense of personal life and in a cooperative effort to promote social well-being.

TENTH: It follows that there will be no uniquely religious emotions and attitudes of the kind hitherto associated with belief in the supernatural.

ELEVENTH: Man will learn to face the crises of life in terms of his knowledge of their naturalness and probability. Reasonable and manly attitudes will be fostered by education and supported by custom. We assume that humanism will take the path of social and mental hygiene and discourage sentimental and unreal hopes and wishful thinking.

TWELFTH: Believing that religion must work increasingly for joy in living, religious humanists aim to foster the creative in man and to encourage achievements that add to the satisfactions of life.

THIRTEENTH: Religious humanism maintains that all associations and institutions exist for the fulfillment of human life. The intelligent evaluation, transformation, control, and direction of such associations and institutions with a view to the enhancement of human life is the purpose and program of humanism. Certainly religious institutions, their ritualistic forms, ecclesiastical methods, and communal activities must be reconstituted as rapidly as experience allows, in order to function effectively in the modern world.

FOURTEENTH: The humanists are firmly convinced that existing acquisitive and profit-motivated society has shown itself to be inadequate and that a radical change in methods, controls, and motives must be instituted. A socialized and cooperative economic order must be established to the end that the equitable distribution of the means of life be possible. The goal of humanism is a free and universal society in which people voluntarily and intelligently cooperate for the common good. Humanists demand a shared life in a shared world.

FIFTEENTH AND LAST: We assert that humanism will: (a) affirm life rather than deny it; (b) seek to elicit the possibilities of life, not flee from them; and (c) endeavor to establish the conditions of a satisfactory life for all, not merely for the few. By this positive morale and intention humanism will be guided, and from this perspective and alignment the techniques and efforts of humanism will flow.

So stand the theses of religious humanism. Though we consider the religious forms and ideas of our fathers no longer adequate, the quest for the good life is still the central task for mankind. Man is at last becoming aware that he alone is responsible for the realization of the world of his dreams, that he has within himself the power for its achievement. He must set intelligence and will to the task.

[EDITOR’S NOTE: There were 34 signers of this document, including Anton J. Carlson, John Dewey, John H. Dietrich, R. Lester Mondale, Charles Francis Potter, Curtis W. Reese, and Edwin H. Wilson.]

Copyright © 1973 by the American Humanist Association

Permission to reproduce this material in total in electronic or printout form is hereby granted free of charge by the copyright holder. Free permission to reprint the essay is granted to nonprofit Humanist and Freethought publications. All others must secure advance permission of the author through the American Humanist Association, which can be contacted at the address at the end of this file.

Using my freedom-of-speech ‘rights,’ I publish this now. I will try to get permission, but seeing that the Web page is self-incriminating evidence of the United States of America promoting a RELGION, they may not give permission.

In essence, what these words do, just like mainstream New Age religion, is to proclaim humans, as their own gods! Ha! What power we have! We can’t even live together without trying to kill each other, let alone create anything worthwhile.

The Humanist religion of man-made gods set their first claim over a century ago in public school. John Dewey, who was behind much of the public school problems, was a major leader and knew that starting at a young age would be best to question the Bible. Is the Bible the Word of God, or a fairy-tale book?

One of the first steps to make the Bible appear as a fairy-tale book, was the work of Charles Lyell, who wrote Principles of Geology or the ‘Geology Bible,’ to make present-day, what’s the earth like now geologists into history teachers! It is the young earth/old earth debate.

Besides humanists using geologists to fulfill their desires, governments counties on up to the Federal Government are doing humanist work. Instead of pampering the humanist religion, all three segments of government should have blown the whistle on Charles Lyell. Apparently, he was an eloquent speaker. In addition to writing the geologist’s bible, he was a lawyer. The Catastrophic geologists lost the war.

From the late 1700’s more and more Christians compromised their faith by believing the old earth story. Charles Lyell was followed by Charles Darwin and some Christians compromised more to believe in macro-evolution.

When a person compromises God’s Word, what they are saying is ‘I don’t trust God enough to believe all His Words.’ It is like when criminals break the law. Their actions are saying ‘I won’t obey all of your laws, just a few that I want to keep.’ Being a Christian is a binary situation. You either believe God’s Words, and keep them, or you are not faithful (a friend looks at Bible translations and the word translated as ‘faithful’ should is best translated ‘loyal’. Rather than ‘faithful’ to Jesus (you are loyal to Jesus), you are not loyal to God’s Word, and don’t keep His Words.

  1. Old Earth Flaws1

One point the State Religion uses to support the idea that the earth is millions and millions of years old is radioactive dating. Whether it be Potassium-Argon or any other radioactive element, the same flaws exist. It is a basic mathematical idea that shows the mistake in radioactive dating. All the radioactive isotopes have a verifiable rate of decay. All artifacts may then be assayed to determine an amount of radioactivity. The State Religion then uses this data to say the artifact is millions of years old.

However, certain assumptions are made to draw information from two pieces of data. Think of a Cartesian plane with one point and a straight line with a certain slope. The slope of the line is the half-life of the material and ‘y’ coordinate can be the amount determined by chemical assay. But in a radioactivity vs time graph, the time can not be calculated because there is no reliable starting point of the radioactivity unless an ‘educated guess’ is made. But a guess is still a guess and not a reliable piece of information.

But the starting point relies on a very great assumption when dealing with the State Religion’s millions and millions of years: the ratio of the radioactive elements, Rb-Sr, Pb-Pb or K-Ar.

For example, dating work done by State Religion scientists on items from the Kaupelehu Flow (about 200 years ago.) Twelve different dates were determined ranging from 140 million years to 2.96 billion years.2

The State Religion geologists appear to be in a cyclical system. They make a guess based on Sir Charles Lyell’s Principles of Geology or the “geology Bible.” On their guess they set an element ratio which will lead to a time span that agrees with the strata determined by the geological column.

VII. Unanswered Questions

However, the ideas that support a global flood are never mentioned:

1) Fossils are only formed in a non-oxidizing atmosphere: under water. When an animal is left on the surface of the earth, it is eaten by animals and oxidized to nearly nothing.

Secular scientists like George Gaylord Simpson noted that when using the uniformitarian concepts (the rates of everything years ago is the same as it is now) do not explain what is found in fossils.

“The sudden appearance of life is not only the most puzzling feature of the whole fossil record but also its greatest apparent inadequacy.” (The Evolution of Life, pg. 144)

The explanation of the fossil record should be CATASTOPHIC and not UNIFORMATARIAN! A flood happened whether the atheist secular people want to believe it or not.

2) Why was Lake Bonneville, with shores of 5000 feet above sea level, present and want happened to it?

3) If the Grand Canyon took “millions and millions of years” to form, why are round rocks ONLY at the bottom?

4) Why is the back side of the moon only a smooth plain with no craters?

Also, in order to understand the flood idea better, Bible scripture must be understood better. The scripture that best relates the earth configuration before the flood is Genesis 1:6.

And God said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the waters, and let it divide the waters from the waters.

My first understanding of the scripture was similar to islands in the midst of the ocean. But now, I see it as the earth being similar to Venus, the Earth had a water shield above land. Many secular studies proclaim that the earth was struck by a meteorite. Such a meteorite collapsed the water shield and the flood resulted. Water not present on the surface of the earth was suddenly on the surface.

The hypothesis of a flood causing the Grand Canyon was reproduced from the Mount Saint Helen’s eruption effects. The eruption of the mountain caused Spirit Lake to flood. When the shore holding the water broke, the downstream river became a mini-Grand Canyon.

For more information, look at Answers in Genesis.org, Kent Hovind’s Doctor Dinosaur or Science Against Evolution.org. From the last web site listed they briefly state that the only two documented cases of inanimate objects coming to life are: Pinocchio and Frosty the Snowman.

You need not believe the State Religion because there is no alternative. The alternative is the concept that we, and the universe we inhabit, were created by God.

 

VIII. Intelligent Design

Secular atheist scientists are of two sets of science and two sets of rules. They call it Science of Process and Science of Origin. Science of Process uses the rules of today, the rules of engineering. The Laws of Thermodynamics are seen as valid rules that work. However, if the same rules are applied to the Science of Origin, the Science of Origin becomes a Religion. The rules that say science is observable, testable and reproducible does not work for the “science” that our kids are taught in public school.

There is a movement around the world that fills the missing links with the use of a superhuman being that is not limited to the laws of science as we know them. This movement is not religious based. It is based very firmly in standard logic. It also indicates the obvious difference between a scientist and an engineer. This is a general comparison, not a solid binary situation. Rather, I mean that thinking methods are different in scientists and engineers, but some scientists think engineering thoughts.

In general, some scientist are more philosophical than is usually thought. When some scientists come up with the idea of macro-evolution, that does not keep a standard scientific rule of reproducibility, they are definitely playing philosopher. An engineer on the other hand, is employed to build or design things. And everything in the world as we know it, keeps the standard rules of science and thermodynamics. Materially non-existent ideas are the only things on this planet that do need to keep the rules. Engineers are not paid for ideas that do not produce a product or process of some nature. Scientist are paid sometimes to produce ideas that fulfill human needs, not a material product.

In the macro-evolution idea, the human selfish need is to not be obligated to believe in a superhuman being that created the universe. So philosophical thinking scientists come up with the ideas of Big-Bang cosmic evolution, stellar evolution, chemical evolution, organic evolution, and macro-evolution to fulfill selfish human needs. Micro-evolution is the only reproducible type of evolution that has a retail value: breeding horses, dogs, cats or any other valuable animal or plant.

However, with the Intelligent Design movement, some engineer-thinking scientists see the flaws in the atheist human origination ideas. They see how some of the human physiology did not evolve by itself.

I took a course in human anatomy and physiology and one human process amazed me. It was a process in an organ that by itself was thermodynamically impossible to work. But because some other reactions happened at the same instant, this thermodynamically impossible reaction changed its thermodynamic values to react properly. The probability of such a process to happen by itself is almost zero. But through atheist philosophical scientists, most Americans believe that our planet and ourselves “just happened.” For some more information on Intelligent Design, you can link to http://www.apologetics.org.

From http://www.answersingenesis.org, Mike Riddle wrote the following paper about the origin of life.

 

Can natural processes explain the orgin of life?

Layman

by Mike Riddle

May 17, 2007

Have you seen the movie Mission to Mars? Astronauts discover that the “seeds of life” were planted on Earth billions of years ago by an alien race that once lived on Mars. After a meteor destroyed the atmosphere of Mars, these aliens left to colonize a distant planet, but not without first leaving DNA on Earth, which began the process of evolution. Realizing the remote possibility of life spontaneously beginning on Earth, some evolutionary scientists, including the codiscoverer of the structure of DNA, Francis Crick, have proposed that life began on Earth from material that had come from outer space. However, moving the origin of life to another planet does not solve the problem. Could simple life have arisen on Earth or any other planet? What would be involved in such a process? In this chapter, we examine the origin of life and see that only the Bible explains it: “In the beginning God created …” (Genesis 1:1)

When considering how life began, there are only two options. Either life was created by an intelligent source (God) or it began by natural processes. The common perception presented in many textbooks and in the media is that life arose from non-life in a pool of chemicals about 3.8 billion years ago. The claim by evolutionists is that this formation of life was the result of time, chance, and natural processes. One widely used example of how life could have formed by natural processes is the Miller-Urey experiment, performed in the early 1950s.

Miller’s objective was not to create life but to simulate how life’s basic building structures (amino acids1) might have formed in the early earth. In the experiment, Miller attempted to simulate the early atmosphere of Earth by using certain gases, which he thought might produce organic compounds necessary for life. Since the gases he included (water, methane, ammonia, and hydrogen) do not react with each other under natural conditions, he generated electrical currents to simulate some form of energy input (such as lightning) that was needed to drive the chemical reactions. The result was production of amino acids. Many textbooks promote this experiment as the first step in explaining how life could have originated. But there is more to this experiment than what is commonly represented in textbooks.

 

The rest of the story—some critical thinking

When we examine the purpose, assumptions, and results of the Miller experiment, there are three critical thinking questions that can be raised:

  • How much of the experiment was left to chance processes or how much involved intelligent design?
  • How did Miller know what Earth’s early atmosphere (billions of years ago) was like?
  • Did Miller produce the right type of amino acids used in life?

 

The method used

In the experiment, Miller was attempting to illustrate how life’s building blocks (amino acids) could have formed by natural processes. However, throughout the experiment Miller relied on years of intelligent research in chemistry. He purposely chose which gases to include and which to exclude. Next, he had to isolate the biochemicals (amino acids) from the environment he had created them in because it would have destroyed them. No such system would have existed on the so-called “primitive” earth. It appears Miller used intelligent design throughout the experiment rather than chance processes.

 

The starting ingredients

How did Miller know what the atmosphere was like billions of years ago? Miller assumed that the early earth’s atmosphere was very different from today. He based his starting chemical mixture on the assumption that the early earth had a reducing atmosphere (an atmosphere that contains no free oxygen). Why did Miller and many other evolutionists assume there was no free oxygen in Earth’s early atmosphere? As attested below, it is well known that biological molecules (specifically amino acid bonds) are destroyed in the presence of oxygen, making it impossible for life to evolve.

Oxygen is a poisonous gas that oxidizes organic and inorganic materials on a planetary surface; it is quite lethal to organisms that have not evolved protection against it.2

[…] in the atmosphere and in the various water basins of the primitive earth, many destructive interactions would have so vastly diminished, if not altogether consumed, essential precursor chemicals, that chemical evolution rates would have been negligible.3

Therefore, in order to avoid this problem, evolutionists propose that Earth’s first atmosphere did not contain any freestanding oxygen. We must ask ourselves, “Is there any evidence to support this claim, or is it based on the assumption that evolution must be true?” As it turns out, the existence of a reducing atmosphere is merely an assumption not supported by the physical evidence. The evidence points to the fact that the earth has always had oxygen in the atmosphere.

There is no scientific proof that Earth ever had a non-oxygen atmosphere such as evolutionists require. Earth’s oldest rocks contain evidence of being formed in an oxygen atmosphere.4

The only trend in the recent literature is the suggestion of far more oxygen in the early atmosphere than anyone imagined.5

If we were to grant the evolutionists’ assumption of no oxygen in the original atmosphere, another fatal problem arises. Since the ozone is made of oxygen, it would not exist; and the ultraviolet rays from the sun would destroy any biological molecules. This presents a no-win situation for the evolution model. If there was oxygen, life could not start. If there was no oxygen, life could not start. Michael Denton notes:

What we have is sort of a “Catch 22” situation. If we have oxygen we have no organic compounds, but if we don’t have oxygen we have none either.6

Because life could not have originated on land, some evolutionists propose that life started in the oceans. The problem with life starting in the oceans, however, is that as organic molecules formed, the water would have immediately destroyed them through a process called hydrolysis. Hydrolysis, which means “water splitting,” is the addition of a water molecule between two bonded molecules (two amino acids in this case), which causes them to split apart. Many scientists have noted this problem.

Besides breaking up polypeptides, hydrolysis would have destroyed many amino acids.7

In general the half-lives of these polymers in contact with water are on the order of days and months—time spans which are surely geologically insignificant.8

Furthermore, water tends to break chains of amino acids apart. If any proteins had formed in the oceans 3.5 billion years ago, they would have quickly disintegrated.9

Scientifically, there is no known solution for how life could have chemically evolved on the earth.

On the other hand …

Because the scientific evidence contradicts the origin of life by natural processes, Miller resorted to unrealistic initial conditions to develop amino acids in his experiment (no oxygen and excessive energy input). However, there is more to the story. Producing amino acids is not the hard part. The difficult part is getting the right type and organization of amino acids. There are over 2,000 types of amino acids, but only 20 are used in life. Furthermore, the atoms which make up each amino acid are assembled in two basic shapes. These are known as left-handed and right-handed. Compare them to human hands. Each hand has the same components (four fingers and a thumb), yet they are different. The thumb of one hand is on the left, and the thumb of the other is on the right. They are mirror images of each other. Like our hands, amino acids come in two shapes. They are composed of the same atoms (components) but are mirror images of each other, called left-handed amino acids and right-handed amino acids. Objects that have handedness are said to be chiral (pronounced “ky-rul”), which is from the Greek for “hand.”

 

Handedness is an important concept because all amino acids that make up proteins in living things are 100% left-handed. Right-handed amino acids are never found in proteins. If a protein were assembled with just one right-handed amino acid, the protein’s function would be totally lost. As one Ph.D. chemist has said,

Many of life’s chemicals come in two forms, “left-handed” and “right-handed.” Life requires polymers with all building blocks having the same “handedness” (homochirality)—proteins have only “left-handed” amino acids […] . But ordinary undirected chemistry, as is the hypothetical primordial soup, would produce equal mixtures of left- and right-handed molecules, called racemates.10

A basic chemistry textbook admits,

This is a very puzzling fact […] . All the proteins that have been investigated, obtained from animals and from plants from higher organisms and from very simple organisms—bacteria, molds, even viruses—are found to have been made of L-amino [left-handed] acids.11

The common perception left by many textbooks and journals is that Miller and other scientists were successful in producing the amino acids necessary for life. However, the textbooks and media fail to mention that what they had actually produced was a mixture of left- and right-handed amino acids, which is detrimental to life. The natural tendency is for left- and right-handed amino acids to bond together. Scientist still do not know why biological proteins use only left-handed amino acids.

The reason for this choice [only left-handed amino acids] is again a mystery, and a subject of continuous dispute.12

Jonathan Wells, a developmental biologist, writes,

So we remain profoundly ignorant of how life originated. Yet the Miller-Urey experiment continues to be used as an icon of evolution, because nothing better has turned up. Instead of being told the truth, we are given the misleading impression that scientists have empirically demonstrated the first step in the origin of life.13

Despite the fact that the Miller experiment did not succeed in creating the building blocks of life (only left-handed amino acids), textbooks continue to promote the idea that life could have originated by natural processes. For example, the following statement from a biology textbook misleads students into thinking Miller succeeded:

By re-creating the early atmosphere (ammonia, water, hydrogen and methane) and passing an electric spark (lightning) through the mixture, Miller and Urey proved that organic matter such as amino acids could have formed spontaneously.14

First, note the word “proved.” Miller and Urey proved nothing except that life’s building blocks could not form in such conditions. Second, the textbook completely ignores other evidence, which shows that the atmosphere always contained oxygen. Third, the textbook ignores the fact that Miller got the wrong type of amino acids—a mixture of left- and right-handed.

The Miller experiment (and all experiments since then) failed to produce even a single biological protein by purely naturalistic processes. Only God could have begun life.

Information

Another important component of life is information. The common factor in all living organisms is the information contained in their cells. Where and how did all this coded information arise? Proteins are amazingly versatile and carry out many biochemical functions, but they are incapable of assembling themselves without the assistance of DNA. The function of DNA is to store information and pass it on (transcribe) to RNA, while the function of RNA is to read, decode, and use the information received from DNA to make proteins. Each of the thousands of genes on a DNA molecule contains instructions necessary to make specific proteins that, in turn, are needed for specific biological functions.

Any hypothesis or model meant to explain how all life evolved from lifeless chemicals into a complex cell consisting of vast amounts of information also has to explain the source of information and how this information was encoded into the genome. All evolutionary explanations are unable to answer this question. Dr. Werner Gitt, former physics professor and director of information processing at the Institute of Physics and Technology in Braunschweig, Germany, and Dr. Lee Spetner both agree that information cannot arise by naturalistic processes:

There is no known law of nature, no known process and no known sequence of events which can cause information to originate by itself in matter.15

Not even one mutation has been observed that adds a little information to the genome. This surely shows that there are not the millions upon millions of potential mutations the theory [evolution] demands.16

The DNA code within all plant and animal cells is vastly more compact than any computer chip ever made. DNA is so compact that a one-square-inch chip of DNA could encode the information in over 7 billion Bibles. Since the density and complexity of the genetic code is millions of times greater than man’s present technology, we can conclude that the originator of the information must be supremely intelligent.

Two biologists have noted,

DNA is an information code […] . The overwhelming conclusion is that information does not and cannot arise spontaneously by mechanistic processes. Intelligence is a necessity in the origin of any informational code, including the genetic code, no matter how much time is given.17

God, in His Word, tells us that His creation is a witness to Himself and that we do not have an excuse for not believing (Romans 1:19–20). The fact that the information encoded in DNA ultimately needs to have come from an infinite source of information testifies to a Creator. And, as we saw above, the only known way to link together left-handed amino acids is through purposeful design. Since no human was present to assemble the first living cell, it is further testimony to an all-wise Creator God.

Given enough time …

Nobel prize–winning scientist George Wald once wrote,

However improbable we regard this event [evolution], or any of the steps it involves, given enough time, it will almost certainly happen at least once […] . Time is the hero of the plot […] . Given so much time, the impossible becomes possible, the possible becomes probable, the probable becomes virtually certain. One only has to wait; time itself performs miracles.18

In the case of protein formation, the statement “given enough time” is not valid. When we look at the mathematical probabilities of even a small protein (100 amino acids) assembling by random chance, it is beyond anything that has ever been observed.

What is the probability of ever getting one small protein of 100 left-handed amino acids? (An average protein has at least 300 amino acids in it—all left-handed.) To assemble just 100 left-handed amino acids (far shorter than the average protein) would be the same probability as getting 100 heads in a row when flipping a coin. In order to get 100 heads in a row, we would have to flip a coin 1030 times (this is 10×10, 30 times). This is such an astounding improbability that there would not be enough time in the whole history of the universe (even according to evolutionary timeframes) for this to happen.

The ability of complex structures to form by naturalistic processes is essential for the evolution model to work. However, the complexity of life appears to preclude this from happening. According to the laws of probability, if the chance of an event occurring is smaller than 1 in 10-50, then the event will never occur (this is equal to 1 divided by 1050 and is a very small number).19

What have scientists calculated the probability to be of an average- size protein occurring naturally? Walter Bradley, Ph.D. materials science, and Charles Thaxton, Ph.D. chemistry,5 calculated that the probability of amino acids forming into a protein is

4.9 x 10-191.

This is well beyond the laws of probability (1×10-50), and a protein is not even close to becoming a complete living cell. Sir Fred Hoyle, Ph.D. astronomy, and Chandra Wickramasinghe, Professor of Applied Math and Astronomy, calculated that the probability of getting a cell by naturalistic processes is

1 x 10-40,000.

No matter how large the environment one considers, life cannot have had a random beginning […] . There are about two thousand enzymes, and the chance of obtaining them all in a random trial is only one part in (1020)2000 = 1040,000, an outrageously small probability that could not be faced even if the whole universe consisted of organic soup.20

Conclusion

As we have seen, the scientific evidence confirms that “in the beginning, God created […] .” Life cannot come from nonlife; only God can create life. True science and the Bible will always agree. Whether in biology, astronomy, geology, or any other field of study, we can trust God’s Word to be accurate when it speaks about these topics. Let us stand up for the truth of Genesis and take back our culture.

Footnotes

The basic building blocks of all living systems are proteins, which consist of only twenty different types of amino acids. The average number of amino acids in a biological protein is over 300. These amino acids must be arranged in a very specific sequence for each protein. Back

Ward, P., and Brownlee, D., Rare Earth, p. 245, 2000. Back

Thaxton, C., Bradley, W., and Olsen, R., The Mystery of Life’s Origin: Reassessing Current Theories, p. 66, 1984. Back

Clemmey, H., and Badham, N., Oxygen in the atmosphere: an evaluation of the geological evidence, Geology 10:141, 1982. Back

Thaxton, C., Bradley, W., and Olsen, R., The Mystery of Life’s Origin, p. 80, 1992. Back (1) Back (2)

Denton, M., Evolution: A Theory in Crisis, p. 261, 1985. Back

Encyclopedia of Science and Technology, Vol. 1, pp. 411-412, 1982. Back

Dose, K., The Origin of Life and Evolutionary Biochemistry, p. 69, 1974. Back

Morris, R., The Big Questions, p. 167, 2002. Back

Sarfati, J., In Six Days, p. 82, 2000. Back

Pauling, L., General Chemistry, Third Edition, p. 774, 1970. Back

Shapiro, R., Origins, p. 86, 1986. Back

Wells, J., Icons of Evolution, p. 24, 2000. Back

Miller, K., and Levine, J., Biology, 2000. Back

Gitt, W., In the Beginning Was Information, p. 107, 1997. Back

Spetner, L., Not by Chance, p. 160, 1997. Back

Lester, L., and Bohlin, R., The Natural Limits to Biological Change, p. 157, 1989. Back

Wald, G., The origin of life, Scientific American 191:45, August 1954. Back

Probability expert Emile Borel wrote, “Events whose probabilities are extremely small never occur […] . We may be led to set at 1 to the 50th power the value of negligible probabilities on the cosmic scale.” (Borel, E., Probabilities and Life, p. 28, 1962). Back

Hoyle, F., and Wickramasinghe, C., Evolution from Space, p. 176, 1984. Back


  1. The Time of the Gentiles is Done.

In the United States of America in a time of homosexual activist judges, abortion, animal rights extremists and a public school system that teaches we evolved from rocks, I go with a Colorado writer’s words, Chuck Green, DON’T MESS WITH ISRAEL! They have five submarines to launch nukes now.

Luke 21:24 (World English Bible) tells me that when the United States of America uses bad logic to teach our children that they are here by chance, that homosexuality is just a “choice,” and when the media does not see American voter’s solid concept that a marriage is between a man and a woman (19 States passed State Amendments to define marriage) Al Qaida is close to cause their version of a big-bang for America!

“They will fall by the edge of the sword, and will be led captive into all the nations. Jerusalem will be trampled down by the Gentiles, until the times of the Gentiles are fulfilled.”

In my scriptural search, I believe that the time of the Gentiles is being completed right now. Our President George W. Bush has lead us astray. We DO need to focus on terrorists, and eliminate them from the face of the earth, but we started the wrong direction. The following words are from a Denver resident who knows our best method to eliminate terrorism.

[notes: early nuclear research included “tickling the dragons tail” when they put two pieces of uranium close.]

From: “Ibrahim Kazerooni”

In His Name the Most High

A. WAHHABISM: THREAT TO WORLD PEACE

Since the 9/11 massacre, we have witnessed a growing interest in Islam, not only in the U.S but across the globe. One of the more frequently asked questions I get about Islam is the difference between Sunnis and Shi’ah.

While Sunnis are spread all over the Muslim world, the majority of the Shi’ah population is located in the heartland of Islam, that is, in the area between Egypt and India. Countries such as Iran, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Bahrain, and Lebanon have majority Shi’ah populations.

Theologically, these two branches of Islam are virtually the same, where they differ is on the issue of succession to the Prophet Mohammad. While Sunnis believe the Prophet’s successor should be chosen by individuals, Shi’ah believe in the prophetic appointment of successors.

Within Sunni Islam, there are many different schools of thought, not unlike Christianity’s many different denominations.

Of all the schools of Sunni thought, Wahhabism — which is the state religion of Saudi Arabia — is the most austere and regressive and is the philosophical guide for terrorist organizations like Al-Qaida.

The Wahhabist doctrine emerged about two-hundred years ago in the Najd province of Arabia, by Mohammad Ibn Abdolwahhab (an unknown and eccentric son of a village judge), and opposes any refinement of Islamic culture, philosophy, theology, and the arts over time.

Wahhabism constructs a pseudo-philosophy, which dictates dogmatic, outward acts of worship and rigid intolerance.

The Taliban exemplify the ideal form of Wahhabist government, with Saudi Arabia coming in a close second. With intolerance being the key feature of Wahhabism, this inflexible doctrine is responsible for sowing discord, sedition, violence, and hatred in the Muslim world and outside.

For example, the Wahhabist Saudi Institute teaches that Shi’ah Muslims are “Jewish agents” and not real Muslims. This can be seen from the letter that was circulated in Cairo just recently by Al-Qaida, and reported by the Associated Press: “The American troops have carried out a massacre to kill Shi’as in Karbala, their (Shi’as’) infidel city, and in Baghdad.”

By causing their followers lose touch with reality through austere, cult-like practices, Wahhabists make it easier for their followers to participate in atrocities. The perpetrators of the recent attacks on Shi’ia in Iraq and Pakistan — not unlike the perpetrators of the 9/11 massacre — are agents of Wahhabism inspired from Saudi Arabia.

Masquerading as a religion, Wahhabism has a global network of Mosques and schools — including in the U.S — which are being used to poison young Muslim minds and sow hatred through childish religious literature published in Saudi Arabia.

If we are to win the war on terrorism, we must tackle Wahhabism head on, even if that means mortally wounding the cozy relationship between our government and the Saudi ruling family, which has been harboring and nurturing the Wahhabist sect for decades.

Unfortunately, by invading Iraq, we missed the real target of our war on terrorism: Wahhabism.

What we have done, instead, is strengthen and embolden the Al-Qaida terrorist organization by bringing it more recruits and money from ideological strains diametrically opposed to Wahhabism, such as Arab Nationalism (Ba’athists) and tolerant strains of Islam.

Al-Qaida has succeeded in using the U.S. conquest of Iraq as proof that the United States is only interested in occupying Muslim lands, peoples and resources, something these Wahhabists have been preaching for years. For many in the Muslim world — after seeing our unprovoked invasion of Iraq based on the false pretense of weapons of mass destruction — they find it hard to argue with Al-Qaida now.

I believe we must go to the root of the problem: the Saudi royal family which continues to protect and advance Wahhabism. Given the choice, Muslims in Saudi Arabia would reject Wahhabism. But they don’t have a choice because of the decades-old pact between the Saudi royal family and the Wahhabists, which allows the royal family to keep its grip on absolute political power and the nation’s oil wealth while the Wahhabists hold free reign over social and religious matters, including education.

However, challenging our government’s relationship with the Saudi royals could be difficult considering the business ties between President Bush’s father, members of his former administration and the Carlyle group, an investment firm managing millions of dollars from the Saudi royal family.

The tragedy of 9/11 alerted the world to the dangers of intolerance and religious bigotry. Both are central to the ideological foundations of Wahhabism and it must be defeated.

 

In addition to Wahhabism, there is a group called 12th Imam Shi’ia. A story was done by Focus in the Family in an email newsletter available at my link: 12th Imam Shi’ia

Ibrahim Kazerooni is not the only source of information about Saudi Arabia and Wahhabism. From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wahhabism) I found the following words.

B. Origin of the term “Wahhabi”

The term “Wahhabi” refers to the movement’s founder Muhammad ibn Abd al Wahhab. It is rarely used by members of this group today, although the Saudis did use it in the past.

Wahhabism can trace its originating roots to a Freemason from the British government who was working as a spy and teaching Muhammad ibn Abd-al-Wahhab a new radical version of Islam as a way to destroy the Ottoman Empire as Mr. Hempher (a British spy) notes in his memoirs [1] Wahabism is commonly rejected through the rest of the Muslim world outside Saudi Arabia where Muslims follow one of 4 traditional mahdhab schools of thought.

The Wahhabis claim to hold to the way of the “Salaf as-Salih”, the “pious predecessors” as earlier propagated mainly by Ibn Taymiyya, his students Ibn Al Qayyim, and later by Muhammad ibn Abdul Wahab and his followers.

C. Beliefs

Wahhabism accepts the Qur’an and hadith as fundamental texts, interpreted upon the understanding of the first three generations of Islam. It also accepts various commentaries including Ibn Abd al-Wahhab’s book called Kitab al-Tawhid (“Book of Monotheism”), and the works of the earlier scholar Ibn Taymiyya.

Wahhabis do not follow any specific madhhab (method or school of jurisprudence), but claim to interpret the words of the prophet Muhammad directly, using the four maddhab for reference. However, they are often associated with the Hanbali maddhab. Wahhabi theology advocates a puritanical and legalistic stance in matters of faith and religious practice.

Wahhabists see their role as a movement to restore Islam from what they perceive to be innovations, superstitions, deviances, heresies and idolatries. There are many practices that they believe are contrary to Islam, such as:

* Pictures of Human Beings

* Praying at Tombs (Praying at Mohammed’s tomb , the prophet of Islam, is also considered “Shirk (polytheism)”)

* Not wearing Burqa and skipping prayers (all businesses close five times a day for prayers)

* Invoking of any prophet, Sufi saint, or angel in prayer, other than God alone Wahhabists believe these practices are polytheistic in nature)

* Celebrating annual feasts for Sufi saints

* Wearing of charms, and believing in their healing power

* Practicing magic, or going to sorcerers or witches to seek healing

* Innovation in matters of religion (e.g. new methods of worship)

Though Wahhabis have innumerable wrong tenets, they are based on three principles:

1 – They say that a’mal or ‘ibadat are included in iman and that he who does not perform a fard though he believes that it is fard, for example, salat because of laziness or zakat because of stinginess, becomes a disbeliever and he must be killed and his possessions must be distributed among Wahhabis.

2 – They say that one who asks for shafa’a from the souls of prophets (‘alaihimu ‘s-salam) or awliya’ (rahimahum-Allahu ta’ala) or who visits their tombs and prays while considering them mediators becomes a disbeliever. They also believe that the dead do not have any sense.

3 – Wahhabis say, “It causes kufr (disbelief) and shirk (polytheism) to build a dome over a grave, to light oil-lamps for those who worship and serve in shrines, and to vow alms for the souls of the dead! The inhabitants of al-Haramain (Mecca and Medina) have worshipped domes and walls up to now.”

D. Restrictions on religious freedom

Islamic practice generally is limited to that of a school of the Sunni branch of Islam as interpreted by Muhammad ibn Abd al Wahhab, an 18th century Arab religious reformer. (Outside Saudi Arabia, this branch of Islam is often referred to as “Wahhabi,” a term the Saudis do not use. The teachings of the reformer Abd Al-Wahhab are more often referred to by adherents as “Salafi” or “Muwahiddun,” that is, following the forefathers of Islam, or unifiers of Islamic practice.)

Practices contrary to this interpretation, such as celebration of Muhammad’s birthday and visits to the tombs of renowned Muslims, are discouraged. The spreading of Muslim teachings not in conformance with the officially accepted interpretation of Islam is prohibited. Writers and other individuals who publicly criticize this interpretation, including both those who advocate a stricter interpretation and those who favor a more moderate interpretation than the Government’s, reportedly have been imprisoned and faced other reprisals.

The Ministry of Islamic Affairs supervises and finances the construction and maintenance of almost all mosques in the country, although over 30 percent of all mosques in Saudi Arabia are built and endowed by private persons. The Ministry pays the salaries of imams (prayer leaders) and others who work in the mosques. A governmental committee defines the qualifications of imams. The Committee to Promote Virtue and Prevent Vice (commonly called “religious police” or Mutawwa’in) is a government entity, and its chairman has ministerial status. The Committee sends out armed and unarmed people into the public to ensure that Saudi citizens and expatriates living in the kingdom follow the Islamic mores, at least in public.

  1. The State Religion with Compromising Christians

    A. Old Earth/Young Earth


Some Christians try to blend and mesh Biblical ideas and the State Religion. They do that by compromising God’s Word in the Bible. By not believing a six-day creation is possible, believing that the flood was not global, but local, and believing that human beings evolved from apes is a Christian compromise. In doing this, they are indicating to God that their faith is very weak. So weak that this is what Jesus tells about it:

Not everyone who says to me, “Lord, Lord” will enter the kingdom of heaven, but only he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven. Many will say to me on that day, “Lord, Lord did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name drive out demons and perform many miracles?” Then I will tell them plainly, “I never knew you. Away from me, you evildoers!” Matthew 6:21-23 NIV

B. Abortion and the Sabbath

In some secular groups, like Planned Parent, it is understood that a child’s life begins at conception. However, if bearing a child is too much of a hardship, abortion is not seen as murder, but the best option. The best explanation is found in an article, Abortion and the Sabbath by Kenneth Westby at http://www.godward.org.

XI. Good is Bad, Bad is Good

Creating life and having stewardship over life is good. Unless of course, if it becomes a “hardship” in “your” life. However, now, even in the secular world, it is proven that human being life begins at conception. Cells in the unborn child communicate, therefore, the unborn being has an EEG. Its’ DNA is different than the mother. The unborn child is a new and different life in the world.

But, if the mother-of-stewardship want to be a client at a “legal” abortion clinic, she may have a “doctor” take the life of the unborn child. Even in the last-term, when the child has a very detectable heart beat, and the mother can feel the unborn child move, abortion is “legal.”

Then again, if the child is born, and the stewards to the persons life, Michael Schiavo, for example, feel a hardship and they ally with a State Religion Judge George Greer, the judge may order any life support medical equipment removed to have the person starve to death, e.g. Terri Schiavo in Florida.

After seeing a video of Terri, where her very open eyes track people in her room, she can show her likes and dislikes, taking her life is very easily called murder. If Judge Greer is able to legally murder Terri Schiavo, it is only a matter of time before more life is “legally” taken.

I worked at a long-term medical facility and many of the residents are in a more serious condition than Terri Schiavo. Who decides how long they live? Themselves, a judge, an adulterous husband, parents, or God?

XII. Judicial Tyranny

In the Constitution of the United States of America, the Federal government is split into three sections: Executive, Legislative and Judicial. The Legislative branch, composed of the House of Representatives and the Senate, make laws, the Executive branch executes the laws and the Judicial branch is to trial cases of Law and Equity arising under the Constitution, the Laws of the United States, treaties made, to all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction.

However, in the past few years, judges exert mistaken authority to promote their own personal opinions. Most cases arise from laws enacted by a democratic vote. The first in my mind was the Colorado Amendment Two which won in a Colorado election. This amendment promoted the idea of equality for all regardless of sexual orientation. It denied “special situations” for homosexuals. They did not favor Amendment Two, so of course, a “judge” found the Amendment unconstitutional.

That word, unconstitutional, appears to be the liberal judges’ favorite. The media fails to emphasize why the Amendment was unconstitutional. Another example is in Ninth Circuit court area, San Francisco. Of course, the Ninth Circus is responsible terming the Pledge of Allegiance unconstitutional because of the “under God” phrase.

Again the judicial system uses the unconstitutional cop-out after California voted for a definition of marriage: a union between a man and a woman. San Francisco County Superior Court Judge Richard Kramer said that withholding marriage licenses from gays and lesbians is unconstitutional5.

 

XIII. Reap What is Sown

When dealing with religions, logic has its place. Let me go over some of the teachings of the State Religion and some of the common results.

1) There is no God.

This statement is similar to a physical science axiom: it can not be proved, but it has not been disproved. The characteristics of God can be of an unprovable dimension. The Laws of Science are not a limit to God. God cannot be measured in man’s universe. The statement, ‘there is no God’, is unprovable and therefore, a false argument.

2) You happened by chance.

With all the intelligence of the State Religion professionals, every try to create life has failed, so by mere chemical “chance” creating life is nil. The statement is false.

3) Right and wrong is decided by a group of elite Judges.

If the Constitution is correctly used as the foundation of America’s laws, the judges don’t create their own laws as the 9th Circus.

4) The rules of science change to make social-political changes.

When the rules of science are used properly, all of America’s post-modern “science” would be proclaimed what is really is: America’s State Religion, not science. However, when the teachings of the State Religion are taken as truth, very strange things happen, e.g. Columbine High School massacre. It is simple logic here; if kids are taught that they are animals, they ACT LIKE ANIMALS!

XIV. Political Correctness (PC) and the State Religion (SR)

The PC in America has problems telling the difference between right and wrong. The Intelligent Design and ‘evolution is a theory’ court cases in Pennsylvania and Georgia were a champion for PC and a disgrace for truth. The First Amendment, long heralded for its guarantee for freedom of religion is reinterpreted for PC to mean it’s alright to cram a SR down the throats of kids in public school. While the public stays quite because the leaning-left media doesn’t say a word about the SR teachings. They believe the leftist academia “scientists,” and when the correct academic scientists declare the true scientific teachings, they get snuffed by PC judges.

Just as Charles Darwin has many missing-links in his macro-evolution theory, PC and SR has the same not-found links in their theories. Just because they don’t call on a Super Natural force to explain the statistically, thermodynamically impossible actions, PC judges say they can preach to kids in public school.

XVI. The Way Out

I recommend reading a book called A Case for Christ by Lee Strobel. Or watch his program on the PAX channel where he stands for the Word of God and the promise made by Jesus Christ to his believers. Notice there is no promise if you choose to not believe in the gift made by Jesus Christ.

What is the promise? It is found in the Bible, in the book of John, Chapter 3, verse 16 and 17: “For God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten son, that whosoever believeth in him shall not perish, but have ever lasting life. For God sent his Son not to condemn the world; but that the world through him might be saved.” (KJV)

Straight logic tells you what happens if you do not believe that Jesus is indeed your mediator before God: you perish. We do not need to believe in Greek ideas that we all have eternal souls, and that we suffer forever in hades if we do not accept Jesus as our Savior. God created us from the dust of the earth and He can take our lives just as easily, in a supercharged inferno. In mainstream Christian language, it is called annihilation, total destruction.

There is a way out from the State Religion. Turn the television, radio, and computer game off and hear the “still-small voice” of God that will offer consoling ideas that you are not just an animal evolved from a rock. You are a child of God, and not perfect yet. If you admit mistakes, change your ways, and request God’s Son, Jesus Christ, into your heart, you can be in God’s family to live with God forever.

Notice that a church does not have to be part of your link to Jesus. You need to take advantage of the Bible, the Word of God, prayer, your link to Jesus, and your open heart to let God in, for you to become a servant of God.

________________________________________

“God who gave us life gave us liberty. And can the liberties of a nation be thought secure when we have removed their only firm basis, a conviction in the minds of the people that these liberties are of the Gift of God?”
— Thomas Jefferson, 1781

ENDNOTES

1. DeYoung, Dr. Don, “Thousands…. not Billions,” 2005, Masterbooks, Inc. (www.masterbooks.net.)

2. Funkhouser, John G., and Naughton, John J., “Radiogenic Helium and Argon in Ultramatic inclusions from Hawaii,” Journal of Geophysical Research, Vol. 73, No. 14, July 1968, pages 4601-4607.
3. Illustra Media, “Unlocking the Mystery of Life,” (www.illustramedia.com.)
4. Coldwater Media, llc, “Icons of Evolution,” (www.coldwatermedia.com.)
5. Eric Risberg, AP, 14 March 2005

Jeremy Ziegler has a B.S. degree in chemical engineering.

<—————————————————————————————–>
More from Michael’s classroom posters:


———————————————-

TODAY’S NEWS:
———————————————-
Kansas Standards Evolve
by Aaron Atwood, assistant editor

SUMMARY: Students would learn about evolution’s controversial side.

The Kansas State Board of Education approved a draft of new state science standards Tuesday that would allow teachers to address the controversy surrounding Darwinian evolution.

Dr. Steve Abrams, a veterinarian and president of the board explained that only three pages in the 105-page change get noticed. But he understands the importance of those three pages.

“Before these changes Neo-Darwinian evolution was taught as dogma,” he said. “What we basically said is there is a lot of scientific evidence that evolution is not all it’s cracked up to be. We want teachers to show students those evidences from peer-reviewed scientific journals.”

The debate came to a head in May when the board held hearings to discern the best course of action.

However, those hearings were boycotted by supporters of evolution, who refused to debate their challengers on equal ground.

“This kind of forum is not how you establish science,” Jack Krebs, vice president of Kansas Citizens for Science, told CitizenLink in May.

The board disagreed and is now implementing a change in what teachers can teach.

Norris Anderson has been writing and teaching biology curriculum for more than 20 years. He began as a self-proclaimed evolution activist working on the Biological Sciences Curriculum Study (BSCS) in the 1960s — a non-profit organization that develops textbooks and teacher guides.

“One of things that influenced me was when I worked on the BSCS curriculum study textbook,” he noted. “We were doing a revision and I had to look up information to support the statements in the book. I realized there was a lot contradictory information out there. I was told ‘We just have to have faith that the pieces will all come
together someday.’ That’s when I realized I was not working in an objective enterprise.”

He has since successfully campaigned to place an insert in Alabama biology texts stating the limits to scientific data when it comes to human origins and evolution. He is a proponent of teaching students to inquire and think logically.

“Inquiry is basically the ability to know what is fact and what are ideas about those facts and how you get those ideas,” he said. “You always have to mix ideas with facts to get theories. We should be teaching students to ask, ‘Does that fit the facts or not? Is there a belief in this thing? How would you test this?’

“That’s what education is. You learn better when you are investigating. If somebody just spoon-feeds you and says, ‘This is the way are you supposed to think,’ how will you know the difference between data and ideas?”

The board was careful to step lightly in the area of religion. The standards never mention religion or intelligent design — a countering scientific theory that posits a designer behind the complex universe.

Intelligent design critic Eugenie Scott, executive director of the National Center for Science Education, told Reuters this week she thinks this a covert Christian move.

“This is neo-creationism,” she said, “trying to avoid the legal morass of trying to teach creationism overtly and slip it in through the backdoor.”

Abrams strongly disagreed.

“That’s baloney. Science needs to be observable, measurable, testable, repeatable and falsifiable,” he said. “This is about science, not religion.”

Abrams represents a diverse district that blends a spectrum from urban Wichita to rural Arkansas City. He said he has gotten a consistently positive response from the move to allow teachers to shed light on Darwinian evolution. Since debate began in 1999, Abrams has been re-elected twice.

The draft of new science standards for Kansas teachers now goes to an independent Denver firm for critique. A final vote is expected in September.

FOR MORE INFORMATION: The compelling scientific documentary, “Unlocking the Mystery of Life,” advances a powerful idea: the theory of intelligent design. Using state-of-the-art computer animation, you will see the unmistakable hallmarks of design.

<—————————————————————————————–>
More from Michael’s classroom posters:

From clevescene.com
Originally published by Cleveland Scene Mar 30, 2005
©2005 New Times, Inc. All rights reserved.

Kill Bill Microsoft’s army of lawyers was no match for a kid from Kent State.
BY DENISE GROLLMUS

Microsoft threatened to take David Zamos’s 2002 Ford Escort to recover $143.50 in eBay profits.

Bill Gates’ software empire accused Zamos of unfair competition.

Zamos tangled with Alex Arshinkoff (above) before taking on Bill Gates.   By forcing Zamos to keep the software, Microsoft left him with no option but to sell it on his own.

After Zamos went to the press, Microsoft changed its tune.

David Zamos doesn’t look as if he could single-handedly humiliate the world’s largest software maker.

The well-built 21-year-old sips a jumbo cup of Starbucks coffee in the University of Akron’s student union. He’s looking dapper in pin-striped slacks, a navy pea coat, and a necklace of wooden beads that hugs his wide neck.

Thanks to massive doses of caffeine, Zamos (whose name rhymes with “famous”) anxiously taps his Camper lace-ups against the table. A laptop sits to his right, a fat black binder to his left.

The only thing setting him apart from the other late-night crammers is that his notebook isn’t filled with study guides. It’s overflowing with documents from the federal lawsuit Microsoft brought against him on December 21.

(* The rest of this story has been deleted from the web, but it can be seen at the Solomon Wright web page.  A Google search for David Zamos vs Microsoft will find some info. Try http://www.mp3newswire.net/stories/5002/davidzamos.html.  It’s a ‘David vs Goliath’ where a keen mind, stone and sling is replaced by a post-modern keen mind, good information used well and stamina to not quit. *)

Radiocarbon in Diamonds Confirmed

Semi-technical

by Dr. Andrew Snelling, AiG-U.S. November 7, 2007

Keywords

age-of-earth

author-andrew-snelling

carbon-14

radiometric-dating

young-age-evidence

 

During the RATE (Radioisotopes and the Age of The Earth) research project at the Institute for Creation Research, co-sponsored by the Creation Research Society, some of the research effort was focused on investigating radiocarbon (carbon-14) dating. This is one of the radioactive dating methods, but because carbon-14 decays relatively rapidly it only provides “ages” in the range of tens of thousands of years. In fact, if every atom making up the earth was carbon-14, even after just 1 million years there would be absolutely no atoms of carbon-14 left, because they would have all decayed away, based on today’s measured half-life! That’s why radiocarbon dating isn’t used to date rocks at millions of years.

The RATE radiocarbon research first focused on demonstrating that significant detectable levels of carbon-14 are present in ancient coal beds.1,2 Ten samples from U.S. coal beds, conventionally dated at 40–320 million years old, were found to contain carbon-14 equivalent to ages of around 48,000–50,000 years. The laboratory did repeat analyses and confirmed that this carbon-14 in the coals was not due to any contamination either in situ in the samples or added to the samples in the laboratory. Of course, these would not be the true ages of these coal beds, because these 48,000–50,000 year ages are calculated at the present-day level and production rate of radiocarbon. The fact that all these coal beds yield radiocarbon ages in the same “ballpark” is consistent with them all having been formed at the same time in a recent catastrophic event. This is, of course, consistent with masses of pre-Flood vegetation being swept away and buried on a huge scale globally during the cataclysmic Genesis Flood.

 

Buoyed by this success, the RATE radiocarbon research next checked for carbon-14 in diamonds. Diamonds are the hardest known natural substance and resist physical abrasion. Also, the chemical bonding of the carbon in diamonds makes them highly resistant to chemical corrosion and weathering. Diamonds also repel and exclude water from adhering to their surfaces, which would eliminate any possibility of the carbon in the diamonds becoming contaminated. Sure enough, the diamonds submitted for radiocarbon analyses did contain detectable, significant levels of carbon-14, equivalent to an age of around 55,000 years. Again, the laboratory did repeat analyses and discounted any possibility that this carbon-14 was due to contamination, in situ to the diamonds or added in the laboratory. At 1–2 billion years old, these diamonds, which are formed deep inside the earth, are regarded as being related to the earth’s early history. Therefore, it was concluded that carbon-14 in these diamonds was consistent with a young age for the earth itself.

 

Confirmation that there is in situ carbon-14 in diamonds has now been reported in the conventional literature.3 R.E. Taylor of the Department of Anthropology at the University of California–Riverside and of the Cotsen Institute of Archaeology at the University of California–Los Angeles teamed with J. Southon at the Keck Accelerator Mass Spectrometry Laboratory of the Department of Earth System Science at the University of California–Irvine to analyze nine natural diamonds from Brazil. All nine diamonds are conventionally regarded as being at least of early Paleozoic age, that is, at least several hundred million years old. So, if they really are that old they should not have any intrinsic carbon-14 in them. Eight of the diamonds yielded radiocarbon “ages” of 64,900 years to 80,000 years. The ninth diamond was cut into six equal fragments, which were each analyzed. They yield essentially identical radiocarbon “ages” ranging from 69,400 years to 70,600 years. This suggests the carbon-14 was evenly distributed through this diamond, which is consistent with it being intrinsic carbon-14, and not contamination. Interestingly, samples of Ceylon graphite from Precambrian metamorphic rock (conventionally around 1 billion years old) were analyzed at the same time and yielded radiocarbon “ages” of from 58,400 years to 70,100 years.

 

These results, from a different radiocarbon laboratory to that used by the RATE group, confirm that there is intrinsic carbon-14 in natural diamonds. Therefore, they cannot be hundreds of millions or billions of years old, as there is no other current credible explanation for the presence of this carbon-14. Less carbon-14 was found in the diamonds in this study reported in the conventional literature. That was because the diamonds were mounted directly in the beam within the analytical instrument, whereas in the RATE study the diamonds were combusted to convert the carbon to carbon dioxide, which was then converted to graphite that was analyzed in the instrument. That process may have introduced some more carbon-14 to the analyses.

The University of California scientists, of course, did not conclude that the diamonds they analyzed are evidence that the earth is young. Instead, they interpreted these 64,900–80,000 year “age” to represent one component of “machine background” in the analytical instrument. Yet this begs the question as to why then did the Precambrian graphite contain on average more carbon-14 to yield younger ages than the diamonds? And why did the diamonds have such different carbon-14 contents to yield different apparent radiocarbon “ages”? Because the same instrument was used to analyze all the diamonds and the graphite, the results should surely have all been affected by the same “machine background.” Rather, these results may further confirm the conclusions of the RATE radiocarbon project that natural diamonds, which are related to the earth’s early history, show evidence of being only thousands of years old and provide noteworthy support that the earth is young.

  • Email to a friend
  • Print friendly

Footnotes

  1. R. Baumgardner, “14C Evidence for a Recent Global Flood and a Young Earth,” in L. Vardiman, A. A. Snelling, and E. F. Chaffin (Eds.), Radioisotopes and the Age of the Earth, Vol. 2: Results of a Young-earth Creationist Research Initiative, (El Cajon, California: Institute for Creation Research and Chino Valley, Arizona: Creation Research Society, 2005), pp. 587–630. Back
  2. B. DeYoung, Thousands … not Billions: Challenging an Icon of Evolution, Questioning the Age of the Earth, (Green Forest, Arkansas: Master Books, 2005), pp. 45–62. Back

R.E. Taylor and J. Southon, “Use of Natural Diamonds to Monitor 14C AMS Instrument Backgrounds,” Nuclear Instruments and Methods in Physics Research B 259 (2007): 282–287.

 

From: (http://irnnews.com/news.asp?action=detail&article=21462)

 

Texas children roped into Islamic training

By: John Russell | Source: World Net DailyJune 2, 2008 12:07PM EST

By Bob Unruh

WorldNetDaily

Public school students at Friendswood Junior High in the Houston area have been roped into Islamic training by representatives from the Council on American-Islamic Relations during class time, prompting religious leaders to protest over Principal Robin Lowe’s actions.

Pastor Dave Welch, spokesman for the Houston Area Pastor Council, confirmed the indoctrination had taken place and called it “unacceptable.”

“The failure of the principal of Friendswood Junior High to respect simple procedures requiring parental notification for such a potentially controversial subject, to not only approve but participate personally in a religious indoctrination session led by representatives of a group with well-known links to terrorist organizations and her cavalier response when confronted, raises serious questions about her fitness to serve in that role,” the pastors’ organization said.

According to a parent, whose name was withheld, the children were given the Islamic indoctrination during time that was supposed to be used for a physical education class.

“I am simply trying to get the word out to those whose kids may not have told them about an Islamic presentation that all kids were required to attend,” wrote the parent, who was working to assemble protests to the school board.

WND previously has reported how public school textbooks used across the nation have begun promoting Islam, teaching even the religious doctrines.

WND also has reported on several other schools that have taught Islam as a required subject.

In the Texas case, a school e-mail to parents provided only a half-hearted acknowledgment that such mandatory religious indoctrination might not have been the best decision.

“In hindsight, a note should have been sent home to parents indicating the purpose and content of the presentation in time for parents to contact me with questions or concerns or requests to exempt their child,” the school note from Lowe said. “This will be our practice in the future, should we ever have another presentation of a similar nature.”

School officials also said the “Islamic Awareness” presentation was “to increase understanding of the Islamic culture in response to racially motivated comments that have been made to students on campus.”

The pastors said in a statement: “According to students who were forced to attend these sessions, these Islamic evangelists taught them:

Adam, Noah and Jesus are prophets

There is one god, his name is Allah

The 5 Pillars of Islam

How to pray five times a day

Islamic religious garb”

 

The pastors noted that the principal’s claim there were “comments” to students on campus was unverified. Nor does that excuse or justify “this infringement upon the religious beliefs of students and parents of the community nor the violation of school policy and possibly state and/or federal law,” they said.

“We do not believe that this unapproved action by Principal Robin Lowe represents the school district and certainly not the majority of students or parents in the Friendswood community. Our commitment is to support all appropriate administrative, legal and political remedies to assure that this will not happen again and these Islamic activist organizations are kept out of our schools,” the pastors said.

The parent reported the presentation was 30 to 40 minutes long and handled by two Muslim women from CAIR’s Houston office. CAIR, as WND has reported, is spinoff of the defunct Islamic Association for Palestine, launched by Hamas leader Mousa Abu Marzook and former university professor Sami al-Arian, who pleaded guilty to conspiracy to provide services to Palestinian Islamic Jihad.

Among the convicted CAIR staffers are former communications specialist Randall Todd “Ismail” Royer, who was sentenced to 20 years in prison on charges he trained in Virginia for holy war against the U.S. and sent several members to Pakistan to join a Kashmiri terrorist group with reported ties to al-Qaida; and Bassem Khafagi, who was arrested in January 2003 while serving as CAIR’s director of community relations and convicted on fraud and terrorism charges in connection with a probe of the Islamic Assembly of North America, an organization suspected of aiding Saudi sheiks tied to Osama bin Laden. In October 2006, Ghassan Elashi, a member of the founding board of directors of the Texas branch of CAIR, was sentenced to nearly seven years in prison for financial ties to a high-ranking terrorist.

The parent reported Lowe told students her sister, niece and nephew were Muslim.

But the parent complained the Muslims “were given full attention of our kids, during academic school time, to present their religious beliefs. … This was put right at the end of the school year … which will most likely prevent a Christian response.”

There also was no parental notification, and students were required to attend.

“The kids did not even know they were having an assembly or what topic it pertained to until they entered the gym,” the parent wrote. “I send my kids to school for academics. … I teach them religion at home.”

 

SHARIA LAW ROW: ARCHBISHOP IS IN SHOCK AS HE FACES DEMANDS TO QUIT AND CRITICISM FROM LORD CAREY

 

Last updated at 22:52pm on 09.02.2008

 

Under fire: Archbishop of Canterbury, Dr Rowan Williams

The Archbishop of Canterbury was facing demands to quit last night as the row over sharia law intensified.

 

Lord George Carey, Dr Williams’ predecessor, criticised his comments on sharia law and said that accepting the Islamic code would be a disaster for Britain.

 

Other leading bishops publicly contradicted Dr Rowan Williams’s call for Islamic law to be brought into the British legal system.  With the Church of England plunged into crisis, senior figures were said to be discussing the archbishop’s future.

 

One member of the church’s “Cabinet”, the Archbishop’s Council, was reported as saying: “There have been a lot of calls for him to resign. I don’t suppose he will take any notice, but, yes, he should resign.”

 

Officials at Lambeth Palace told the BBC Dr Williams was in a “state of shock” and “completely overwhelmed” by the scale of the row.

 

It was said that he could not believe the fury of the reaction. The most damaging attack came from the Pakistan-born Bishop of Rochester, the Right Reverend Michael Nazir-Ali.

 

He said it would be “simply impossible” to bring sharia law into British law “without fundamentally affecting its integrity”.

 

Sharia “would be in tension with the English legal tradition on questions like monogamy, provisions for divorce, the rights of women, custody of children, laws of inheritance and of evidence.

 

“This is not to mention the relation of freedom of belief and of expression to provisions for blasphemy and apostasy.”

 

The church’s second most senior leader, Archbishop of York Dr John Sentamu, refused to discuss the matter. But he has said sharia law “would never happen” in Britain.

 

Politicians joined the chorus of condemnation, with Downing Street saying British law should be based on British values. Tory and LibDem leaders also voiced strong criticism.

 

Even prominent Muslims were rounding on Dr Williams. Shahid Malik, Labour MP for Dewsbury, said: “I haven’t experienced any clamour or fervent desire for sharia law in this country.

 

“If there are people who prefer sharia law there are always countries where they could go and live.”

 

Khalid Mahmood, Labour MP for Birmingham Perry Bar, rejected the idea that British law forces Muslims to choose between their religion and their society.

 

He said: “This will alienate people from other communities because they will think it is what Muslims want – and it is not.”

 

The Muslim Council of Britain came to Dr Williams’s aid, however, describing his comments in a lecture to lawyers and a BBC interview as “thoughtful”.

 

But Oxford University Islamic scholar Professor Tariq Ramadan admitted: “These kinds of statements just feed the fears of fellow citizens. I really think we, as Muslims, need to come up with something that we abide by the common law and within these latitudes there are possibilities for us to be faithful to Islamic principles.”

 

The archbishop is likely to come under heavy fire next week at a meeting of the Church’s General Synod.

 

Liberal and feminist critics have been appalled by the thought of sharia law while evangelical opponents believe Dr Williams has failed to defend Christianity.

 

The archbishop was already battling intractable difficulties within the church over gay rights, a row which began nearly five years ago and has brought him criticism from all sides. Later this year he has to face a conference of hundreds of bishops from around the world which threatens further bitter division.

 

Dr Williams’s opponents on the conservative evangelical wing – who resent his liberal beliefs on issues such as gay rights – were suggesting last night that the archbishop is finished.

 

The Reverend Paul Dawson of the Reform group of around 500 clergy said: “We are very sad that he does not seem to be able to articulate a clear Christian vision for Britain. It is true to say that there is a lot of dissatisfaction.”

 

Dr Williams defended himself in a Lambeth Palace statement saying he had been trying to “tease out” the issue.

 

The archbishop had said it could help build a better and more cohesive society if Muslims were able to choose to have marital disputes or financial matters, for example, dealt with in a sharia court. The adoption of some elements of sharia law “seems unavoidable”.

 

But the statement insisted: “The archbishop made no proposals for sharia, and certainly did not call for its introduction as some kind of parallel jurisdiction to the civil law.”

 

Even fellow bishops, however, think this is precisely what Dr Williams did say.

 

Bishop of Southwark Tom Butler, a liberal who would normally be expected to defend Dr Williams, said the archbishop had been entering a minefield and added: “It will take a great deal of thought and work before I think it is a good idea.”

He was more blunt in a circular to clergy in his diocese, saying he had yet to be convinced of the feasibility of incorporating any non-Christian religious law into the English legal system.

 

http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/uk/7239283.stm UK and the Sharia.

Mark Steyn’s America Alone, http://www.macleans.ca/article.jsp?content=20061023_134898_134898&source=srch

 

 

  • The future belongs to Islam

 

 

The Muslim world has youth, numbers and global ambitions.  The West is growing old and enfeebled, and lacks the will to rebuff those who would supplant it. It’s the end of the world as we’ve known it. An excerpt from ‘America Alone‘.

 

MARK STEYN | Oct 20, 2006

 

Sept. 11, 2001, was not “the day everything changed,” but the day that revealed how much had already changed. On Sept. 10, how many journalists had the Council of American-Islamic Relations or the Canadian Islamic Congress or the Muslim Council of Britain in their Rolodexes? If you’d said that whether something does or does not cause offence to Muslims would be the early 21st century’s principal political dynamic in Denmark, Sweden, the Netherlands, Belgium, France and the United Kingdom, most folks would have thought you were crazy. Yet on that Tuesday morning the top of the iceberg bobbed up and toppled the Twin Towers.

 

This is about the seven-eighths below the surface — the larger forces at play in the developed world that have left Europe too enfeebled to resist its remorseless transformation into Eurabia and that call into question the future of much of the rest of the world. The key factors are: demographic decline; the unsustainability of the social democratic state; and civilizational exhaustion.

 

Let’s start with demography, because everything does:

 

If your school has 200 guys and you’re playing a school with 2,000 pupils, it doesn’t mean your baseball team is definitely going to lose but it certainly gives the other fellows a big starting advantage. Likewise, if you want to launch a revolution, it’s not very likely if you’ve only got seven revolutionaries. And they’re all over 80. But, if you’ve got two million and seven revolutionaries and they’re all under 30 you’re in business.

 

For example, I wonder how many pontificators on the “Middle East peace process” ever run this number:

 

The median age in the Gaza Strip is 15.8 years.

 

 

 

      1. Give Me Liberty or Give Me Death
        March 23, 1775

By Patrick Henry

No man thinks more highly than I do of the patriotism, as well as abilities, of the very worthy gentlemen who have just addressed the house. But different men often see the same subject in different lights; and, therefore, I hope it will not be thought disrespectful to those gentlemen if, entertaining as I do opinions of a character very opposite to theirs, I shall speak forth my sentiments freely and without reserve. This is no time for ceremony. The question before the house is one of awful moment to this country. For my own part, I consider it as nothing less than a question of freedom or slavery; and in proportion to the magnitude of the subject ought to be the freedom of the debate. It is only in this way that we can hope to arrive at the truth, and fulfill the great responsibility which we hold to God and our country. Should I keep back my opinions at such a time, through fear of giving offense, I should consider myself as guilty of treason towards my country, and of an act of disloyalty toward the Majesty of Heaven, which I revere above all earthly kings.

Mr. President, it is natural to man to indulge in the illusions of hope. We are apt to shut our eyes against a painful truth, and listen to the song of that siren till she transforms us into beasts. Is this the part of wise men, engaged in a great and arduous struggle for liberty? Are we disposed to be of the numbers of those who, having eyes, see not, and, having ears, hear not, the things which so nearly concern their temporal salvation? For my part, whatever anguish of spirit it may cost, I am willing to know the whole truth, to know the worst, and to provide for it.

I have but one lamp by which my feet are guided, and that is the lamp of experience. I know of no way of judging of the future but by the past. And judging by the past, I wish to know what there has been in the conduct of the British ministry for the last ten years to justify those hopes with which gentlemen have been pleased to solace themselves and the House. Is it that insidious smile with which our petition has been lately received?

Trust it not, sir; it will prove a snare to your feet. Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss. Ask yourselves how this gracious reception of our petition comports with those warlike preparations which cover our waters and darken our land. Are fleets and armies necessary to a work of love and reconciliation? Have we shown ourselves so unwilling to be reconciled that force must be called in to win back our love? Let us not deceive ourselves, sir. These are the implements of war and subjugation; the last arguments to which kings resort. I ask gentlemen, sir, what means this martial array, if its purpose be not to force us to submission? Can gentlemen assign any other possible motive for it? Has Great Britain any enemy, in this quarter of the world, to call for all this accumulation of navies and armies? No, sir, she has none. They are meant for us: they can be meant for no other. They are sent over to bind and rivet upon us those chains which the British ministry have been so long forging. And what have we to oppose to them? Shall we try argument? Sir, we have been trying that for the last ten years. Have we anything new to offer upon the subject? Nothing. We have held the subject up in every light of which it is capable; but it has been all in vain. Shall we resort to entreaty and humble supplication? What terms shall we find which have not been already exhausted? Let us not, I beseech you, sir, deceive ourselves. Sir, we have done everything that could be done to avert the storm which is now coming on. We have petitioned; we have remonstrated; we have supplicated; we have prostrated ourselves before the throne, and have implored its interposition to arrest the tyrannical hands of the ministry and Parliament. Our petitions have been slighted; our remonstrances have produced additional violence and insult; our supplications have been disregarded; and we have been spurned, with contempt, from the foot of the throne! In vain, after these things, may we indulge the fond hope of peace and reconciliation.

There is no longer any room for hope. If we wish to be free–if we mean to preserve inviolate those inestimable privileges for which we have been so long contending–if we mean not basely to abandon the noble struggle in which we have been so long engaged, and which we have pledged ourselves never to abandon until the glorious object of our contest shall be obtained–we must fight! I repeat it, sir, we must fight! An appeal to arms and to the God of hosts is all that is left us! They tell us, sir, that we are weak; unable to cope with so formidable an adversary. But when shall we be stronger? Will it be the next week, or the next year? Will it be when we are totally disarmed, and when a British guard shall be stationed in every house? Shall we gather strength but irresolution and inaction? Shall we acquire the means of effectual resistance by lying supinely on our backs and hugging the delusive phantom of hope, until our enemies shall have bound us hand and foot? Sir, we are not weak if we make a proper use of those means which the God of nature hath placed in our power. The millions of people, armed in the holy cause of liberty, and in such a country as that which we possess, are invincible by any force which our enemy can send against us. Besides, sir, we shall not fight our battles alone. There is a just God who presides over the destinies of nations, and who will raise up friends to fight our battles for us. The battle, sir, is not to the strong alone; it is to the vigilant, the active, the brave. Besides, sir, we have no election. If we were base enough to desire it, it is now too late to retire from the contest. There is no retreat but in submission and slavery! Our chains are forged! Their clanking may be heard on the plains of Boston! The war is inevitable–and let it come! I repeat it, sir, let it come.

It is in vain, sir, to extentuate the matter. Gentlemen may cry, Peace, Peace–but there is no peace. The war is actually begun! The next gale that sweeps from the north will bring to our ears the clash of resounding arms! Our brethren are already in the field! Why stand we here idle? What is it that gentlemen wish? What would they have? Is life so dear, or peace so sweet, as to be purchased at the price of chains and slavery? Forbid it, Almighty God! I know not what course others may take; but as for me, give me liberty or give me death!

 

Catholic Answers.

 

By Ali Sina

 

www.faithfreedom.org

Conquering Islam…On the March Again

War on Terror/Lt. Col. Michael Burkert, US Army (ret.)

 

Since September 11, 2001, the American people have been subjected to many speeches and statements from our congress, which proclaimed that we are not at war with Islam. The President himself made repeated statements in the early days of the war. The bizarre reality of this issue is that Islam is at war with us. So how do you defeat an enemy that you don’t dare identify, or define?

 

How do we combat an enemy where vilification by our society and our military is forbidden? Due to the fact that “Political Correctness” has run amok in our nation and within our armed forces, we have become a nation where our army conducts “touchy-feely” training sessions. Our army leadership emphasizes “consideration of others,” or COO training as it’s known among the soldiers. Sensitivity training for the acceptance of homosexuals or whatever the “multicultural” group of the day is has made it impossible to define our enemies. Our senior Army leadership today is more concerned with observing the “human rights” of our enemies, than doing everything necessary to win against Islam! This is sadly, a result of the politicization of the military during the Clinton Administration, and a very partisan, anti-military big media.

 

There is a more sinister and diabolical reason that the Saudi “Wahhabis” are forking over MILLIONS of dollars to relocate Muslims to the United States. In Islam, there is no such thing as freedom. Islam regulates every aspect of a Muslims life. Islam completely negates individualism. Islam is mutually exclusive of free will. Islam cannot join the modern world. Islam and democracy will never peacefully co-exist.

 

World War III actually began on September 11, 2001. Already, Islamo-Facsists have attacked peaceful nations in North America, Europe, Austral-Asia, the Philippines, and the Middle East. Soon, no nation in the world will be safe from Islamic attacks. France, due to her program of appeasement, and safe haven policy for terrorists got a pass for awhile. No longer. The French in their arrogant smugness thought they were immune to the Islamics. They thought they had made an accommodation with the Islamics. How stupid are the French!

 

Giving Islamics a pass may work for a short time, yet look how France is faring now. Look at the Intifada that French arrogance and stupidity has allowed to manifest itself. The Islamics gave the French a pass for only so long.

 

Islam is dedicated to the complete destruction of the Infidel World. In this regard, the western world is its’ own worst enemy. The Mullahs, Imams and Ayatollahs have an easy sell. It’s not difficult to persuade a desperately poor, uneducated and disaffected young Muslim that the infidel world is sick. While Islam has always fed on human failure and continues to do so today, it’s not difficult to convince any believing Muslim that that the non-Islamic World is despicable and rotten.

 

Millions of corpses in tens of hundreds of thousands of graves throughout Central Asia, the Middle East, and Europe are silent testimony to the deadly nature of Islam. Islam has no room for unbelievers. An unbeliever is to be converted if possible, even by the threat of death. If it’s convenient, and an infidel can be used for any purpose, then he’s to be enslaved, tortured and humilitated.

 

Before the war with Islam is finished, millions of people may well die early deaths. The continued struggle in Afghanistan and Iraq has degenerated into a campaign of murder, confusion and destruction. Civil war can still break out in Iraq.

 

The Islamics are bent on imposing their brutal and inhuman cult on the entire world. As long as they have a means of carrying out their plans, they won’t quit. The vast amounts of oil-money guaranteed them by a desperate for energy western world is a ready-made recipient for continued violence. Yet our congress refuses to allow tapping of KNOWN energy sources in the US, because of environmental wackoism!

 

More continued online:

 

http://www.truthandgrace.com/muslimhate.htm

 

http://video.google.com/videoplay?docid=-2505949012059438137#docid=-871902797772997781

 

http://www.israeltoday.co.il/default.aspx?tabid=178&nid=17135

Because They Hate

 

By Brigitte Gabriel

FrontPageMagazine.com

 

February 20, 2006

 

[Editor’s Note: Below are selected excerpts from Brigitte Gabriel’s speech delivered at the Intelligence Summit in Washington DC, Saturday February 18, 2006].

 

We gather here today to share information and knowledge. Intelligence is not merely cold hard data about numerical strength or armament or disposition of military forces. The most important element of intelligence has to be understanding the mindset and intention of the enemy. The West has been wallowing in a state of ignorance and denial for thirty years as Muslim extremist perpetrated evil against innocent victims in the name of Allah.

 

I was ten years old when my home exploded around me, burying me under the rubble and leaving me to drink my blood to survive, as the perpetrators shouted “Allah Akbar!” My only crime was that I was a Christian living in a Christian town. At 10 years old, I learned the meaning of the word “infidel.”

 

I had a crash course in survival. Not in the Girl Scouts, but in a bomb shelter where I lived for seven years in pitch darkness, freezing cold, drinking stale water and eating grass to live. At the age of 13 I dressed in my burial clothes going to bed at night, waiting to be slaughtered. By the age of 20, I had buried most of my friends–killed by Muslims. We were not Americans living in New York, or Britons in London. We were Arab Christians living in Lebanon.

 

As a victim of Islamic terror, I was amazed when I saw Americans waking up on September 12, 2001, and asking themselves “Why do they hate us?” The psychoanalyst experts were coming up with all sort of excuses as to what did we do to offend the Muslim World. But if America and the West were paying attention to the Middle East they would not have had to ask the question. Simply put, they hate us because we are defined in their eyes by one simple word: “infidels.”

 

Under the banner of Islam “la, ilaha illa allah, muhammad rasoulu allah,” (None is god except Allah; Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah) they murdered Jewish children in Israel, massacred Christians in Lebanon, killed Copts in Egypt, Assyrians in Syria, Hindus in India, and expelled almost 900,000 Jews from Muslim lands. We Middle Eastern infidels paid the price then. Now infidels worldwide are paying the price for indifference and shortsightedness.

 

Tolerating evil is a crime. Appeasing murderers doesn’t buy protection. It earns one disrespect and loathing in the enemy’s eyes. Yet apathy is the weapon by which the West is committing suicide. Political correctness forms the shackles around our ankles, by which Islamists are leading us to our demise.

 

America and the West are doomed to failure in this war unless they stand up and identify the real enemy: Islam. You hear about Wahabbi and Salafi Islam as the only extreme form of Islam. All the other Muslims, supposedly, are wonderful moderates. Closer to the truth are the pictures of the irrational eruption of violence in reaction to the cartoons of Mohammed printed by a Danish newspaper. From burning embassies, to calls to butcher those who mock Islam, to warnings that the West be prepared for another holocaust, those pictures have given us a glimpse into the real face of the enemy. News pictures and video of these events represent a canvas of hate decorated by different nationalities who share one common ideology of hate, bigotry and intolerance derived from one source: authentic Islam. An Islam that is awakening from centuries of slumber to re-ignite its wrath against the infidel and dominate the world. An Islam which has declared “Intifada” on the West.

 

America and the West can no longer afford to lay in their lazy state of overweight ignorance. The consequences of this mental disease are starting to attack the body, and if they don’t take the necessary steps now to control it, death will be knocking soon. If you want to understand the nature of the enemy we face, visualize a tapestry of snakes. They slither and they hiss, and they would eat each other alive, but they will unite in a hideous mass to achieve their common goal of imposing Islam on the world.

 

Continued online:

 

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-8fa9yKQeTY

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=X0gBTEwATwU&feature=related

 

Islamic Fundamentalism according to Winston S. Churchill III

 

RALEIGH — Winston S. Churchill III maintains that Islamic fundamentalism is as destructive as the malevolent “isms” of the 20th century: Nazism, Communism and Facism. In a speech on Feb. 10 at the John Locke Foundation’s anniversary dinner, the grandson of Winston Churchill urged the West to stay the course in the fight against extremist Islam.  Here is the text of his speech:

 

It is both an honor and a pleasure to be your guest here tonight and to have the privilege of addressing the John Locke Foundation. First and foremost, may I congratulate you for honouring the memory of John Locke, who was very much involved in the establishment of the Governments of the Carolinas and who, most important of all, was one of the great philosophers of the English-speaking world.

 

Locke’s message — the vital importance of resisting authoritarianism — is as relevant to the strife-torn times of the world in which we live, as it was in the strife-torn times of the 17th Century. Authoritarianism constantly rears its ugly head, even within our own societies on both sides of the Atlantic, in so many guises and disguises, and in every field, be it religion, government or the military.

 

At its most extreme, authoritarianism is exemplified by the isms of the 20th Century — Communism, Fascism and Nazism. The Fascists and Nazis were responsible for the deaths of more than 30 million human beings, while more than 50 million are estimated to have been murdered by Stalin and the Russian Communists, while Mao-Tse-Tung and the Chinese Communists are believed to have accounted for some 80 million.

 

But today a new challenge — another ism — confronts us, and that is the challenge of Islamic fundamentalism. Extremist Islam has declared war on the rest of the world, as evidenced by their ruthless attacks across the globe — overwhelmingly targeted at innocent civilians. Beside the outrage of 9/11, the bombings in Madrid, in Bali, in London and, most recently, in Jordan come to mind.

 

Those who have declared jihad against the West, and Western values, such as freedom of speech, are doing all in their power to mobilize against us the large Muslim communities living in our midst. In North America, there are an estimated six million Muslims in the USA, plus a further three-quarter million in Canada; while in the European Union, they number an estimated 20 million, including nearly 2 million in Britain. Unlike most other categories of migrant, the Muslims are reluctant to assimilate and, all too often, wish to pursue their own agenda.

 

Unbelievably, Washington is urging Europe to admit Turkey to the EU. Were that to happen, the Muslim population of Europe would skyrocket to 100 million — an act, in my view, of consummate folly. Already Judeo-Christian Europe is under siege from a tidal wave of Islamic immigration. The admission of Turkey would hasten its demise. While I have a great regard for the Turks, the only democracy in the Muslim world and stalwart members of NATO, I am firmly opposed to their admission to the EU. I would accord them most-favoured nation status, but not the right to settle in Western Europe and become EU citizens.

 

The scale of the problem confronting Europe today is epitomized by France, which has a Muslim community of some 6 million, or 10 percent of its population. But, if you take the population aged 20 and below, the figure rockets to 30 percent, such is the birthrate of the immigrant communities. In other words, within one further generation, France will be a Muslim country — a truly horrifying prospect.

 

At the same time it is vital that, in our pursuit of the men and women of terror — we do all we can, not to alienate these large Muslim communities already established among us. For, without the active support of the Muslim communities, we shall never excise this deadly cancer in our midst.

 

Intriguingly, the dangers of extremist Islam were foreseen by Winston Churchill all of 85 years ago, as I discovered to my amazement, while compiling my most recent book NEVER GIVE IN! The Best of Winston Churchill’s Speeches.

 

A large number of [Saudi Arabia’s King] Bin Saud’s followers belong to the Wahabi sect, a form of Mohammedanism which bears, roughly speaking, the same relationship to orthodox Islam as the most militant form of Calvinism would have borne to Rome in the fiercest times of [Europe’s] religious wars.  Continued online.  

   

http://vcrisis.com/index.php?content=letters/200608220451

 

http://www.carolinajournal.com/exclusives/display_exclusive.html?id=3158

 

Rallying for jihad

 

By Ariel Cohen

August 18, 2006

 

Three pro-terror demonstrations held last Saturday — at the White House in Washington, D.C., in San Francisco and Los Angeles — provided a rare insight into the global networks that support jihadi Islamic fascists.

   Only a few thousand showed up, according to D.C. police. After all, it is hard to bring out the masses when your poster boy is Sheik Hassan Nasrallah of Hezbollah. Sheik Nasrallah and his puppetmaster, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, repeatedly call for “Death to Israel, Death to America.” Hezbollah is responsible for the deaths, kidnapping and torture of hundreds of Americans.

   On the same day, pro-Hezbollah, anti-U.S. and anti-Israel demonstrations took place in the streets of Mombasa, Kenya; Madrid, Spain; Damascus, Syria; Islamist-controlled Mogadishu, Somalia; Dhaka, Bangladesh; Karachi, Pakistan; and Jakarta, Indonesia, to name just a few.

   The U.S. demonstrations were organized by ANSWER — which stands for Act Now to Stop War and End Racism — a coalition of leftists, “antiwar” and Hamas — and Hezbollah-supporting Arab Muslim organizations, including the National Council of Arab Americans (NCA), the Muslim American Society and the Arab Anti-Discrimination Committee.

   There are important lessons to be learned from the ANSWER demonstrations. With security services worldwide working to wrap up the aborted London attacks, policymakers need to recognize the public dimension of the terror war — the battlefront of symbols, images and ideas and their influence on diplomacy and warfare. So far, jihadi supporters seem to have the upper hand.

   During the Cold War, Soviet-funded front organizations tried to disarm the West, whether by supporting the North Vietnamese or trying to prevent deployment of U.S. Pershing missiles in Europe. Today’s jihadi supporters work to delegitimize any effort to protect against terrorist networks. Tracking the leadership and funding of such networks is a counterterrorist policy imperative.

   There is a lesson to be learned about moderate and radical Muslims. No doubt, the tip that led to the bust-up of the most recent terror attempt in London demonstrates the importance of high quality intelligence-gathering, for which it is vital to keep good relations in the Muslim community. It is crucial to boost moderate Muslims and learn to distinguish between terrorist organizers, their unwitting prey within the Muslim community, and alternative, moderate Muslim leaders that seek to practice and teach Islam as a religion rather than a tool for promoting hatred.

   At the same time, it is crucial to recognize that some in the Muslim community and among leftist organizations such as ANSWER operate a global network that not only provides public support to the likes of Hezbollah but may provide a recruitment pool for suspected terrorists such as those apprehended in Great Britain and Michigan.

   It is also important to understand precisely what causes ANSWER serves. The organizer of Saturday’s outrage was Brian Beker, leader of the Liberation and Socialism Party, which recently split from the (Stalinist) World Workers’ Party.

   ANSWER supports and promotes jihadi terrorism and seeks to help defeat the U.S. efforts in Iraq and Afghanistan. Its leaders also refuse to acknowledge Hamas and Hezbollah terrorism and advocacy of the destruction of the State of Israel.

   As police in Britain, Italy, and Ohio were busy arresting suspected airliner bombers, money launderers, and untraceable detonator/cell phone providers, the ANSWER demonstrations demanded the U.S. lay off terrorists, close Guantanamo, and keep the country’s borders open.

   A recent ANSWER demonstration in San Francisco featured chants of “Palestine will be free from the river to the sea” and “Palestine is our country, the Jews are our dogs.” An ANSWER spokesman refused to condemn such hate speech, according to a report by Mark Matthews of San Francisco’s ABC7.

  A key player in organizing this past weekend’s hate fest was Ramsey Clark, former attorney general under President Lyndon B. Johnson, who never met a dictator he didn’t like. Mr. Clark justified the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini’s hostage taking in the U.S. Embassy in Tehran and hobnobbed with Libya’s Moammar Gadhafi. He is also connected with Lyndon LaRouche. According to Wikipedia, Mr. LaRouche’s critics have characterized him as a fascistic, homophobic, anti-Jewish cult leader.

   For more than 12 years, Mr. Clark has been connected to the Workers World Party (WWP), which splintered from the Trotskyite movement in the 1950s and became Orthodox Stalinist. The WWP supported China’s repression of Tibet, the Tiananmen Square massacre and the communist coup against Soviet leader Mikhail Gorbachev.

   Mr. Clark represented Radovan Karadzic, an indicted Bosnian Serb war criminal and met with former Serbian leader Slobodan Milosevic when he was a wanted man in Belgrade, calling him “brave, objective and moral.” In 1990, Mr. Clark led a WWP effort to prevent former President George H.W. Bush from going after Saddam. He has since never ceased advocating for the mustachioed dictator.

   Other ANSWER members include extreme old and “new left” activists, from Stalinists to Maoists, and such “blasts from the past” as the Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP) and the Trotskyite Socialist Workers Party. ANSWER’s “big tent” also includes pro-Saddam mouthpieces; Palestinian propagandists; North Korean front organizations; and 1960s “flower children” who never grew up.

   ANSWER founders also include the National Lawyers league, founded by the Communist Party USA (CPUSA); the Nicaragua Network and the Nicaragua Solidarity Committee, a leading pro-Sandinista organization. ANSWER’s connections to North Korea are also quite pronounced, as the coalition includes the Pyongyang-inspired Korea Truth Commission and the Congress for Korean Reunification, among others.

   In the past, such people were called a Fifth Column, after the pro-fascist forces in Republican Madrid during the Spanish Civil War of the 1930s. Today’s Fifth Column glorifies the global jihad against the West. ANSWER and its co-sponsors hide behind slogans decrying civilian losses in Lebanon, while ignoring the murder of American soldiers and Israeli civilians (many of them Arab Israelis) committed by Hamas and Hezbollah.

   Ariel Cohen is senior research fellow at the Heritage Foundation.

Headline News

Thursday, October 30, 2008 Israel Today Staff

 

Iran says it tested nuclear bomb

 

An senior Iranian source has told Israel Insider that a weekend earthquake in Iran measuring 5.0 on the Richter scale was actually an underground nuclear bomb test.

 

The source, who claims he is a scientist aiding Iran’s uranium enrichment efforts, also said that the tremor was the second in a series of nuclear tests. He said the first was recorded as a 4.8 earthquake on October 21 with its epicenter just three miles from the center of the more recent seismic event.

 

He said that China and North Korea have helped Iran accelerate its nuclear program far beyond where Western powers believe it stands.

 

The source went on to reveal that Iran now has two nuclear-tipped ballistic missiles ready for use against Israel, possibly in the coming months.

 

This article was published on guardian.co.uk at 15.58 BST on Sunday 22 August 2010. A version appeared on p21 of the Main section section of the Guardian on Monday 23 August 2010. It was last modified at 14.00 BST on Tuesday 24 August 2010.

 

 

  • Iran unveils bomber drone that aims to deliver peace and friendship

 

President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad says craft has ‘main message of peace and friendship’ but is intended to deter aggression

 

Mahmoud Ahmadinejad at a ceremony inaugurating Iran’s new long-range unmanned bomber aircraft. The drone has been dubbed the Karrar, meaning ‘striker’ in Persian. Photograph: Vahid Reza Alaei/AP

Iran has unveiled an unmanned, long-distance bomber drone described by the country’s president, Mahmoud Ahmadinejad, as “an ambassador of death” to Tehran’s enemies.

At a ceremony today, Ahmadinejad said the unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) – named Karrar, meaning “striker” in Persian – had “a main message of peace and friendship” but was intended to deter aggression “and keep the enemy paralysed in his bases”.

The presentation came as technicians began fuelling the Islamic republic’s first nuclear power station, at Bushehr, in a development Israel has described as “totally unacceptable”.

The US and Britain say the Bushehr plant, which is monitored by the UN’s nuclear watchdog, poses no proliferation threat because Russia is supplying the nuclear fuel and will remove the spent fuel rods, minimising any risk that they could be used to make nuclear weapons.

Iran is under UN sanctions to force a halt to uranium enrichment because of fears that it secretly plans to build nuclear weapons. It flatly denies having any such intention.

Ahmed Vahidi, the Iranian defence minister, said the Karrar had a range of up to 620 miles, which is not far enough to reach Israel.

Iranian state TV reported that the UAV could carry four cruise missiles, two 250lb bombs or one 500lb bomb.

The drone was the latest item of military hardware to be inaugurated by Iran against a background of continuing tension over the nuclear issue.

On Friday, Tehran test-fired a new surface-to-surface missile called the Qiam (meaning “rising”). It has already developed long-range missiles capable of hitting Israel and eastern Europe and of carrying a nuclear warhead.

Earlier this month, the Debka file website, which appears to have links to Israeli intelligence, reported that the father of Iran’s UAV programme, Reza Baruni, had been assassinated in a bomb attack in his home town of Ahwaz, in Khuzestan.

There has been no confirmation of this unattributed claim from any other source.

It is widely believed that western intelligence services, Israel and perhaps Arab countries have been seeking to sabotage the Iranian nuclear programme. Experts say the programme appears to have suffered setbacks.

The Iranian media has previously reported the successful test of a radar-evading “stealth” drone with bombing capabilities. In March 2009, US fighter jets in Iraq shot down an unmanned Iranian spy drone, generating concern in Washington.Yesterday, Ahmadinejad warned that any attack against Iran would be “suicidal”.  Still, the threat of pre-emptive military action that could ignite war across the Middle East may be receding. Obama administration officials were reported last week to have told Israel they believe Iran is still a year away from being able to build a nuclear weapon.

The New York Times quoted Israeli officials as saying that their assessments were coming into line with Washington’s view, but they remain suspicious that Iran has a secret uranium enrichment site yet to be discovered – after one was revealed in a mountainside near Qom last September as sanctions moves intensified.

Israel, an undeclared atomic power which, unlike Iran, has not signed the nuclear non-proliferation treaty (NPT), has often warned that it cannot live with a nuclear-armed Iran and hinted that it may attack it, as it did Iraq’s nuclear reactor in 1981.

Iran has repeatedly declared a willingness to return to nuclear talks with the EU, but the exact nature of any negotiations has yet to be defined. Nothing has happened since October.

Ahmadinejad was quoted in a Japanese newspaper on Friday as saying Iran would be prepared to stop higher-grade uranium enrichment if it was guaranteed nuclear fuel supplies for a research reactor. But the country’s supreme leader, Ayatollah Ali Khamenei – who makes all key national security decisions – said last week that Iran would not talk to the US unless sanctions and military threats were lifted.

The dangers of Sharia Law in  America: http://www.centerforsecuritypolicy.org/upload/wysiwyg/article%20pdfs/Shariah%20-%20The%20Threat%20to%20America%20%28Team%20B%20Report%29%2009142010.pdf

 

  • FALLOUT: ‘Plugs had to be pulled on our system’ to clear Hamas operative to tour Top-Secret NCTC, ‘The NCTC has Kifah Mustapha on the highest watch list we have’

 

Posted by Patrick S. Poole Sep 30th 2010 at 7:31 am in Featured Story, Islamic extremism | Comments (49)

The fallout continues in response to my Big Peace article filed on Monday concerning a known Hamas operative and unindicted co-conspirator in the largest terrorism finance trial in U.S. history who was given a VIP tour of the top-secret National Counterterrorism Center (NCTC) and the FBI training center at Quantico as part of a six-week FBI Citizen Academy arranged by the FBI Chicago Field Office.

Now a Homeland Security official (requesting anonymity for fear of retaliation by superiors) has contacted Big Peace saying that “the plugs had to be pulled on our system” in order to allow Kifah Mustapha to enter the NCTC and that “the NCTC has Kifah Mustapha on the highest watch list we have. There’s no way from a systems point-of-view that this could be an accidental oversight, unless they didn’t bother checking at all as they are required to do.”

The DHS official added, “It’s as if we haven’t learned anything from twenty years of reaching out to the wrong people in the Muslim community

 

 Photo of Hamas operative Sheikh Kifah Mustapha (front row, second on left) touring the National Counterterrorism Center on September 14th provided to Big Peace by FBI Chicago Field Office spokesman yesterday (resized from hi-res photo), which FBI-HQ claims is doctored.

 

My report on Monday was prompted by a WLS ABC7-Chicago story over the weekend by news anchor Ben Bradley describing his participation in the FBI’s Citizen Academy with Kifah Mustapha. As I noted then, curiously absent from Bradley’s story was any mention of his Hamas travel partner’s terror-tied background. Even more curious, ABC7 had aired an investigative report back in March about Mustapha, along with several subsequent reports about his  by the

From: http://bigpeace.com/abostom/2010/09/30/the-oic-and-totalitarian-islam/

 

But as the “Islamintern”/OIC holds forth in Chicago this week. We must share and preserve for posterity these timeless, intellectually honest insights on the totalitarian nature of Islam Professor Lewis published in his prime, during January, 1954:

I turn now from the accidental to the essential factors, to those deriving from the very nature of Islamic society, tradition, and thought. The first of these is the authoritarianism, perhaps we may even say the totalitarianism, of the Islamic political tradition…. Many attempts have been made to show that Islam and democracy are identical-attempts usually based on a misunderstanding of Islam or democracy or both. This sort of argument expresses a need of the up- rooted Muslim intellectual who is no longer satisfied with or capable of understanding traditional Islamic values, and who tries to justify, or rather, re-state, his inherited faith in terms of the fashionable ideology of the day. It is an example of the romantic and apologetic presentation of Islam that is a recognized phase in the reaction of Muslim thought to the impact of the West…. In point of fact, except for the early caliphate, when the anarchic individualism of tribal Arabia was still effective, the political history of Islam is one of almost unrelieved autocracy…[I]t was authoritarian, often arbitrary, sometimes tyrannical. There are no parliaments or representative assemblies of any kind, no councils or communes, no chambers of nobility or estates, no municipalities in the history of Islam; nothing but the sovereign power, to which the subject owed complete and unwavering obedience as a religious duty imposed by the Holy Law. In the great days of classical Islam this duty was only owed to the lawfully appointed caliph, as God’s vicegerent on earth and head of the theocratic community, and then only for as long as he upheld the law; but with the decline of the caliphate and the growth of military dictatorship, Muslim jurists and theologians accommodated their teachings to the changed situation and extended the religious duty of obedience to any effective authority, however impious, however barbarous. For the last thousand years, the political thinking of Islam has been dominated by such maxims as “tyranny is better than anarchy” and “whose power is established, obedience to him is incumbent.”

…Quite obviously, the Ulama of Islam are very different from the Communist Party. Nevertheless, on closer examination, we find certain uncomfortable resemblances. Both groups profess a totalitarian doctrine, with complete and final answers to all questions on heaven and earth; the answers are different in every respect, alike only in their finality and completeness, and in the contrast they offer with the eternal questioning of Western man. Both groups offer to their members and followers the agreeable sensation of belonging to a community of believers, who are always right, as against an outer world of unbelievers, who are always wrong. Both offer an exhilarating feeling of mission, of purpose, of being engaged in a collective adventure to accelerate the historically inevitable victory of the true faith over the infidel evil-doers. The traditional Islamic division of the world into the House of Islam and the House of War, two necessarily opposed groups, of which- the first has the collective obligation of perpetual struggle against the second, also has obvious parallels in the Communist view of world affairs. There again, the content of belief is utterly different, but the aggressive fanaticism of the believer is the same. The humorist who summed up the Communist creed as “There is no God and Karl Marx is his Prophet!” was laying his finger on a real affinity. The call to a Communist Jihad, a Holy War for the faith-a new faith, but against the self-same Western Christian enemy-might well strike a responsive note.

http://www.legion.org/magazine/9907/stealth-jihad